PF 3" 


L09 


,W44 




Copy 


1 



MM 




QassJ; 

Rnnk 



- 



CONCISE 

GERMAN GRAMMAR 

WITH AN ENTIRELY NEW 

ARRANGEMENT OF DECLENSIONS 

AND 

EXERCISES 

UN THE MOST FREQUENT OCCURRENCES IN COMMON LIFE 

ADAPTED TO EVERY CLASS OF STUDENTS AND ESPE- 
CIALLY USEFUL TO TRAVELLERS. 

hv 
M. WERTHEIM, 

LECTURER OF ENGLISH AT THE CARLSRUHE COLLEGE '. FORMERLY TUTOR OF THE 
HERMAN LANGUAGE AT THE UNIVERSITY OF OXFORD. 



CARLSRUHE: 

A. BIELEFELD. 



BLACK & ARMSTRONG, LONDON. — GAL1GNANY « COMP ; PARIS 
LOUIS KOHNEN, COLOGNE — C, MUQUARDT . BRUSSELS 

1841. 






• - s r 
Engineers School Li &y. 
(28,1331 



Hiitilod by Malscb & Yogel, Carlsruhe. 



w 



Paye 

19 

29 
42 

57 
66 
TO 

94 
95 

ids 

130 
165 
171 
172 
200 
217 
225 
229 
138, 



Line 

12 

3 

4 

16 
29 
17 
18 

4 Cobs.) 

5 
14 „ 



ERRATA. 

For 
^tel *, game 
to the 
second and third 

cm em 

ordinal 

fa mm: f 

seiL 



7 QPr. Ind.) 

11 Cobs.) 
8 
4 
1 
6 
2 
9 



IX. 

encfn-eefen 

modal 
m. 

freqletten 

troopes 
antedecent 
sons , 
agressors 



Read 
3tel, aim 
to thee 
first and second 

emeit 

cardinal 

obi 
fammt 

scil. 



Mil. 

evfdn-ecfc 

moodal 
n. 

Sefletfcen 

troops 
antecedent 
sons ; 
aggressors 



251 p 



omitted between lines 18 and ±z> 

III. £kr(cKften, to extinguish, *erli(<M, ^erXtfcf*!, aertofdj, sertofcben. 
prefix this mark -'■'• to SDicbr, Sflarr, £&xart], StraM, Srai? , Xbov. 



Belongs to the exceptions. See Appdx. XXI. 



INDEX. 



PARTS OF SPEECH. 



Page 

Articles 14 

Adverbs 80 

Comparison of Adjectives 34 
Conjunctions .... 82 
Declension of substantives 16 
„ proper nouns 26 
„ „ adjectives . 28 

Gender of substantives 15 
Interjections .... S3 
Numbers . . 
Pronouns j personal . 



Pag 



impersonal 
possessive 
absolute . 
demonstrative 48 

„ rel. 49 
demonstrative 

„ absol. 50 
relative -con- 
junctive 52 



Pronouns, relat. absolute 53 
., interrogative 55 

„ distributive and 

indefinite . 57 
Prepositions .... 67 
Substantives . . . . 15 
.. with different 

plurals . 23 

Table of declensions . 25 

Verbs, auxiliary . . .84 

„ regular, act. voice 1 L 



„ pass. „ 

irregular . . . 

compound . . . 

reflective and re- 
ciprocal . . 

impersonal 

neuter . . . . 

government of . 



114 
127 
140 

179 

191 

95 

204 



RULES. 







Exercises. 


Jbserv. 


Exei cises. Obsei 


Accusative . 


.XXXIII. 


3 


Article . . .XXXIH. 


1 


Adjective . 


IV. 


1 


„ . . XXXIV. 


1 


?j 




VII. 


2. 3 


Be, to . . . I. 


10 


Adverb 




II. 


3.6.7 


„ .... XIII. 


5 


?? 




V. 


4 


.... XV. 


1 


J5 




VI. 


3 


Cause, to; Page 220. 




>? 




VII. 


T T 


Can .... XV. 


2 


JV 




. VII. 


3 


Command, to ; P. 220. 




Allow , 


Page 


220. 




Conjunction . V. 


5 


Any . 




II. 


1 


VI. 


4 


Apposition . 


. XXX. 


3 


VII. 


1 


Article 




V. 


9 


Dative . . , VIII, 


2 


., 




. XIV, 


2 


„ . . IX. 


9 



IV 



Exercises. Obsei v. 




Exercises. Observ 


Dative . . . 


X. 


2 


stead of act. 


XVI. 


3 


I • ... 


XIII. 


4 


Permit, to; P. 220. 




11 ... 


XV. 


## 


Perfect tense 


VII. 


4 


11 ... 


XVI. 


2 


Personal pron. 


I. 


1 


,, ... 


XXII. 


2 


n n 


VIII. 


4 


Defining word 


X. 


5 


n n 


XIII. 


3 


Demonstr. pron. 


III. 


2 


n n 


XXIII. 


2 


11 11 


VI 


5 


Possessive ,, 


XXXII. 


1 


11 11 


XVI. 


4 


Potential 


XV. 


9 


Desire, to; P. 220 






Predicate 


III. 


i 


Do, to . . . 


VIII. 


5 


Preposition 


VII. 


i 


Either. . . . 


XII. 


i 


Relative Pron. 


VI. 


6 


Get, to ( p 22f 
Have , to | F * £ * 1 






n n 


X. 


3 


. 




11 11 


XIII. 


3 


Historical style P 


.231. 




l" 11 


XXVIII. 


3 


Imperative . . 


II. 


10 


So ... . 


V. 


5 


Infinitive . . 


I. 


12 


eollen . . 


XIII. 


5 


n 


V, 


10 


Shall . . . 


IX. 


1 


n 


XIV. 


4 


Stress oraccen 






n 


XXI. 


3 


P. 4* 






gaffen P. 220. 






Subjunctive 


VI. 


7.8 


Languages . . 


xni. 


§§ 


n 


VII. 


10 


^txxXt .... 


XVI. 


5 


n 


XIV. 


1.4 


Make, to; P. 220. 






.V 


. XVI. 


6 


Man .... 


III. 


3 


11 


XX. 


3 


May .... 


XV. 


2 


Suffer, to; P. 220. 




Moje .... 


XI. 


3 


That . . . 


I. 


6 


Much .... 


X. 


4 


n ... 


VI. 


4 


Negation . . 


I. 


7 


,, ... 


VII. 


9 


None . . . . . 


IX. 


T 


„ ... 


IX. 


2 


Not .... 


XXII. 


1 


Then . . . 


V. 


5 


Noun, verbal . 


XXIII. 


1 


Thing . . 


XXXI. 


3 


Objective case 


XXIII. 


2 


Verb, act. . 


VIII. 


1 


Oblique cases . 


IX. 


3 


n n 


. XVI. 


3 


Of 


VII. 


8 


„ neut. 


XIII. 


1 


Order, to; P. 220. 






„ passive 


. XVI. 


3 


Order direct and 






„ auxiliary XXI. 


3 


indirect . . 


VIII. 


3 


n ii 


XXVIII. 


3 


Participle pres. 


VI. 


1 


„ impers. 


XXXIV. 


2 


11 11 


XXII. 


2 


Verbal adject. 


XXV III. 


3 


XI 11 


XVIII, 


2 


Why . . . 


VII. 


7 


„ XXVII. 


i 


Will . . . 


X. 


I 


Participle past. 


II. 


4 


Words, more or 




Passive form in- 






less important XXX. 


2 



A FEW WORDS 



WHICH THE STUDENT IS REQUESTED TO READ 



When there are so many grammars on the German 
language already existing, and among the number, some, 
no doubt, very excellent, it may be justly asked, what 
occasion can there be for a new one? What advantages 
can this new work hold out, that are not already known 
aud contained in other works of a similar kind ? 

To these very just remarks, it must be observed iu the 
first place, that the attainment of a foreign tongue can 
only be the result, either of a long residence in the coun- 
try, or of a close application to its theory, that is — 
Grammar. Now it is quite certain that tue number of 
those who wish to acquire it by the latter method, by 
far exceeds the former; aud that this number is still en- 
creasing, in proportion as German literature and German 
scenery become more familiar to the English eye. It is 
natural too that among so great a variety of students . 
there should also be a variety of motives, which make 
the attainment of the language desirable. And perhaps 
travellers may form the greatest number among these. 
Yet , however excellent , all former grammars are , still 
the author is not aware, that, except in books of dia- 
logue, any one attempted a work of this kind, which, 
in the course of two or three months will supply a fo- 
reigner with most of the phrases, required on (he road, 
aud by the introductory reading - lessons , enable him 
to pronounce with tolerable precision. 



In the second place , after having most carefully looked 
over most Grammars of repute, the same difficulties, 
and indeed of which foreigners have always complained, 
presented themselves in them all. 

These are firstly, the want of a clear system of De- 
clensions. This has now been obtained by bringing all 
substantives under five declensions, two of which are 
appropriated indifferently to masculine and neuter nouns; 
and of the other three, one to mas., one exclusively to 
the f< m. and one to neuter nouns. The reason, why the 
same method has not been followed before, is not xery ob- 
vious. Perhaps it may have been argued, that there would 
be too many exceptions to each declension ; but we must 
allow, that to commit them to memory, would by far 
be preferable to continual uncertainty. Nor will they be 
found to be so very numerous, when the learner is told, 
that out of the many thousand radical words, only about 
one hundred and fifty in all , are excluded from their 
respective declensions; viz. , 42 in Decl. I.; 46 in Decl. II. ; 
8 in Decl. HI. 5 13 in Decl. IV. and 35 in Decl. V. Many 
words may have escaped the scrutiny of the present 
work; but it so, their number cannot be very great. 

The next difficulty consists in the vague manner in 
which the theory on the change of vowel for the plural 
number, is given. The Table P. 25, where the student's 
memory finds an unerring guide in ascertaining the de- 
clension of any noun, — provided he is master of, or 
refers to the exceptions above alluded to — exhibits on 
the last line the declension in which, or not, such a 
change takes place, and refers for the exceptions, — 
which amount not in all to one hundred — to the Ap- 
pendix. 

The compound and neuter verbs have hitherto also pre- 
sented considerable difficulty; the former, by the com- 
plicated manner in which they have for the most part 
been defined; the latter, by the multiplicity of superfluous 
rules , invariably extracted from original German Gram- 



mars for the use of Germans. They will be found simpli- 
fied^ and divested of all unnecessary exuberance. 

The greatest difficulties, being thus cleared away, in 
the etymological -part of the Grammar, the student will 
soon be enabled to enter upon the practical part; which 
in this work begins with the auxiliary verbs. In this part, 
it has been endeavoured to make the syntax emanate from 
the sentence ; aud not , as has been the general practice, 
to learn to form a sentence by means of the syntax. 
The following reasons, will sufficiently explain the mo- 
tive. Abstract rules are no sooner acquired than forgot- 
ten. Moreover , persons of a maturer age , who do not 
make language the studj- of their lives, seldom continue, 
with the reminiscences of their school-days such assci- 
ations as, Substantive or Adjective sentences; Facta- 
tive , Principal, Subordinate or Tensitive Relations etc., 
besides numerous expressions , altogether foreign to Eng- 
lish Grammar. 

In the course of the 120 pages of exercises in this 
Grammar, phrases of almost every turn of dialogue occur, 
which an English person , acquainted with the etymolo- 
gical part of the work, is supposed to be desirous of 
turning into German: he knows the individual words, 
but not how to form them into periods and sentences. 
This practical part, is his German companion , indicating 
to him not only the order of words , but stating also 
the reason, why and wherefore, whenever the English 
Idiom requires to be corrected by the German. And these 
intimations, which are respectively referred to, as often, 
as similar emergencies present themselves , are given in 
marginal notes, in as plain aud comprehensive terms, as 
will make them intelligible to persons even , who have 
long resigned the study of Grammar, and will in the 
sequel be found equivalent to a well-digested system of 
syntax, with the only difference, that probably such rules 
only occur most frequently, as will be most required in 
discourse. 



The Promiscuous Exercises, consisting of some historical 
extracts , prove to the author's satisfaction , and will no 

doubt also to the student's, that the principles deduced 
from casual sentences and collected into marginal notes, 
answer every purpose of syntax; and will sufficiently 
familiarize him with German Idiom, so as to be enabled, 
with a tolerable share of application, to express himself, 
if not in an elegant, at any rate in an intelligible mauner. 

Those who use this grammar for self- instruction are 
earnestly solicited not to proceed to a second exercise 
before they are thoroughly acquainted with the first and 
the rules attached to it ; nor to be daunted by the con- 
tinual trouble of referring to former rules. A close at- 
tention to this will insure success; for during the course 
of publication of the present work, the author has had 
frequent opportunity of teaching his native tongue to 
English, who have made a temporary stay in this city, 
according to the system herein contained, and with uni- 
form success. It might have been useful to add some 
exercises on the etymological part of the grammar; but 
this would have swelled it to an inconvenient size; it is 
however contemplated shortly to publish a small seperate 
volume of such exercises. 

The author concludes this short explanatory introduction 
with the usual phrase „of hoping for the indulgence of 
the public", which may not be altogether denied him 
when he candidly avows , that the principal motive 
which urged him to the publication of the present labo- 
rious, though imperfect work, has been an ardent desire 
of becoming, if possible, even in a slight degree, useful 
to a Nation for whom he entertains the highest admiration. 

CARLSRUHE May 1841. 



INTRODUCTION TO GERMAN READING. 
<H)e iUpljabet. 



Ua, 


a 


pronounce 


ah 


Like 


in art. 


33 b, 


b 


» 


bay 


75 


5* #aize. 


<§ c 


c 


•■ 


tsay 


55 


55 Betsey (Be-fsc'i/~). 


$ b, 


d 


75 


day 


55 


55 rfay. 


<S e; 


e 


75 


a y 


55 


^5 bdl. 


8 f, 


f 


n 


eff 


13 


>3 left 


©9, 


g 


y) 


gay 


53 


n #ay. 


1) 6, 


h 


f) 


hah 


53 


55 //arbour. 


3 i, 


i 


n 


ee 


•5 


* bless. 


3 i, 


J 


n 


yot 


n 


-5 2/acht. 


« l, 


k 


w 


kah 


n 


>3 hookah. 


8 I, 


1 | 


I 








9K m 


, m 




near 


ly the same as in English. 


91 n, 


n 


1 








o, 





•• 


oh 


like 


in so. 


33 V, 


P 




pay 


•• 


•• pain. 


D q, 


q 


w 


kooh 




73 cool. 


91 r, 


r 


73 


err 


55 


75 e/Tor. 


© f, 


s 


15 


ess 


5? 


75 £ssay. 


8, 


s : 


final -5 




55 


55 gas. 


If, 


ss 


belonging 


to two syl 


. pronounce: ess-ess 


B, 


sz 


or final double i 


5 , 


esstset. 


a t, 


t 


pronounce lay 


] 


like in tail. 


U u, 


u 


55 


00 




55 53 br?/te. 


0? », 


V 


55 


fou 




55 53 found. 


2Bn\ 


w 


55 


vai 




53 55 rail. 


£ r, 


X 


55 


iks 




v 75 Styx. 


g) v, 


y 


75 


ipsillon 


w ^cleped. 


3 5, 


z 


55 


tset 







I IXTRODUCT. TO GERM. READIXG. 

Note. The Yot (J or I consonant) has in German in- 
variably the character of the English Y; the German 
for Ionic is Sonifd) ; pronounced: punish ; 3a (pah), 
pes ; Sutoel (yuvaiV) , jewel. 

The Fun (V) except in foreign words has always 
the sound of the letter F. 

Vay OO that of the English V; it has never the 
sound of the English W. 

Pronounce fcft like sh in English; and in !pf each 
letter seperately. 

(Bp and ft like shp and sht at the beginning of a 
word; also after prefixes, as aufftefaert (oufshtaihen) 
to get up j auf up, ftet)en stand; but at the end of 
the word they are pronounced as in English. 

Note. This rule of the pronunciation of the letter 8 
has been laid down, as being practised bp the majority 
of the German People '; in the northern parts of Ger- 
many however f!p and ft are pronounced as in English. 

£f) has simply the sound of t. 

The vowels from certain grammatical rules, as 
will be seen hereafter, are often changed into diph- 
thongs ? which is indicated in the printed text by 
a small e or two dots over them, in writing by this 
mark " ; but if the word which begins with a diph- 
thong is to be written with a capital, the diphthongal 
mark (e) is placed next to it. 

Guttural sounds. 

The (Sij if in the same syllable it precedes or fol- 
lows a , , U is pronounced hard as in the Scotch 
word Yjochj — but before and after e, i and the 
diphthongs, it has the soft sound somewhat like the 
first part of the word MilcA-cow. 



TABLE OF VOWELS. 



TABLE 

of simple and diphthongal vowels referred to by 
figures in the Exercises of German Reading. 

pronounce like the 

i i 

1. a . . . in£ag(day). . . .English a in art 

2. a ... 5 5 9tacf)t (night) . . 

3. Sle, \ » SSar(bear) . . . 

4 4 

4. 9(eu,aa » 93 aume (trees) . 

5 5 

5. Sit, aty » ^atfer (emperor) 

6 6 

6. 8(u , au 5? grew (woman) 

i 

1. e ... ->-) <g)erg (heart) 

2 

2. e . . . j? Spferb (horse) 

3 

3. ei ... 55 23em (leg) . . 

4 

4. eu . . ?5 greube (joy) . 

1. i ... 55 3)ing (thing) 

2. ie. . . 55 93rief (letter) 

i 

1. o ... 55 Ofen (stove) 

2. o ... 55 offen(open) . 

3. £)e, I » Oel)l(oil) . . 

1. u ... 55 |)ut(hat) . , 

2 

2. it ... 55 gfufj (river) . 



3 3 

3. Ue , xx 55 fritf) (early) . 



55 a 55 d«rt 

3 

55 a 55 b#d 
55 oz' ?5 mo/st 
^5 ^ 55 wide 

6 

55 oiv 55 no^ 
55 e 55 bet 
55 e 55 there 



ei 55 height 



55 0« 55 moist 

55 i 55 bh'ss 

55 ie 55 chief 

55 55 open 

2 

55 55 not 

3 

55 e 55 her 
^ u 55 brwte 

2 
55 W 55 p«/SS 

3 

French w 55 dwr 
1 . 



4 GERMAN READING. 

12 3 4 5 6 12? + 

art, dart, bad, moist, wide, now. bet, there, height, moist. 
aT e 

GERMAN READING. * 

Exercise I. 

Note. The figures over the words refer to the table of 
vowels ; and those at the beginning to what declension 
the noun belongs; e underneath, that it is to be found 
among the exceptions of the declension. 

3)er xglitf, bag 2 2Reer, bag 2 ©ci/iff, ber ,a»afi, 
the river the e sea the e ship the ^mast 

2 2 12 112 2 11 111 

bag 3 ©egel, bag i93erbedf,bag 2 3)ampfboot,ber 4 9Jtatrofe, 
sail deck ^steamboat sailor 

2 2312 12 4111 1 

bie 5 Sajute, bag 2 Slab, bag 3 ©teuerruber, ber Y SBinb, 
cabin wheel helm Avind 

2 2T2 111 1 2 21 

bte 5 ©omte, bie Y ©terne, ber Y SWonb, bte s SSolfen, 
sun stars moon clouds 

2 21 1,1 2 2T 1 11 2 

bie 5 $la<i)t, ber j. £ag, bte 5 SBocfye, ber 3 |)afen, bte 
g night day week harbour 

5 ©tabt, 3)eutfcf)lattb, bag 2 3)orf, bie 5 ©trafk, bag 2 ©aft* 
e town Germany village street inn 

6 1 1 1 11 11111 

fyaug, ber 2 SBirtfy , ber 3 ^etlrter , ber 3 Dberfelltter , 
landlord waiter head waiter 

1 2 2 12 1 

ber ! ©tall , bie 5 Steutife. 

stable coach-house. 

* Observe that independently of the quantity of the vowels 
in each syllable , regard must also be had to accent or stress 



GERMAN READING. 

1 2 1 2 3 1 2 3^ 1 2 

bliss, chief, open, not, her. brute, puss, dur. Loch, milch-cow. 
Exercise II. 

i 2 11 33 1 11 1 2 12 

2Bir fegelten bei fdjottem 3 ^Better bert x ght£ fymab, 
we .sailed on fine weather the river down 

2 2 21 161 2 1121 

unb bali) waren nnr auf bem 2 Sfteere. 2Btr befanben 
and soon were we on the e sea. We found 

2 6 3 1 2 1 11 1 

uu3 auf einem 2 X)ampfboot * 3)a ber x SBtnD 

ourselves on a * steamboat As the wind 

31 2 12112 216 

ijunftig roar, fo fpannUn mtr bte 3 ©egel auf.** 
favourable was so unfurled we the sail. 

212 2 2 2 2. J 2 123 

3)tefe unb bte 5 Dampffraft marten, ba{? nnr n>te ein 
these and the ^ steam-power made that we as an 

of voice, which distinguishes one syl. more than the others 
in the same word. In words of German origin the accent 
almost invariably is laid on the vowel in the root syllable ; 
as: ©eben, to give; id) flebe; I give, gqjeben, given. Also 
in derivatives, as: ©dbe, gift; 33erflebitn$, forgiveness. In 
compound words the stress is laid on the defining word, 
as: meg'geben, to give away, nddjgebeti, to yield; Sttfuer- 
mann,steersmann; jDdmpfboot, steamboat ;^ttU0tf)ure, street- 
door, ®iXXtent)au$tfyuxe , gardenhousedoor (door to summer- 
house). Derivatives in ei and foreign words have the ac- 
cent on the last syl., as: SBieltoetbem, polygamy; &oU 
bdt, soldier. 

* Vide 1. gen. R. decl. of subs. 

** The different print shows that the particle ttttf be- 
longs to the verb fpamttetl wh. makes in the infin. cmffipatk 
nen (to stretch up) , extend , unfurl. The same distinction 
is observed with other seperated compound verbs. 



6 GERMAN HEADING. 

1 2 3 4 5 6 12 3 t 

art, dart, bad, m o ist, wide, now, bet, there, height, moist. 

1 spfetl bafyin flogen. 3d) blieb x 3:ag nnb 5 9^act)t 
arrow along flew. I remained day and e night 

6 1 11 121 13121 31 1 

anf bem x SRerbecf , n>elct)em allein ic^ jufdjretbe, baf* 
on the deck to which alone I ascribe that 

1212 22 2 121 11 11 1 

id) nicbt feefranf warb. SBir fatten gute 5 ©efetlfcfyaft, 
I not sea-sick got. We had good company 

l2i 121 1 21 1121 

worunter befonberg fe|r t>iele 5 :Damentt)aren, 

among which particularly very many ladies were 

2 11311 11 311 11 * * 

unb nact) einer fef)r fci)netfen 5 Ueberfaf)rtkam*n roixixt 
and after a very quick passage arrived we in 

l 11 12 11 2 

bem stjpafen ju Diotterbam an. 
the harbour at 



Exercise III. 

2)a e« fe£)r [pat war, al8 ttir in biefer 5 <Stabt 
As it very late was when we in this e city 

211 2 2 3112 1 2 3 

an! amen , nnb bag rf)emtfd)e 3)ampfboot fcr?r frtti) 
arrived and the Rhenish steamboat very early 

3 2 1 2 3 12 1 2 

ncicfyften 3 9ftorgen8 abreifen [elite: fo 

next (of)morning(to)leaveshould(was) so(lhere) 

2 2 3 1 3 3 12 13 1 

blieb mir feine 5 &it i'tbrig, btefen t)ubf#en 

remained (to) me no time left this handsome 



GERMAN READING. 7 

l 2 1 2 3 J 2 3 1 2 

blisSjChief. open, not, her. brute, puss, dur. Loch, milch-cow. 
i o *,i eli 



1 t)xt ju befetjen. 34 8* n 8 m ^ tttefjreren »on ber 5 9tetfe* 
e place to view. I went with several of the tra- 

112 1 2 1 1123 

gefeftfd)afi , in ba§, bent 3 |)afeit jimacbft 

veiling-company into the ; to the port nearest 

211261 1 211 

Uegenbe 2 ©aftt)au8. 3*t ber 5 ©aftftube 

situated inn. In (to) the guest- (coffee-)room 

21 22 11112 111 11 

fcmben ti&ix bte 2 £tfcbe gebecft nub bcr £cffncr fragte , 
found we the tables laid and the waiter asked 

22 2 1111 ill 

ttmS ttrir jum 3 9(benbeffen fcerlangtett, 

what we to (to the) eveningeating (supper) desired 

122 2 1 31113131 

inbem er mtg ben 3 (S^eifejcttel ftberreicbte. 
as he (to) us the fare-bill (of) handed. 

Exercise IV. 



3 J J l 1 1 2 11 2 12 111 

(Stnige beftellten 5 Stalbg* obex 5 £amme(8coteletten , 
Some ordered veal or mutton chops 

11112 1 2 2 2 2212 

Sfnbcve Seaffteafj id) liep mirj^cc, ^wtebacfe itnb 
others beafsteak I let (to) me tea biscuits and 

211 11 3 J 13 1 2 1 

2 33utterbrob brtngen. 9)tatte 5 SJiafytjett tt>ar balb be- 
* butter-bread bring. Mv meal was soon en- 

212 12 16 3 111 

enbtgt unb t* Hep mid) axvj mein 3 ©djlafjimmet 
ded and I let me on my sleeping-room 



8 GEKMAN HEADING. 

J 23 4 56123 4 

art, dart, bad, mo ist, wide, now. bet, there, height, moist. 

3 1 12211112 1 ci 2 1 1 2 

fufyren. 3^ unterfucfyte bie 2 33etttikfyer, ob fie 

conduct. I examined the bed-sheets whether they 

1 42 31 12111 11111 2 

ntcl)t feudjt ttwren. 3d) fagte bem 3 3Mner efye er ba3 
not damp were. I said to the waiter before he the 

1 112 21 212 21 32 

3 3immer ^erltep : (affen ©ie mid) morgen practe 
room left let you me to morrow precisely 

23 1 ll2 1121 6 

balb fiittf 5 Ubr wed en unb fc^icfcn ©ie ben x |>au^ 
half five clock* wake** and send you the house- 

12 2 2 1^2 3 1 

fttecbt um §alb fecfy3 urn tnetn 2 @e^ 

man-servant f about half six in order to my lug- 

3 6 2 3112 1211 

pacf auf bag r^eimfdbe 2 2)ampffdnff jubrmgen. 
gage on(board) the Rhenish ^ steam-vessel to bring. 

Exercise V. 

1 1 k 1 2 1 11 2 

$or fecfy6 5 U()r war icf) anbern 3 9ttot> 
Before six (V) clock was I other (the next) mor- 

I 21 6 1 112 311 1 

genS ttieber auf bem 2 Sdf)iffe unb einige S $)IU 
ning again on (board) the e ship and some mi- 

II 111 4112 21 2 II 

mtten nacl) feeing lautete bie 5 ©lotfe gum britten 
nutes after six rang the bell to (for) the third 

* i. e. half p. four. 
** be called up. 
•J* boots. 



GERMAN KEADIXG. 9 

1 2 1 2 3 12 3 1 2 

bliss, chief, open, uot,her. brute^puss.dur. L och, m ilc h-cow . 
i o """* u cli 

9M , ber x ©o^Mn gab ba3 3 3et*en, unb ber xXampf, 
time^ the captain gave' the signal and the steam 

1 111121 6 1 22 1 

ber bigger ungebulbtg ctu§ bem , U^UQ^Moi)x 
which till now impatiently from the e escape-pipe 

jifdjte unb brauSte waxb nun auf tie 

hissed and blustered became (was) now upon the 

> 3 1 121 2 3 J 

! JEriebtfyeile gelaffen bie 2 9tciber 

driving - (engine) parts let (directed) ; the wheels 

11 12 1 122 2 2 21 

fefiten fidj in 5 23etregung unb fcatb fatten 

set (put) themselves in motion and soon had 

J 2 2 1 2 J 11 2 

ttrir bie 5 ©tabt mtt ibrer 5 9Renge son 

we the ^ city with her multitude (numerous) (of) 

2 3 I T I 2 12 4 1 

5 Sugbrutfen butter wt§. 3d? freute 

drawbridges behind us. I rejoiced (anticipated) 

mid? tat , ©etfte auf bie fcfionett s Drbeutgegenben 
(me) in ^mind (on) the beautiful Rhine-environs 

2 T T T 2 1 3 T 

benen nrir entgegen eiltett. 
(countries) (to) which we towards hastened. 
Exercise VI. 

3 l 3 1 3 i 1 3 I 2 r t 

(Sitter nteiner 4 9?eifegefal)rtett fagte ttttr 
One of my travelling-companions told (to) me 

3 3 3 2 I 2 2 T 3 T T II 

bean <>%xuf)ftM, bay id) nod) etnige , 2age 
at (to the) e breakfast that I yet (for) some day* 



10 GERMAN READING. 

1 2 3 4 5 6 12 3 4 

art, dart , bad, moi st , wide, n ow, bet, there, height, moist. 

6 2r 31 1 1 2 r 1 1 2 1 31 2 2 

auf btefe fci)6nen 5 2(nftd)ten serjicfyten miiffe ; baf* tie 
on these fine views renounce must that the 

2 T I 3 2 1112 3 l 

5 ©egenb crft bet SBonn intereffant wiirbe. 
environ (country) only near Bonn interesting be- 

7 1 T 2 2 

3ti ber 5 %fyat wax bie 
came (began to be). In (to the) deed was the 

31 2 2 31 I 11 3 311212 

5 sfteife fefyv langweiltg bis nad) Soln. £>citte id) nid)t 
journey very tedious till (to) Cologne. Had I not 

2 2 . T 2 T 11 2 2l i 311 

fet>r angenefyme 5 ©efeilfcfyaft unter ben 4 9teifenbett 
very agreeable company among (to) the travellers 

l 2 i l 3 T 12 12 

gefimben, fo tintrbe td) mid) 

found so .would (should) I me (myself) 

fefyr gelangnmlt fyabetu 3d) fd)U$ mid) einigen 
very wearied have. I joined (me) some 

4 1 11 2 111 22 

beuifefyen x^erren unb 5 3)amen cm, bie fefyt 
German e gentlemen and ladies. whoverv 

1 11 112 4 1 1 

gut 4 ($nglifdj fprad)en unb aufjerfi ge- 
good (well) English spoke and extremely ob- 



fatltg tt)aren. 

Exercise VII. 



liging were. 



3d) tterbanfe iljnen bie erfte 5 ^enntntj? 
I thank (owe ) (to) them the first e knowledge 



GERMAN READING. 11 

1 '11 2 3 12 3 1 2 

bliss, chief, open, not, her, brute, puss, dur. Loch, m il ch-c ow. 
i^" o n cli 



ber beutfdjert s ©pradje , ba fie mtv tie ntctften 
of the German language as they tome (the) most 

5 Pjrafett, bie am 4 £auftgften auf 5 Sttu 

phrases which (on to the) most frequently on jour- 
fen t>ovfommen, tn'g 4 Seutfdbe uberfe^ten, fte in 
neys occur in (the) German translated, them in 

3 TTT2 3S 2 * 2T2 r2 

rnetn 3 (grimterungsfcucblein ttieberfdmeben nnbmicf) 
my remembrance book little * down wrote and me 

TT 6 TIF TTT 2T2T 2 

in ber s 3(u3fpracfie berfelben unterttriefett. 3)ie 
in the pronunciation of the same instructed. The 

1T2TT 2T 3T 3T6 

5 3)amen fotmtett ttidjt umtyin fiber meine 5 2(u^ 
ladies could not about ** over (at) my pronun- 

TTT T 3 7T22T 3 T T 

fpradje bee (§f) ein n)enig ^u lacfcen, tt>etl id^ an- 
ciation of the Ch a little to laugh ^ because I in 

2 2r 6TT23 IT 

fangS biefen , Saut immer mie ein $ fyer&or* 
the beginning this sound always like a K produced. 

2TT 2 31 21 2 T T 2 3 7 2 T2 

bradjte. 9Zac^ einem furjctt 2 Unterricfu fibetttxmb icfy 
After (to) a short instruction conquered I 

2 2 3 2 T 2 T 3 

bie nur fcfteinbate 5 (Sdninerigfeit. 
the but seeming difficulty. 

* Memorandum -book. 
** Could not help. 



12 GERMAN READING. 

J 2 3 4 5 12 3 4 

art, dart, bad, moist, wide, now. bet, there, height, moist. 
a e 

Exercise VIII. 

1 3 1*2 2t 2ll T 11 ' 

SBenn ncimlid) btefem 4 £>oppelbuc()ftaben in ber^ 
If namely (to) this double-letter in the 

11 1 1 3 2 1 11 2 

felben 5 <S^ibc tin f folcjt , fo n>irb c8 tt)ie $ 
same syllable an s follows then (becomes it*) like K 

6 1 2 1 1 2 2 3 2 1 2 A 

auSgefprocfyen , wie j. 33, ($um 2 33eifpie() in: ttwdjfVn, 
pronounced as for e instance in to grow 

11 1 2 1 2 1 3 * 

m*d)|>Ut, ber x Wud)*, f*dj* , ifcf. tt). (unb fo weiter). 
to change, the growth six and so forth. 

2 Sll 1 6 1 2 1 11322 

5>te beiben anbcrn x Saute biefer 5 £onbejeidmung 
The both other sounds of this utterance mark (of) 

11 2 2 ' 1 1 2 1 2 

(cfj) Herbert nacfy ifjren 5 Seftimmungen am 
ch are according to their definition at the 

1 T 1 2'22l 2l 12 6 

(Stibe be§ 4 SfX^doetS in bicfem . 2 33udj auf 
end of the * alphabet in (to) this book (on) in 

2ll 3ll ,J 2T 2 2l 

folgenbe 5 2Beife f)ert>orgebrarf)t : man lege 
(the) following manner produced (let) one lay 

2 2*216 22ll 2|-l2 2 

fre 5 3wnge ffact) auf bie untere 5 liefer, fo bafi fie 
the tongue flat on the lower jaw so that she (it) 

1 2 2 2 1 3 1 2 1 2 2 

fief) an bie untern i3^ ne ruut) cinfd&ltcpt unb 
her (it) self on the lower teeth round attaches and 

* It must be. 



GERMAN READING. 1 3 

1 2 1 2 3 12 3 1 2 

bliss; chief, open, not, her. brute, puss, diir. Loch, milch-cow. 
ion eli 

1 ! 2 2 3 1 3 1 1 12 A 2 A 3 1 

6ringe bur* erne Heine 5 Sfttftrengung ber 5 $ef)(e emeu 
bring by a little exertion of the throat a 

2 1 1 g 1 6 11 oil 3 1 

gurgeluben, rauften x ?aut f)en>or, ttie in ben>2Bortem: 
gxirfflinff hoarse sound forth as in the words 

ol 2 J o J J 3 2* 6 1 

ad) r nad), 1 Baud). 2)er W>eidbe 2 ?aut be3 (Sty 
ah (yet, still) smoke. The soft sound of the ch 

1 2 1 1 I 2 1 2 1 A 2 2 2 

Ijtngegen tx>irb Ijerfcorgcbracfyt mbem man btc 
on the contrary is produced while one the 

2 l22i 6 122 1 11 

g 3 l ^ n g^ ftod) an ^ en 3 ©ciumcn legt unb 'Ocn 3 2(tbem 
tongue flat on the palate lays and the breath 

6 21 211, 6 12 21 

cutf biefem iSBege jttrifcfyert 3 ©airmen unb 5 3unge 
on (in) this way between palate and tongue 
3 1 221 2 3 2112 

letfe fcurcf) ben 1 5D?imb treitu , nne in: id), 

softly through the mouth drives (forces) as in I ? 

utd)t, 2 ?Ud)t, f*ud)t. 
not p right damp. 

Exercise IX. 

6 1 T 1 1 2 2 2 I 1 

Shtcfc bemerfte id), bap urn gut vex* 

Also observed I that in order good (well) un- 
1 1 2 2 L 22 3 

ftanben $u werben, man ba$ 9t rein 
derstood to become (be) one the R clear (plain) 

6 121 312 12 21 1 112 1 

ausfprecften muffe unb iticfit one im 4 (Sngltfc^en am x S(n- 
pronounce must and not as in English in the 



14 ARTICLES. 

I 3 1 2 1 3 1 1 6 2 1 

fang eineg 2 3BorteS, eine 5 9lrt ^ant vote U 
beginning of a word a kind (of) sound like u 

21 1 11 o 1 2 A 23 3 

unb in ber 5 Sftttte eineg 2 2£orteg ttne ein 6 
and in the middle of a word like a (French eii) 

2i 2 1X 2 3 2 ! j. 2 

ba&or jufe§en, tote fyorbar nrirb wennman 
before it to put> as audible becomes (is) when one 

2 1 1 T TT4T I 

ba6 engttfcbe Ring mit bem bentfcfjen x Btng 

the English (word) with the German (word) (a Ring) 
2 1 2 T 3 2 

xtnb: Word mit 2 Woxt aergletcfyt. 
and with (a word) compares. 



THE ARTICLES. 

The German language distinguishes the three 
different renders bv three different articles. 

DEFINITE ARTICLE. 



v 





Singula?. 




Plural 




Mas. Fern. 


Neut. 


for the three genders, 


Norn 


. ber bie 


bag 


bie 


the 


Gen. 


be§ ber 


beg 


ber 


of the 


Dat. 


bem ber 


bem 


ben 


to the 


Ace. 


ben bie 


bag 


bie 


the 




INDEFINITE ARTICLE. 






Mas. 


Fern. 


Neut. 






Nom. ein 


eine 


ein 


a 




Gen. eineg 


ciner 


eineg 


of a 




Dat. einem 


einer 


einem 


to a 




Ace. einen 


eine 


n\\ 


a 



GENDER OF SUBSTS. 15 

SUBSTANTIVES. 

GENDER' OF SUBSTANTIVES. 
Of the masculine gender are: 

1. All male names. 

2. Names of winds, seasons , months and days. 
3at)r, year, is neuter. 

3. Names of stones. 

4 Nouns ending in: cut, el x , en l , er \ ing (exc. 
3)1110, thing, n.); and ling. 
Of the feminine gender are : 

1. All female names 2 . 

2. Names of fruits and flowers (exc. ber Sfyfel, 
apple). 

3. Nouns ending in e except such as bear in 
them the undeniable attributes of masculine 
conspicuousness ; as: ber £oft)e, lion, 23ote, 
messenger. Jlnge, eye, (Snbe, end, @rbe, in- 
heritance, are neuter. 

4. Those terminating in: ei * 3 , l)eit, fett, aft \ 
alt \ in 2 , acfyt *, fmft, nng 1 , ufy 1 , ur, uyt 

Of the neuter gender are : 

1. The names of metals *, 

2. of countries, towns and cities l . 

3. Words showing repeated or uninterrupted 
action (reiteratives), as: ©eimtnmel, crowd- 



1 For the exceptions see Appendix I — XVm. 

2 The addition of in to a mas. appellative renders it of 
the fern, gender; to form the plural the terminating n must 
be doubled, as: greunb, m. friend, greimbm- female friend , 
greunbmnen, female friends. 

3 This sound is sometimes represented by flj. 



16 DRCL. OF SUBSTS. 

ing, swarming ; ©ftmtrmet , muttering ; @e- 
ferret, vociferation; (£^jtf#er 7 thunderstorm. 

4. Nouns endiilg in cfyen rind" (Sin l (diminutives); 
ier, mfj \ fat, ifutm \ 

5. All parts of speech when used .substantively, 
as: ba§ @ute, the good; bae SBenn unb bae 
Slber, the »/^and 6wf; fca^3a uttb^em, the 
y^s- and no; \o& (Sffett, eating (from effen, to 
eat); ba$ gc&ett, life (from leben, to live). 

Note. Some words hare two different genders when of 
two different significations ^ «S;jbagS3anfr T theribbj&n, 
and $h 93anb, the volume; a list of which will be 
found Appendix , fig. XIX. ', ^ 

DECLENSION OF "SUBSTANTIVES. 
Si& general rules. 
J . Compound words are declined, and form'their gen- 
der and plural after their last component ; ex. : 
tag £agefmdj[, diary , %a§ebn&%x, diaries, from lag, 
m. day, pi. £age-, and Q3ud), n. book, pi. ' 33ixcfyer ; 
ba3 *§ofntarfd)atiantt, /;£. ^ofmarfdjaUamter , being- com- 
pound of §i)f, 7/i. /?£. £i>fe, court; SDlarfc^aU , mar- 
shall or chamberlain-, pi. SDtorfdj&tfe , and 2Cmt, ??. 
office j pi. Siemter; lord chamberlain's office. 

2. All nouns of the masculine and neuter gender 
have in the genitive case singular g or it. 

3. Feminine nouns remain unaltered throughout 
the singular number. 

4. Most nouns having in the singular a, or u, 
change these vowels into diphthongs for the 

plural number , ex.": 

\. 

' This latter termination mostly occurs in antiquated, 
poetical or scriptural writings. 



DECLENSION I. 17 

ter 33cttf), the brook, pi. 23&d)e, 
bte Sfi&mb, the wall, /?£. SOBcmbe, 
bag ga$, the barrel, /?£. gaffer. 

5. The plural is formed by either adding e, er, en 
or n to the nominative singular ^ or as is the case 
with nouns of a certain description \ they admit 
of no other alteration in the plural than the 
changing of the vowel into a diphthong and ad- 
ding an n to the dative case only. But there 
is no occasion for this n if the noun singular 
terminates with that letter. 

6. In accordance with these distinctions all nouns 
have been divided into five declensions. 

Note. Nouns, and words from other parts of speech 
used substantively , both in writing and printing must 
begin with capital letters. 

DECLENSION I. 

PLUR. c GEX. SING. 3. 

To this declension belong : 

1. Most monosyllabic nouns of the mas. gender 2 , 
as: ©tanb, profession; <£)itt, hat; £tftf), table. 

2. Words of the mas. and neut. gender beginning 
with : 

be, ge 2 , £er and not terminating in: 

e, en, er; 
as : bad ©enncfct, weight; ber SBegrtff, conception; 
ber QSerfncf), attempt. 

3. Mas. and neut. nouns terminating in : 

ip, at 2 , aft, aft (not taft), 

idjt (not ftdjt), ter, or (not tor), 

1 See decl. III. 

2 For the exceptions see the Appendix XX. 

2 



18 DECLENSION I. 

as: bag $erf)altm£, proportion; ©eneral, general; 
ber 23atl, ball; ber spafaft, palace; ber £aMd)t/ 
hawk; Offtjier, officer in the army; Sftarmor, 
marble. 

4. All masculine nouns in ling, 

as: ber Singling, youth, young man; 5lbfi>mnv 
ling, descendant. 

5. Foreign words in Clin and those changed into 
an, as: Stapitain or ^a:pitan, captain; ^orjellan, 
china. 

Examples. 

Mas. 

Sing. Plur. 

Norn, ber 2Bein, the J bie SBeine, the i 

Gen. beSSBeineS 2 , ofthefg. ber 2Beine, ofthe(|. 

Dat. bent SBeine, to the 1% ben 28einen, to the/ g 

Ace. ben SBein, the ) bie Seine, the J 

Neut. 
Norn, bag ©efc^enf, the j bie ©efcfyenfe, the ^ 
Gen. beg ©efcfyenfeS, ofthefl ber ©efcfyenfe, ofthefi 
Dat. bem ©efcfyenfe, to the/ 1 ben ©efefyenfen, to the( | 



Ace. bag ©efefyenf, the J* bie ©efcfyenfe, the 



2 The e is generally inserted in the genitive case of 
mas. and neut. nouns of this and the following declension; 
but in colloquial phrases it is mostly omitted; in some 
words particularly those terminating in g and § it is in- 
dispensable; in others, especially in polysyllabic words, 
it sounds stiff and formal. Practice and euphony, will 
here as in other similar cases form the truest guides. If 
however the genitive receives the e, the dative must have 
it also. 



DECLENSION II. 19 

Mas, 

(change of vowel into diphthong). 
Sing. Plur. 

Norn, ber Stopf, the j bie Sfttyfe, the i 

Gen. beg Jlopfeg, oftheff ber ffityfe, of the (| 

Dat. bent $o:pfe, to the i?- benS&pfett, to the i g- 

Acc. ben Jtopf, the ) bie ®o!pfe, the V 

DECLENSION II. 

PLUR. er, GEN. SING. §. 

To this declension belong : 

1. Most monosyl. nouns of the neuter gender * ; 
as: bag |)aug, house; bag 2)aci), roof; bag Spiel, 
the game. 

2. Compound nouns of the neuter gender ending 
intfyum 2 as : bag ^Itertfyum, antiquity; bag (Stgen^ 
tf)um, property. 

Examples. 

Neuter. 
Sing. Plur. 

N. bag |ntl)tt, the j bie |)uf)ner jg» 

G. beg |>uf)neg 3 , of the f fowl, ber |nu)ner ( S- 

D. bem £ufyne, to the i chicken, ben |ntf)nern[ ^ 

A. bag |>ul)tt, the ] bie £itljner )? 

N. bag «jpersogil}nm, the ig-bie |)erjogtf)i'tmer 



f E ber 



G. beg |)er3ocjtt)umeg 3 , of the' g - ber $er$ogtl)umer (£ 
D. bem |)ersogtfyume, to thei s - ben ^erjogt^umerni 



T? 



© 

2 



A. bag |>erjogtf)nm, the j P bie |)er$ogtl)iimer ) ? 

1 For the exceptions see the Appendix XXI. 

2 Two substantives of this termination are masculine : 
ber Sfcetdjtijum, riches, ber Srrtfyum , error; but with the 
exception of the article they are declined as above. 

3 See obs. 2 Decl. I. 

2. 



20 



DECLENSION HI. 



DECLENSION III. 

PLUR. NO AFFIX i, GEN. SING *, 

To this declension belong : 

1. All masculine and neuter nouns terminating in 
el 2 , em, en and er 2 , as: ber 93ogel, bird; ber 
Sltfyem, breath; ber gaben, thread; ber 93ater, father; 
bag 3^ mme ^/ room. 

2. All neuter nouns beginning with ge 3 and end- 
ing in e 3 , as: bag ©efolge, suite; bag ©enrage, 
stamp^ die, impression. 

3. Diminutives in cfyetl and tent, as: bag ^Httcfyen, 
the little hat; bag Sogetein, the little bird. 

Examples. 

Mas. 
Sing. 



N. ber |)tmmel, the 

G. beg £>tmmefg, of the 

D. bem |)immel, to the 

A. ben ^immel, the 

N. ber ©ruber, the 

G. beg Sruberg, of the 

D. bem 23ruber, to the 
A. ben SBrnber, 



the 



CD 
P 
< 

CD 

3 



O 



CD 



Plur. 

bie |)tmmel, the \^ 
ber |)tmme(, ofthef § 



ben |)tmmeln, to the( g 
bie |)immel, 



btc 93riiber, 
ber 93ruber, 



the 

the j o- 
of the f 3 



benSriibern, to the [g 
bie 33riiber, the 



p 



Neut. 



N. bag Secfen, 
G. beg 23ecfeng, 
D. bem 23ecfen, 
A. tag 23etfen, 



the 

of the f p* 
to the ( g' 
the 



bie 33ecfen, 
ber 93ecfen, 
ben Secfen, 
bie 23edfen, 



the 
of the | 
to the( 
the 






1 See Decl. of Substs. Rl. 5. 

- For the exceptions see the Appendix XXII. 

3 Nouns of this class scarcely ever have any plural , 
since they properly belong to those denominated Reitera- 
tives (see Substantives, neut. gend. Rl. 3). 







DECLENSION" IV. 


21 






Neut. 






Sing, 




Plur. 


N. 


ba$ ©etretbe, 


the i none ; 
of the f § decl. 


see obs. 3 of this 


G. 


be$ ©etretbeS, 




D. 


bem ©etretbe, 


to the i = 




A. 


ba$ ©etretbe, 


the ] 





N. ba$ ©artdjett, the \\ bte©artcfcen, the \i 

G beg©art(fienS. ofthef - bertMrtdjett, ofthefjr 

D. bem©drtcf)en, to the i g ben ©artdjen, to the i | 

A. bag ©arisen, the J.f bie©drtcf)ett, the )| 

DECLENSION IV. 

PLUR. tt or en i: tEX. SING, n. 

To this declension belong : 

1. All mas. nouns terminating in e 2 ; as : ber 26tt>e, 
lion; ber Sotfre, messenger. 

2. Nouns raised from participles and adjectives 
and represented in the masculine gender ; as : 
ber ©cfangenc 3 , the captive; ber gecfrtenbe, the 
combattant; ber ©ute, the good man; ber ©ropte, 
the greatest man. 

3. Mas. nouns derived from foreign and the ancient 
languages , ending in : 

ant, ab, at 2 , ent, et, tft, ta)t f tor; 
as: gabrtfant, manufacturer; Gamerab, comrade; 
Solbat, soldier; (gtttbent, student; ^Sro^et, pro- 



1 Nouns ending in e require only an n to form their 
plural, but those in a consouant take en. 

2 For the exceptions see the Appendix XXIII. 

3 This class of words must not be mistaken for the 
neuter nouns beginning with $e and ending in e (Decl. III. 
Rl. 2). 



22 DECLENSION V. 

phet; ©opfyift, sophister; gfcmtaft, fantastical per- 
son; Softer, doctor j physician. 
4. Names of nations terminating in e or in a con- 
sonant having the accent; as: ber^ole, Polander; 
ber gxanjofe, Frenchman; bev ^ofacf, Cossac. 

Examples* 

Mas. 
Sing. Plur. 

N. ber $nabe, the , bie Sitaben, the J 
G. be^ ^nabett, ofthef ber ^naben, ofthef 

D. bent ^naben , to the( oy * bm tnaben, to the! oys ' 
A. ben Sfriabett, the 1 bie Sfrtaben, the ) 



N. ber Seutftye, the j^ bie Deutfcften, the Jq 

G. beS SSeutfeijen, ofthef? ber 3)eutfd)en, ofthef | 

D. bem 2)eutfcf)en, to thei § ben !l)eutfd)en, to thei p 

A. ben ®eutfd)en, the ) ? bie 2>eutfdjeri, the )■ 

N. ber (Slepfyant, the j © bie (§(e^anten, the , j£ 
G. be^ (?lepf)anten, ofthef^ ber ©epfyantert, of theNS 
D. bem (Slepljanten, to the( IT ben(§iepl)anten,to thei | 
A. ben (Sle^anten, the ) s* bie ©epfyanten, the J » 



DECLENSION V. 

PLUR. n or en », GEN. DAT. ACC. LIKE NOM. (TDECL. OF SUBSTS. 

RL. 3). 

To this declension belong : 

with few exceptions all nouns of the feminine 
gender 2 . 



1 Feminine nouns terminating in e, el, ev, take n for 
their plur. , all other terminations en. 

2 For the exceptions see the Appendix XXIV. 



SUBSTS. WITH DIFF. PLURALS. 23 

Examples- 

Sing. Plur. 

N. bie ©fcracfye, the ]gr tie ©pvactyen, the ]g 



G. ber ©pracfye, of thefciq bcr ©prac^en, ofthefaj 

D. ber ©pracfye, to theLg ben ©pracfyen, tothei^ 

A. bie ©pracfye, the ]? bie ©pracfyen, the iS 

N. bie ©abet, the i bie ©abetn, the i 

G. ber ©abet, ofthef 3> ber ©abeln, ofthef©* 

D. ber ©abet, to thei r ben ©abeln, to thei f 

A. bie ©abet, the J bie ©abeln, the ] ' 

N. bie ©cfyftefter, the i bie ©cfynxftern, the 1 

G. ber ©djwefter, ofthef |- ber ©droeftern, ofthef 5' 

D. ber ©cbmefter, to the/ « fc e n ©cfyweftern, to thei | 

V bie ©dm>eftern, the V 



A. bie ©cf)Wefter, the ) bie ©cini>eftern, the 

N, bk £ugenb, the j bie £ugenben, the K 

G. ber £ugenb, ofthef^- ber £ugenben, ofthef ji 

D. ber £ngenb, to the i g ben Sugenben, to the i S 

A. bie Sitgenb, the ) bie £ngenben, the J* 



SUBSTANTIVES WITH DIFFERENT PLURALS. 

The following- nouns change their plural with 

their signification : 

Note. Those marked with an asterisk have also dif- 
ferent genders, see the Append, XIX. 

ber Stepeft, pi. 2lspefte, views; St^peften, appear- 
ances (of times etc.). 

* 33anb w SSdnber, ribbons; 33anbe, ties (of af- 

fection), also fetters ; 33 an be, volumes. 

bie 33anf, » Sanfe, benches; 33anfen, banking- 
establishments. 

- Saner » 33awer, cages: Saueni, peasants. 



24 SUBSTS. WITH DIFF. PLURALS. 

ber SSogeu, pi. 33ogen, sheets (of paper); 336gen, 

arches. 
ba6 @a:pita{, » (Sapttale and (Sajntaler, capitals, in 

architecture ; (Sajntaften , capitals 

(funds). 

* (Sfyor n (§f)ore, choirs ; (Styore, choruses. 
bag 2)tng, » SDinge, things; dinger, expression 

of contempt. 

ber gu£, ?3 §ufie, feet; gujjc, feet, in measure- 
ment. 

baS @eftcf)t, w ©ejtdjter, faces; ©eftcfyte, visions. 

ba$ .jporn, *> Corner, horns; «£x>rne, various de- 
scriptions of horns. 

ber Sabett, » Saben, shutters; Saben, shops. 

ba8 Sidjt, w Sifter, lights; 2td)te, candles. 

ber SRatm, w SRanner, men; SJicmnen, vassals. 

* Sftenfdj, » 9ftenfdjett, men; 9tcnf^er, depraved 

females j wenches. 

* SDftofyr, » SJtoftren, negroes; SRotyre, moors ; 

marshes (more commonly 9)i00v). 
ba6 Otofyr, » Secure, tubes, canes; 9tol)re, kinds 

of canes. 
bte ©cm, w ©due, sows; ©auen, wild boars. 

* ©cfcilb, w ©cMlbe, shields; ©djilber, signboards. 

* ©ftft, » ©ttfte, pegs; ©ttfter, ecclesiastical 

foundations. 
ber ©traup, « ©traufic, nosegays; ©trance, ostriches. 

* £f)or, ?3 Sljore, gates; Xfyorert, fools. 

ba6 Sttdj, 53 £ittf)er, cloths; £udje, kinds of cloth. 
ba§ SBort, w SBorter, words; SBortc, words, when 

put together to form a sentence. 
ber 3<>ft, " 3ol(e, tolls, duties; ^olic, inches. 



TABLE OF DECLS. OF SUBSTS. 



2o 



DO 
9 

> 

§ 9 

•/» as 

<■§ 

F- O 

° s 

ST ■ 



X 



4) 
Q 



1 

i > 


-. 

3 






1 

I 


! 1 ! 

! 1 ! 


less 


d S 
a ^ 

z i: 

< 


k 




! 

1 




j> "S 3 

■ 5 ° ~ 


O '~> o 


S 2 g S 


2 


1* 


1 

1 




i •* ° 

1 ° ° — 
*o d ^ 


" ! 


11-1 


* > 


a 


£ 

c 
fc 


SB 

35 

Z 


1 


- 


38^1 

WW | 


}-► s-» J_> }_► 

'—> '-* Ch> <-» 


< 1g 




Z* 

s 


7"! 

BE 


d ~ 

$ g 


.2 '5 

---si 

— o o r: 


i 


o o o o 


SH = a 

< E = 


1 


BE 

1. 


— 

BE 


5 £ 


=£ 

a 

.5 

Ji 


•S3 

S 

i 


= = ^2 c5 
© S H o 
Z ^5 - < 

- 


• o PS 

6.= *- 



26 DECL. OF PliOPKH NAME*. 

DECLENSION OF PROPER NAMES. 

1. The inflection of proper names principally oc- 
curs in the genetive sing, when they take an 
'8 to mark this case^ excepting those in 3, £, 
fd), X, 5 and the feminine terminations a 1 and e, 
which take en3. Of course those in e require n3 
only. 

2. Since however they are frequently met with 
declined throughout^ both in the sing, and plur. 
the different forms of their declensions are set 
down here. 

I. Without article. 

Singular j mas. 

N. £arl £I)eobor ftrartj $o£ . £atfer 2 

G. StaxVS £f)eobor'3 granjenS 93o£eng £atfer'g 

D. Sarin £fyeoborn granjcn $o£en jailer n 

A. Sarin £l)eoborn granjcn SBofieit pattern 



1 Much in the decl. of proper names is left to taste 
and euphony as may be inferred from the dec!, of glora 
and (fmmct. Modern mas. names of persons in a, o, i Cpofa, 
^eftalo^i, Slntonio) admit but seldom of any other change 
than the gen. '$; some of the ancient however an $ in 
the gen. sing, and ne in the nom. plur., as: (Sicero, (Sice* 
xo'$, (Sicero etc., pi. (Stcerone etc. Some few scriptural, 
classical and other proper names, are met with declined 
in their Latin or Greek form 5 as: bte ©eburi (Sfyriftt, birth 
of Christ; bte ($pi)td $auli cm £ttum; *P$abu gabeln, Paul's 
Epistle to Titus, Phaedrus' fables. 

2 el, en, er follow this form. 



DECL. OF PROPER NAMES. 



27 







Plural^ mas. 




N. 


®axU £f)eobore granje 93o£e 


jailer 


G. 


£arle S'ljeobore granfc 93ope 


fatter 


D. 


far! en £t)eoboren gran? en $open 


fatter n 


A. 


5?arle £f)eobore gran? e 9Sop e 


fatter 






Singular j fern. 




N. 


Slbe^eit 


S-ittfe glora 


Smttta 


G. 


Sfbelfiett^ 


Suife ng gflor en§ 


(Smma '8 


D. 


2lbe0)ctten 


Sutfe n gtor en 


(Smma 'n 


A. 


Stbeltyeit en 


Suifett gloren 
Plural^ fern. 


(Smma 'n 


N. 


Stbeifjeit e 


Strife n glor en 


(gtntna 'n 


G. 


2lbelf)ette 


Strife n glor en 


(§mtna 'n 


D, 


SEbel^eft.en 


Strife n glor en 


(Smma 'n 


A. 


^bel^eite 


Sutfe n glor en 


(gmma 'n 



II a With the article. 

1. The singular remains undeclined. 

2. The plural as above. 

3. If instead of the article the possessive pro- 
noun stands before the proper name^ or that a 
modifying word follow the article, it takes the 
genetive $ , as : 

UnferS ©djitterS ©ebidjte, the poems of our 

Schiller. 
2)er ©etft bee gropen griebertdbS , the mind of 
Frederic the great. 
If the article follow immediately the proper name 
it sounds better without the gen. $ t as: 

grtebrtcft be£ ©ropen SSorfa^ren, the ances- 
tors of Frederic the great. 



28 



DELL. OF ADJS. 



DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES 
1. The German adjective, if intended to express 
the quality of a substantive (i. e. used attribu- 
tively} agrees with it in gender , number and 
case ; adding et for the nom. mas. , e for the 
fern., and eg for the neut.; as: 
gutev Mann, gute grau, gitteS 5?inb. 



aood man 



woman 



child. 



One or more adjectives may stand before a 
substantive ; if one only, it is declined after the 
first part of Decl. I.; if more than one, the first 
adj. only is inflected after the first and the others 
after the second part. 

DECLENSION I. 
Sing. 
M. F. N. 



N. er 

G. en 

D, em J 

A. en 



er 
en 
en 
en 



-er 



e 

en 
en 
e 



— — er 
— — e 
Plur. for the three genders. 

N. e en 

G. er en 



—eg 

— en 

— em 



eg 
en 
en 
eg 



D. 
A. 



-en ( en 
-e i en 



3. The following determinatives and conjunctives: em 
(indef. art.), fein no 2 , iriel much 2 , tr»enig little 2 , 
mefyr more 2 , mcmcf) some 2 , the personal prons. id), 

1 Adjs. terminating in m make their dat. sing, in n, as: 
wilt cmgeneljmcn ©eftdjt, with agreeable countenance. 

2 After these words as well as after : cmbere , cuttle , 



DECL. OF ADJS. 29 

btt etc. the poss. proas, mem, beirt etc. cause the 
adj. to be declined after the second part of this 
decl. Ex.: 
Qin reicfrer Wtaxm, a rich man. 
defiled gropen UnterneljmenS , of no great en- 
terprise. 
3d) fro her 9Renfd& / I happy man. 
Xix cut fm erf (a men (Scfyuler, to the attentive 

scholar. 
Ungeacfctet mtferer gropen ©emulnmgen, not- 
withstanding our great endeavours. 

DECLENSION II. 
1. If one or more adjectives are preceded by a 
determinative or conjunctive ending in er, it, a3, t, 
e$ such as the def. art. ber 3 , bte, ba3; the de- 
monstrative pronoun biefer, — e, — e3 (this); jener, 
— e, — c§ (that); the rel. pron. weldjer, — e, — eg 
(who, which ; what), and some indef. prons. ; as : 
jeber, jegltcfyer (each), mancfeer (many a one) etc. 
they are declined as follows : 

Sing. PL for the three gend. 

M. F. N. 

N. — — e e -e en ■: 

G. -en -en -en — —en 

D. -en -en — — en -en 

A. -en e -e en ^.. 

etttdje, melitere, atfe, foldje, toel^e (some, not in the sense 
of ivhicIQj it is more usual to make the pi. of adjs. in e 
than en, 

3 Also the demonstrative pron. formed of the def. art. 
by the addition of jenig, as: berjemge, biejentge, baajeuige, 
he j she, that (followed by who or which). 



30 DKCL. OF ADJS. 

2. The adjective that stands to define another, is 
used adverbially and cannot be declined ; as : 

(Sin butlfelgruner S^ocf , a dark green coat. 
(Sine fcMedjt bclofjnte £>aublung, an action ill re- 
warded. 
By declining the first adj. in the last ex. the 
sense is quite altered, for 
(Sine fdblecfcte belofynte |)anbhmg means, a bad 
action that is rewarded. 

3. If the adj. follows a verb after a subst. or pro- 
noun, or that the verb be understood though 
not expressed, it is no longer an attribute but 
a predicate and is not declined ; ex. : 

3)tefe3 ^tnb lieSt gut, jetteS fdjretbt gut, this 

child reads well, that writes well. 

Siefe gran ift ftol}, this woman is proud; aber 

jenc \\i nicf)t fiolj, but that one is not proud. 

2)tefe grau fiolj? ba^^inb gut? where the verb 

to be or to call is understood : you call that woman, 

that child etc., you say that woman, that child is etc. 

4. If however the adjective refers to a subst. ex- 
pressed or understood, it agrees with it; in Eng- 
lish this reference is generally represented by 
55 one u, pi. 55 ones « ; ex. : 

3cfy fyabe fcfmw;e spferbe, mem SBruber formate, 
I have black horses, my brother bay ones. 

|)eute faufe id) beutfdje Sucfyer, morgen englifcfje, 
to day I buy German books, to morrow 
English ones. 

5. Adjectives raised into substantives are declined 
according toR. 1 in this declension, correspond- 
ing with Decl. IV. of substs., R. 2. However if 



DECL. OF ADJS. 31 

qualified as in R. 3 Decl. I. of adjs. they follow 
that declension, ex.: 
(Sin SBeifer, ber SHJeifc ©rtedbenlanbS , a wise 
man of Greece > the wise man etc. 
6. Adjective nouns ending in er formed from names 
of places are undeclined if used as attributes , 
as : 
em SBerlhter Sanfmantl , a merchant of Berlin , 

eine6 Berliner etc. 
ein SSStener ^ lazier, a piano-forte from Vienna, 
eineg SBtener etc. 
If however they stand alone they are declined 
after Decl. III. of substs. 

Examples on the declension of adjectives. 
Decl. I. Part. I. 
Sing. 
M. F. X. 

N. cjuter Setter, gute SRutter, guteS $inb, good 
G. guten 93ater$, guter SJhttter, guten ftfttbed, of good 
D. gutem^ater guter SKutter, guten^Sinbe, to good 
A. guten 93ater, gute Gutter, guteS Siuib, good 
father. mother. child. 

Plur. 4 
N. gute SBater, gute Gutter, gute Sinber, good 
G. guter SSdter, guter SKittter, guter Stnber, of good 
D. guten Satern, guten bittern, guten&inbern, to good 
A. gute 93dter, gute 9Jftttter, gute Sinber, good 
fathers. mothers. children. 

4 Adjs. do not change the vowel into diphthongs for 
the plur. like substs. though they require a change of 
rowel for other purposes ^ especially in derivatives, as 
from, gut, gittig, kind; jott (tender), jdtiitdj, tenderly; 35or= 



32 DKCL. OF ADJS. 

Declension I. Part. 1 and 2. 
Sing, 
M. F. 

N. alter rotfter SBetn, fiifk retfe grucfyt, 

G. alten rotten 28eme3, fitter reifett grucfyt, 

D. altem rotten SBeine, fitter retfen grudfyt, 

A. alten rotten 28em, fu£e retfe grucfyt 

(old red wine, of , to etc.) (sweet ripe fruity of, to etc.) 

N. 
N. femes blaueS £ud(j, 
G. feinett blauen %u$)t$ f 
D. fetnem blauen £ucfye, 
A. fetneg blaueg %u&). 
(fine blue cloth y of, to etc.) 

Plur. 
M. F. 

N. afte rotten SBeine, fiifie reifett $rud)te, 

G. alter rotten SBetne, fitter retfen grucfyte, 
D. alten rotten 25etnen, fitfjen reifen griicfyten, 
A. alte rotten 2Beme, fitf?e retfen gritdjte. 

(old red wines etc.) (sweet ripe fruits etc.) 
N. 

N. feme blauen £itcf)er, 

G. feiner blauen £ittf)er, 

D. fetnen blauen JEudjertt, 

A. fettie blauen Satdfyer. 

(fine blue cloths etc.) 



rati) (store), ttorratfyicj, ready; flad) Ceven, smooth), DBer- 
ftadfje, superficies, oberflldd^ttdC; f superficially; grofi, great, 
9te£ev, greater. 



DECIi. OF ADJS. 



33 



Declension II. 
Sing. 
M. F. 

N. ber fd)6nc £ag, bie eble 5 £tjat, 

G. be^ [crimen £age3, ber eblen Zhat, 

D. bent fdjonen £age, ber eblen £l)at, 

A. ben fcfyonen £ag, bie eble £l)at. 

(the fine day, of the, etc.) (the noble deed, of the, etc.) 

N. 
N. ba6 grof?e 3 tenter, 
G. be3 grc^en 3temer8, 
D. bem grofjen 3temer, 
A. ba£ gro£e 3temer. 
(the large room, of the, etc.) 

Plur. 
M. F. 

N. bte fcfyonen £age, bte eblen £l)aten, 

G. ber [gotten Sage, ber eblen Styaten, 

D. ben febonen £agen, ben eblen Zljakn, 

A. bte fcfyonen £age, bte eblen £baten. 

(the fine days, of the etc.) (the noble deeds, of the etc.) 

N. 
N. bte gropen 3 tenter, 
G. ber grofmt 3temer, 
D. ben gropen 3temern, 
A. bte gropen 3temer, 
(the large rooms, of the etc.) 

5 This adj. is properly ebel, but adjs. terminating in el, 
er, as well as words from other parts of speech drop 



34 COJMP. OF ADJS. 

COMPARISON OP ADJECTIVES. 

1. The positive degree of the German adj. is either 
its adverbial form as found in the dictionary, 
or varied according to its agreement with the 
noun with which it stands. 

The conjunctions of this degree: as — as, must 
be rendered in German by: fo — ate and some- 
times by: &m l fo — ate; ex: 
dx ift fo retd) ate fein Setter, he is as rich as 

his cousin. 
3d) bin eben fo gebulbig ate Ste, I am as pa- 
tient as you. 

2, The comparative is made by the addition of er 
or r and the changing 2 of the vowels a, o, U 
into diphthongs, and is used as predicate or at- 
tribute, ex: 

ftarf, ftarfer, strong, stronger; leife, letfer, softly, 
more softly. („Than" is expressed by ate.) 

@r ift ftdvler ate fern 33ruber, he is stronger 
than his brother. 

(§m ftcirferer SDkntt ate fein Sruber, a stronger 
man than his brother. 

Seine ^anblungen ftnb ebler 3 ate feine 33er* 

this e when the accession of another becomes necessary 
by inflection. This rule however cannot be said to be 
general _, much being- left to the ear. 

1 ^Equally" being sometimes expressed but mostly 
understood in English. 

2 This change can only take place in radical adjs. a 
few excepted; see the Appdx. XXIX. 

3 Vide Decl. of Adjs. obs. 5. which is also to be ob- 
served with adjs. in the comparative degree. 



COMP. OF ADJS. 35 

fpred)ltngen, his actions are nobler than his 

professions. 
(Sine cblerc £)anbhmg, a more noble action. 
Qx fprtdjt leifer aU feme Sdjtt>ejier, he talks 

more softly than his sister. 
din leifere§ 2Bort, a word more softly spoken. 

3. Comparatives not made purely between substan- 
tives, but showing an object to partake more of 
one quality than another, must be rendered in 
German by m el) r, as : 

©em Slnerbieten \\X mefjr prafy(ertfd) att grojj* 
muting , his offer is more ostentatious than 
generous. 

4. The comparative preceded by „the" is rendered 
in German by je — je or je — befto, as: 

3e ofter (£te fommen, befto angeneljuter nnrb e6 
mix fetyltj the oftener you come, the more 
agreeable it will be to me. 

3e meljr man ifyu iabelt, je UKntger fceffert er ftcfy, 
the more he is blamed, the less he mends. 

5. The superlative, always used attributively 4 , is 
formed by the addition of ft or eft, as: 

<5k ift bte jiingfte £ocf)ter, she is the youngest 

daughter. 
3)te fupefte $rud)t, the sweetest fruit. 

6. Adjs. terminating in b, d), d, e, etxb, f, g, l(, m, 
IX, J), r mostly make their superlative in eft and 
alt others in ft. 



* Except in phrases like the following: id) liebe l>k$ am 
beften, I like this best; where am is sometimes translated 
in English by the. 

3. 



36 COM P. OF ADJS. 

7. Adjs. ending in ifrf) do not well admit of a su- 
perlative; it would sound harsh to say: 

„@m aSoIf tm fnccf)ti(cf)ftett 3uftctnbe fyalten , to 
keep a people in the most servile condition " 
which is obviated by a circumlocution or the ad- 
dition of an adverb, as: unerfyort f nec£)ttfd) , t)6djft, 
aufierfi etc. (unheard of, utmost, extremely.) 

8. Some adjs. form their comparative and super- 
lative irregularly ; some are defective and others 
can only be used as predicates or adverbs in 
the positive. The latter are marked with an 
asterisk ; they are as follows : 

Pos. Comp. Sup. 

- p 5 outer (wanting) dlt^erft outmost 

* balb soon efyer sooner et)eft soonest 

* gem fond of lieber rather liebft fondest 
gut good beffev better beft best 

, r 5 hind , (wanting) fyinterft hindmost 

* 1)0$) 6 high l)ot)er higher fyocfyft highest 



inner 5 



inner (wanting) innerft inmost 



5 This form of the posit, is made use of, and declined, 
rvherever the comp. is wanting; e, g. am aufeven (Jnbe 
ber ©tabt t^o^nen, to live at the farther end of the town; 
m ben inneven ©emacfjew, in the more interior chambers. 

6 With the c dropped it is used as an attributive adj. 
as: fjwlje 23&ume, tyoJje Xfyitrme, high trees, high towers; 
but as a predicate it retains its adverbial form, as: bie 
SBaume fiub fyotf), bie £tyurme finb *)od), the trees etc. are 
high. 



Pos. 

(wanting) 7 
nalje near 

ober * I upper 

* untett) , 

under 
uttter 5 I 

t>icl much 

, . fore 
sorter 5 ! 



C03IP. OF ADJS. 

Comp. 

mtttbet less 
ttafyer nearer 

(wanting) 

(wanting) 
mefyr more 
(wanting) 



37 

Sup, 

mtnbeft least 
ttadjft next 

oberft uppermost 

unterft undermost 
meift most 
ttorberft foremost 



9. In the same manner the English language makes 
use of very and most, to express a higher 
degree of comparison and not unfrequently to 
strengthen the Superlative, the German makes 
use of aller 8 and f)otf)ft, the latter especially be- 
fore adjs. in lid), as : 
£)ocfyft erfreulidje -Wacfyricfcten, most pleasant ac- 
counts. 
(Sin I)dcf)ft traurfged (Srefgnff?, a most distressing 

occurrence. 
(§S ift ber allcrbeftc (Sinfatf, it is the rery best 

idea. 
3)a3 2(tfergeringfte, ba3 @fc tbun fonnen, the 
very least you can do. 
Sometimes both are combined, as : 
3)a3 atterborf)ftc ©ut ift Sufviebettfyett, *h e high- 
est of all possessions is contentment. 

' SB'efitg or ffein little^ .are substituted for the/ms. These 
make also toetiiget: toemgjt, fkuucr Hemp. 

8 ailev is properly the gen. pi. of aUc (all). 



38 PENS. PRONOUNS. 

THE PRONOUNS. 

I. PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 

First person. 

Sing. 
N. trf), I 

G. metnev l 0>on mix) of me, of myself 
D. mix, to me, to myself 
A. mtcf), me, myself 

Plur. 
N. nnr, we 

G. unfer Qoon un8) of us, of ourselves 
D. un3, to us, to ourselves 
A. ung, us, ourselves 

Second }person. 

Sing. 
N. bit, thou 

G. betner 1 (wn bit) of thee, of thyself 
D. Mr, to thee, to thyself 
A. bid), thee, thyself 



1 Sometimes poetically contracted into metn, bein etc. 
and used in both forms only after a few verbs as: ©e^ 
fccnfen to thiDk of; ertnnew, to remember; setvjeffeu, to 
forget etc. Also before adjectives of numbers and after 
the preposition ftatt, instead of; e. g: 

Unfer gt^an^tg, breifng etc. toaren ^ugegen, twenty, thirty 
of us were present. 

@t foil ftatt meiner ^ingefien, he shall go there instead 
of me. 
With t substituted for the v, this genitive is connected 
with fyalfcen, ioegen, toiUen; as: meinetfyatten for my part. 



PERS. pronouns: 39 

Plur. 

N. tf)r, you 

G. euev Qoon eitcf)) of you ? of yourself 

D. eucfy, to you, to yourself 

A. euef), you, yourself (or selves, G. D. & A.) 

Third person singular. 

Mas. 
N. er, he 

G. [enter Qoon if)m) of him, himself 
D. ifym (fid)) 2 to him, himself 
A. if)U (fief)) him, himself 

Fern. 
N. fie, she 

G. tfjrer Qoon tt)r) of her, herself 
D. tf)r (fief)) 2 to her, herself 
A. fie (fief)) her, herself 

N. e8, it 

G. feiner 0>ott H)m) of it 

D. if)m (fief)) 2 to it, itself 
A. eS (jid)) it, itself 

Plur. of the three genders. 
N. fie, they 

G. iljrer (son ifmen) of them, themselves 
D. ifmen (}i(b) 2 to them, themselves 
A. fie (fief)) them, themselves 

bcutettoegen on thy account; femettrilten for his sake. Id 
all other cases the dative with the preposition lunt (wli. 
governs the dat. case) before it, is used instead of the 
gen. 

- ©id) is used as the dative and accusative of the 
third person when the verb is reflective. 



40 PERS. PRONOUNS. 

The impersonal. 
N. man , one ? we , they, people etc 
A. fief), one's self. 

1. Yoiij of you., to you when addressed to a single 
individual; being our equal or superior, or to any 
person of respectability is rendered in German 
by © t c 3 , Don 3()tten 3 , 3fynen 3 , governing the 
verb in the plural ; Ex : 

^ennen © i e ifyn ? do you know him. 
(§r fcfyttft 3fynen biefen Srief, he sends you 
(to you) this letter. 

2. Between near relations and intimate friends 35 it 
is generally made use of. Also in addressing 
the Deity. Ex : 

3$or end) fyabc id)" feine ©efyettnniffe , benn 2)u 
Mft rnetn ©ruber unb 2) u mem grennb. From 
you I keep no secrets , for you are my 
brother, and you my friend. 

3. (§r and fie (third pers. fern, sing.) with the 
verb in the singular is applied to menials ; as : 

£)cm8fned)t (cf)tcf er bag ©tufcenmabdjen f)eranf, 
boots (or porter) send up the chamber-maid. 

■Sftarte id) gefye au8, (ie f ami bag 3^ utmer retnigeh, 
Mary I am going out., you can clean the 
room. 

4. 3fyr (with capital initial) in speaking to country 
people. In antiquated style it is used instead 
of © i e. Ex : 

3 With capital initials to distinguish this pronoun from 
the third pers. fern. sing, or from the third pers. plur. 
when used in speaking of persons or things. 



PKRS. PRONOUNS. 4i 

9(xt6 twlcfyem $orfe fetyb 3H guter 3Jfcmn? 

from what village are you my good man. 
3ji'8 mogticr/, £>err? 3 1) r fafit e3 nie, 

SBte er nur Sfugen l;at fur fie? is it possible 
Sir you never saw , that he has but eyes 
for her. 
5. 9)i rt n independent of its being the impersonal 
pronoun , is made to represent almost every 
person singular or plural, according to the pe- 
culiar indications of authority, dignity, arrogance 
or contempt. Ex: 
Man fiifyre bie 3 eu gen ^° r / l et tne witnesses be 

called up. 
Sttcm tt)trb feme 9ied)te ju ttertfyetbtgen tinffen, 

I shall know how to defend my rights, 
©eben ©ie ifym ba6@elb unb bemerfen ©ie ifym, 
ba£ man mid) in 3ufunft fcerfdjonen (spare) 
muffe, give him the money and observe to him 
that he must not trouble me in future. 
SBemt man 3t;re8 9latf)eg bebarf, fo ttnrb man 
if)n tterlangen, when I stand in need of your 
advice I shall call for it. 
6 V Several pronouns succeeding each other as 
nominatives to the same verb^ the first must 
be repeated in the corresponding person of 
the plural number governing that verb in the 
plural. Ex : 
3rf) unb bit, nrir wotten fyeute jnfammen fpetfen, 
I and you (we) will dine together to day. 
2Du, er unb fie, ifyr fottt ju £>aufe bletben, you 
he and she (you) shall remain at home.. 
7. The English objective case of the reflective 



42 PERS. PRONOUNS. 

verb : myself, thyself etc. and each other, one 
another , is always rendered in German by 
mid), bid), fid) etc. But if the refl. verb governs 
the dative case, the second and third person 
sing, are rendered by mtr, btr and the others 
by fid) , un$ , etc. Ex. : 
@r Soermunbet fid), he wounds himself. 
©ie lieben ftd), they love each other 4 or 

themselves, 
©te loben ftcfy , they praise themselves , each 

other or one another. 
SBtr tditfdjten ung, we deceived ourselves. 
©te ftebi fid) in bem ©ptegel, she sees herself 

in the looking-glass. 
3d) nefyme mtr $or, ubermorgen ctbjitreifeu, I 
propose (to myself) to set off the day after 
to morrow. 
Sieber greunb bu giebft btr jit ttiete 9Mf)e 
dear friend you give (to) yourself too much 
trouble. 
8. ©elbft 5 (self) is added and placed before or 
after the nom. or ace. of these pronouns, if some 
particular reference or emphasis is intended ; as : 

4 Reciprocity is sometimes given in German by etn^ 
ember, or gegenfettig. as: xoxx lieben eincmbet $&rtltdj, we love 
each other tenderly; fie flagen jtdj gegenfeitig ber Unbanf^ 
Barfeit an, they accuse each other of ingratitude. 

5 ^elbfl; represents also the adv. even, in which case 
it is unaccented and best placed after the verb; e. g. 
Sftan follte felbji feinen getnben serpen, one should even 
forgive one's enemies; sometimes at the beginning of the 
sentence: fefljji feinen gemben fdjmeidjelt ev, he even flatters 
his enemies. 



PERS. PRONOUNS. 43 

(§r foil felbft Ijierfyer fommen, he shall come 

here himself. 
3d) tt)ili eS felbft fel)en unb fyoren, I will my- 
self see and hear it. 
93efcor 2(nbere micfy acfyten fonnen, mufi td) mid) 
f e I fe ft adjten, or mu£ id) felbft mify ad^ten, 
before others can esteem me ? I must esteem 
myself. 
(§r felbft toiU ben SBvtcf abtjolen, or er will 
ben 93rtef f e 1 6 ft abfyolen, or er will felbft 
ben 23rief abfyoktt, he will fetch the letter 
himself. 
9. Sometimes it stands to express superlatively 
the highest possible degree of comparison, or 
rather for the personification of the quality; as: 
(Sr ift bie Uneigenmi^igfeit felbft, he is disen- 

terestedness ilself. 
©erne Slide fttib bie 33erebtfamfeit felbft, his 
looks are eloquence itself. 
10* The English it after a preposition ? when re- 
ferring to things or expressions, is translated 
by ba (there) with the corresponding prepo- 
sition annexed ; e. g. : 
©tellett ©ie bie glafdje auf ben £tfd); jte ftel)t 
fd)on b a r a U f 6 , put the bottle on the table ; 
it stands already on it. 
(5ie fagt, fte n>ei^ nicf)t§ b a & o n , she says she 
knows nothing of it. 



fi The r is added for the sake of euphony between ba 
and auf ; the same is done with the other prepositions be- 
ginning with a vowel, 



44 I'OSS. PRONOUNS. 

(§r l)tep if)n einen Scfyurfett unb ev fagte nicfytg 
b a J U , he called him a scoundrel and he 
said nothing to it. 
11. So when referring to a substantive ^ adjective 
or a whole sentence, and there, when con- 
nected with the verb to be, showing perma- 
nency or continuance of action, are rendered in 
German by eg : 
(§g ift feme etgene Scfyulb unb id) fyabe eg if)m 
gcfagt, it is his own fault and I have told 
him so. 
Uttfer greunb 9i. ift fefyr geijtg, aber er glauM eg 
ntrf)t r our friend N. is very stingy, but he 
does not think so. 
3dj beabfufyttgte tbm einen Srtef ju fcfyreiben, fyatte 
aber feme3*ft eg ?u tfyitn, I intended to write 
him a letter, but had no time to do so. 
(§g warm tuele ^etfonen auf bem Salt, /Am? 

n?0# -e many persons at the ball. 
(§g giebt fern fcfybnereg Sdwufptel in ber 9?atur, 
alg bie imtergefyenbe Sonne, M^e m not a 
finer sight in nature than the setting sun. 
©el)et, eg lauft em |>afc fiber bag gelb, see 
///*?/£ is a hare running across the field. 

II. POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. 

i. IN CONJUNCTION WITH A NOUN. 

Sing. 
). pers. 2. pers. 3. pers. 



mem bein fettt ibr fein 

my thy his her its 







poss. pronouns. 








Plur. 






unfer 

our 


i cuer ' 
your 


thv 
their 


In conj 
a subs. 


.with 

mas. 


Form of declension. 
fern. neut.or 


substs. plur. 


JV. 


mem 


meine mein 


meine 


G. 


meineS 


memer meineS 


memer 


D. 


mehtem 


memer metnem 


meinen 


A. 


meinen 


meine mem 


meine 



1. Many active verbs governing in English the ace, 
and in German the dat. and ace. of refl. and 
other verbs, it is necessary to substitute for my, 
thy, his 2 etc. the dative of the pers. pron. with 
the def. art. especially when speaking of things 
referring to or connected with the bodv. Ex.: 

3rf) fyabe mir bag Sent, ben 21 rm gebrodjen, 

I have broken my leg, my arm. 
(5r tiurb f \ § 2 tie §(ngen fcerberbett, he will spoil 

his eyes. 
(§r fdmeibet fid) in ben finger, he cuts his 

finger. 
Wan f)at ifym bag SBcin abnefymen muff en, he 

was obliged to have his leg amputated. 
dx fyat if)r bte^anbe aetnmben, he has tied her 

hands. 
3)er $opf tbut mix Wdj, my head aches. 

2. The dat. and ace. of the def. art. only is also 



1 e before the r may be dropped when declined , or 
when increased by the addition of i^e or e for the poss. 
absol. 

2 Vide Obs. 2 pers. pron. 



46 POSS. ABSOL. PRONOUNS. 

sometimes made use of instead of the poss. 
pron.j as: 

3d) fyoffe, bit nrirft b e m greunbe biefe 35ttte ge* 

ttjcifyrett, I hope you will grant your friend 

this request. 
(§r ftel fcom Coon bem) Spferbe, he fell from his 

horse. 
(§r nafym ben «g>ut uttb gtng fort, he took his 

hat and went away. 
@r jog ben3)egen unb gtng mtf ifyn ju, he drew 

his sword and went up to him. 

2. POSSESSIVE ABSOLUTE, IN REFERENCE TO A NOUN. 

1. This pronoun is formed by the def. article and 
the addition of tge or e to the conj. poss. in the 
nom sing, and en for the plural ^ and is declined 
after Decl. II. of adjs. 

M. F. N. PL 

bermetntge btemetntge bagmeintge btememigen j g 
ber meine bie metne bag meine bte metnen \ § 

or without the def. art. being then declined after 

Adjs. Decl. I. part I. * 

M. F. N. PL 

metner meine metneg metne. Ex.: 
SBeffen £ang ift bag ? eg tft tt>eber bag metntge, 
nod) bag fetntge, or n>eber bag metne, nod) bag 
feme, or fteber metneg, nod) fetneg; whose 
house is that ? it is neither mine nor his. 

2. The articles and terminations of these pronouns 



* Except gen. sing. mas. and neut. which have e3; this 
case however seldom occurs iu this form of the poss. abs. 



POSS. ABSOL. PROXOUXS. 47 

do not agree with the possessor, but with the 
object referred to : 
3d) fenne 3I;re great imb aucfy bte feintge, or 

feitte, I know your wife and his also. 
£at mem Sofm ober ber tf)rige (or tfyrer) btefen 
93rtef gefef/rieben, has my son or hers written 
this letter. 
<Sd)enfen Sie bteg metrtem (Sofyne ober 31)rem 
(or bem S^vigen) do you make a present of 
this to my son or to yours. 
The two first forms , when instead of referring 
to they stand for a noun, are considered as 
substantives and begin with a capital *; as: 
3d) liebe bie Sfteinigen, I love those that belong 
to me. 
Also when indicating power, ability property 
etc. ; as: 
3d) fann 3^ren gramb nidjt retten; td) fyafce bag 
SReinige getfyan, t>erfud)en ©te mm bag 
3 f) r t g e ; I cannot save your friend ; I 
have done what was in my power} try 
now what is in yours, 
(§r tft ntcf)t |>err ii&er bag ©eitttge, he is not 
master of his own property. 
The first form, ber memtge etc. is preferable 
and generally used; the second occurs most 
frequently in poetry; and the third principally 
after the verb fetytt, or where particular em- 
phasis is intended. They may however be 



* See Note R. 6. Decl. substs. 



48 DKMONSTR. PRONOUNS. 

used indiscriminately to avoid unpleasant repe- 
tition : 
2£ie tnel foftet 3fyr *Pferb? ba3 meinige tft 
beffer , obg(etcf) 3b re 3 mefyr foftet, what is the 
price of your horse ? mine is better, though 
yours costs more. 
2&el$er Sorfcfylag gefaUtSfynen am beften, feiner 
ober met Iter? which proposal do you like 
best, his or mine ? 

III. DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 

i. DEMONSTRATIVE CONJUNCTIVE, OR ABSOLUTE. l 

Sing. 
M. F. N. Plur. 

N. biefer 2 biefc btefeS this btefe these 

N. |ener 2 jene jene6 that jene those 

N.ber 3 bie ba§ this or that bie these orthose 
I. fDiefer and fetter point more distinctly to 
the object than ber, except in animated speech 
when the latter is employed with the strongest 
possible emphasis: 
Xiefer 9J?cnfcft madji mir greube, jener Summer, 
this man gives me pleasure, that one pain. 
2) e r 9)ten[cf) nttr tamx gludf(icf) genannt Herbert, 
befieit (Seele rein unb unbeflecft ift, thai man 

1 When absolute, they often correspond to the English : 
this one, that one. 

2 Gen. Dat. and Ace. the same as of the def. art. 

3 Declined like the def. Art. when conjunctive; when 
absol. orrelat, the gen. mas. arid neut. make beffetl, gen. 
fem. and plur. beren, and dat. plur. ben en; beffen is some- 
times contracted into b cb ; beret stands sometimes for benen. 



DEM0XSTK. PRONOUNS. 49 

only can be called happy, whose mind is 
pure and unpolluted. 

2. 2) e r is also used to prevent a too frequent 
repetition of biefer and jener, or when the per- 
sons or objects spoken of are, as it were 
equally near in the mind of the speaker. Like- 
wise in phrases of indifference > contempt; de- 
precation etc. sometimes with, sometimes without 
emphasis ; ex : 

liefer Sftenfd) fprtcfrt tnuncr £on ft*, jener fcott 
Stttbern unb ber Don gar ttidjtS; this person 
always speaks about himself, that one about 
others, and this one about nothing at all. 

£)er [off nun fetn £etf anberSwo ttevfucfyen, he 
(i. e. that one) may now try his chance 
elsewhere. 

JDtr? tt)a3 faun ber tf>un? that fellow? what 
can he do? 

2)er furdjtet fid) [a *>or feinem eigenen ©cfcatten! 
Indeed he fears his own shadow. 

3. This and these as adverbs of time must be 

rendered in German by fett; e. g. 

3d) l)abe itjn fett einem Ttonat ntcfyt gefefyen, I 

have not seen him this month. These six 

months, feit fed)8 Sttonaten. 

2. DEMONSTRATIVE -RELATIVE. 

M. F. A 7 . PL 

N. berjentge 4 , btejemge ba6jenige btejenigen 
N. ber 3 bte ba$ btc 

he 5 she 5 that 5 , what; they 5 , those 5 

* Declined like the clef. art. and adj. of Decl. II. of adjs. 
6 Followed by who or which. 

4 



50 DKMOXSTR. -ABSOLUTE. 

1. Both berienige and its contraction ber are fol- 
lowed by the rel. pron. Welcfyer, either imme- 
diately or in the second part of the sentence. 

2. 2>er being also a relative^ it may as such 
follow berjemge. 

Serjenige, woeldjer ju tuel erwartet, totrb feltcn 

befrtebigt; or 
berjemge xvixb feltcn ftefriebigt, tt>eldf>er $u t>iel 

erftavtet; or 
JDer, n>clc£>er etc.; or 
3)er ftirb felten etc. 
He who expects too much, will rarely be 

satisfied. 

3. !Der as a demonstr. pron. may be followed by 
ber as a relative^ especially in the dat. or ace. 
in which case its former capacity must be in- 
dicated by emphasis: 

3) e r , ben ©ie fur ifyrett $reunb geljalten fyaben, 
t>at fie fcerratfyen. He, whom you thought 
your friend, has betrayed you. 

4. SDerjenige is more forcible than ber. 

3. DEMONSTRATIVE -ABSOLUTE 6. 

M. F. N. PI. 

bevfelk 7 ,biefelbe,ba3fel6e, biefelben,the same, thatsame. 
1. !l)erfelbe is also used as a demonstr. relat. having 
ber preferably as a relative after it. 
@g tft berfelbe Sftann, ben id) fo oft bet 31)nen 

6 Also used conjunctively , when it frequently cor- 
responds to the Engl, the very, that very. 

7 Declined like def. art. and adj. Decl. IT. of adjs. — 
£>erfelMge etc. is also sometimes met with. 



DEMON ST R. - ABSOLUTE. 51 

gefefycn babe, it is the same man I have so 
often seen with you. 

2. As a demonst. absol. it often supplies the place 
of the pers. pron. in order to avoid ambiguity, 
relating: to the latter subst. in the sentence : 

©ie ttmrbett bon mdjreren Stcmbern cmgefatten 
unb ba biefelben (inst. of fie) 8 ofcne SHJaffcn 
warm, fo nmrben ftc leidbt ubenvunben, they 
were attacked by several robbers , but as 
they were without arms, they were easily 
overpowered. 

3)er ©otyrt erflcirte bem SSater fretmutfyig, bajj ber- 
felbe trrtge Shtftcftteit babe, the son declared 
candidly to his father, that he (the father) 
entertained erroneous opinions. 

3. It is also used to prevent an unpleasant repe- 
tition of the pers. pron. as : 

^atfte biefelben (inst. of fie fie) angenommen? did 
she accept them. 

3f)te greuube finb in ber Stabt, gotten ©te bte- 
felben bei mix einfu^rctt? your friends are 
in town, will you introduce them at my 
house ? 

3)ie8 i}t mem 33ruber, wotten ©ie il)ti benfeiben 
(inst. ofiljnen) fcorfteflm? this is my brother, 
will you introduce him to them? 

4. Besides the same, the very same 9 , being trans- 
lated by berfelbe etc. the dat. and ace. of the 
pers. pron. is often rendered in German by ber> 

* <£>te would leave it in doubt whether the persons at- 
tacked or the robbers were meant. 

9 (£ben berfelbe etc. 

4. 



52 IIRLAT. PRONOUNS. 

fclbt etc. when relating to abstract nouns, espe- 
cially in the plur. number; as: 
Qx rebet s>on ber greunbfcfraft nnb Sugenb, fennt 
biefelfcen afcer nur bem Harnett nacft. He talks 
of friendship and virtue, but knows them 
only by name. 
5. In formal language the plural btefelbett appears 
in connexion with tyod), f)odjft, alIerf)orf)ft 10 in 
speaking of or to persons of the highest ranks. 
Seine Sftajefiat [tub f)ter eingetroffen, StHerfyodjft* 
biefelben Herbert aber nur einige £age fyier t>er^ 
Weilen, H. M. has arrived here intending to 
make a stay of only a few days. 

RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 

1. RELATIVE-CONJUNCTIVE. 

M. F. N. PL 

N. welcfyer ll ttveldje weldjeS tteld)e who, which 
N. ber etc. (decl. like the dem. relat.) 

1. 3BeId)er refers to a distant, ber to a near antece- 
dent ; as : 

(Sr ifi ber greunb beg ^ontgS, ttelcfyer tym unter 
alfen Umftdnben tie 2Bal)rf)eit fagt He is 
the friend of the king, to whom under all 
circumstances he tells the truth. 

(Sr ifi ber greunb beS ^onigS, ber ifyn fcfy&^t 

10 9UUrIji>d$ of imperial or royal personages, fyodjji of 
minor sovereigns and f)od) of high officers of state. 

11 Decl. like the def. art. However the gen. of toeltfjet, 
as a relat. pron. is never used, beffen being substituted 
for the gen. mas. and neut. and beren for the gen. fem. 
sing, and gen. plur. of the three genders. 



RELAT.- ABSOLUTE. 53 

unb cuttet, he i.s the friend of the king, who 
values and esteems him. 

2. In German the relat. prons. refer to the third 
person only: if therefore, particularly in solemn 
language, they are to relate to the first or 
second person as being nominatives to a verb, 
the personal pronoun must be repeated after 
the relative, which in such cases is always ber. 

3dj bin ber ^en betn ©ott, ber tit bWj au8 
(Sgtyptat gefufyrt babe; I am the lord thy God 
which (I) have brought thee out of the land 
of Egypt. 

35u, ber bu tm^immel tbrctteft, thou who (thou) 
reignest in heaven. 

3. The gen. of ber is used instead of the poss. 
pron. to avoid ambiguity; e. g. 

3)ie £eutfcben fcbreiben gegenttwrttg steleS fiber 
bte granjofen unb beren ©efefce; the Ger- 
mans write at present much on the French 
and their laws, 
ifyre might cause some doubt whether the 
laws of the French or Germans were meant. 

@T bettmnberi QJoltaire unb beffen 3 e i*S cno ff ctt J 
he admires Voltaire and his contemporaries. 

€ie fprad) mit ber gfrau unb beren Stfwejter, 
she spoke to the woman and her (the wo- 
man's) sister. 

2. RELATIVE -ABSOLUTE. 

Of persons of both genders. Of things. 

X. 9Ser ] 2 who. whoever N. H)aS, what, whatever 

12 This pronoun refers to mankind in general and may 
also be used instead of the Demonstr. - Relat, berjemge 



54 BELAT.- ABSOLUTE. 

G. weffen, whose, whose-soever G. weffen, of what etc. 
D. ftem, to whom, to whomever D. ft) cm, to what 
A. tt)en, whom, whomever A. wag, what 

1. After tt>er and n>ag, the demonstr. ber etc. is 
sometimes expressed, sometimes understood. , 

333 er bag beftauptet, ber tft fdjledjt unterrtdjtet 

whoever maintains that, is ill informed. 
2Ber ifyr 8Mb ftefyt, erfcmtt fie, whoever sees 

her picture, recognises her. 
SBag er btfyaxtpkt, bag tioirb er aucf; augfiifyren, 

what he maintains, he will also execute. 
2Sa§ er anfctngt, mtfjglMt tfym, whatever he 

begins, he is unsuccessful in. 

2. Absolute and without any relative understood 
or expressed this pronoun is used in its most 
general and indeterminate sense, as: 

3d) ttmp nidjt, tt>er eg tft, I do not know who 

it is. 
(§r etrietf) fogleicfy, tt>effen ©timme eg war, he 

guessed immediately whose voice it was. 
3)ian mup ntdjt immer glauben, wag bie Seute 

fagen, one must not always believe, w r hat 

people say. 

3. In phrases where in English this pronoun is 
the nominative or objective case to a verb in 



when the latter is meant to relate to no particular indi- 
vidual. Not rcelcfjer but ber follows it, which however 
may be often understood, more especially in passive 
constructions e. g. 
ager itjm fcfymetcfyetr. (rev) toirt) tunt iijm Betadjtet. He who 
flatters him (berjeitige, wlfytt etc.) is despised by him. 



IXTERROG. PRONOUNS. 55 

the potential mood, it is rendered in German 
by toer cmd), waS aucf), giving it the most un- 
limitted relation as to persons or things e. g. 

SBer eS aucf) fei, td& null if)ti ntdjt foremen, who- 
ever it may be ; I will not speak to him. 

28er e$ aucf) gefaat feat, id) fann c§ tridji glaubetti 
whoever may have said it, I cannot believe it. 

2Ba6 er and) bat>on bettfen mag, tcft fann eo 
nicfyt anbern, whatever he may think of it, 
I cannot help it. 

INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. 

These are 
M. F. A T . PL 

welder 13 toelcfye rceldjeS tt>elc|c which, what 
n>er it>a^ * who, what 

urelcf) em eine ein roelcfye what 

ttaS fur ein eine ein ttaS fur what,whatsort, 

what kind of 

1. 2Befd)er is used with or without a substantive, 

tDer and roa§ are used as enquiries in relation to 

substantives of any gender or number. Ex.: 

2Be(d)en 9fomten t>erbtent eine folcfte «£)anb(ung? 

what name does such an action deserve? 

SBelcfte @djtt>ejler ift bte altefte? which sister 

is the eldest. 
2Be(*eS feiner $inber liebt er am metften? which 

of his children does he love best? 
SSSer ift biefe 2)ame? who is that lady? 

13 Declined like the def. art. 

* Decl. the same as the rel. absol. 



OB IXTERKOG. PRONOUNS. 

SBer ftnb btefe Scute? who are these people? 
2Ba3 fd)rei6en©te ba? what are you writing there? 

2. SBelder etc. enquires more minutely than tt>er 
and \va&} e. g. 

©ie fyred)en son eincm Setter; t>on n) element? 
SBer tourbe n>iffen, weld) en ©ie ineirten, 
tt>enn ©ie feineu SRamen nidjt nennen, you 
speak of a cousin; of which? who could 
know which you mean, if you do not 
mention his name? 

©ie l)at tf)ven ©deleter fcerloren; toeldben? 2)en 
grimen. Unb w> e r bat ifyn gefitnben? Sttetn 
©ruber. 2Befd)er? £er SBttyefot. She has 
lost her veil; which? the green one. And 
who has found it? my brother; which? 
William. 

SB em fott id) biefen 35rtef gefren? SMner <&d)m* 
fter. 2BeId)er? 3)er jungften. To whom 
am I to give this letter? to my sister. 
Which? the youngest. 

SBeffen SBerfe lefen ©ie? whose works are 
you reading. 

SBaS benfen ©ie wn biefem ©cfyriftfteller? 
what do you think of this author? 

3. SBelcfy 14 ein and \va§ fur em are made use of 
before or in reference to a noun. In the first 
case ein is declined like the indef. art. in the 
latter, like adjs. Decl. I. part. I * Ex. : 

2Beld) cine graufame |)anbluug woollen ©ie ba 



14 SQBeldj is not declined when in connexion with ein. 
* Exc. gen', mas. and neut. ee, «en, fern. et\ 



DISTKIBUT. AND IXDEF. PRONOUNS. 0/ 

begef)en ? What cruel act are you about to 
commit ? 

(§ben wax em «£)err ba. 2Ba3 fur einer? Just now 
there was a gentlemau here ; what gentle- 
man , or what sort of a etc. 

2Ba3 fur cut £>auS f)at er ba cjebaxtt ? What kind 
of a house has he built there ? 

2Ba6 fur eineS metnen ©ic, ba§ borten? What 
house do you mean, that yonder? 

4. SBelcf) ein relates more to the individual or object 
of enquiry, fta6 fur tin more to the quality; yet 
the latter is often used for both 3 and consequently 
more commonly met with. 

SBeldj einen groperen 93en>ei3 t>erIatn]euSte? What 

greater proof can you desire ? 
93on \va§ fur einem SSewet^ fprcdjen 6ie? AVhat 

kind of proof are you talking of? 
33on bem 23ett)eife feincr freunbfcfyaftltcfyen ©eftn* 

nungen; of the proof of his friendly intentions. 

5. They are also used in exclamations, as : 

2Beld£) ein 2£ett>, weld) cine grau I)at er inS (5(enb 
gefturjt! What a woman, what a wife has 
he reduced to distress ! 

2Ba3 fur ein auperorbentltckS (gretgnip! AVhat 
an extraordinary occurrence ! 

DISTRIBUTIVE AND INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 

They are : 
3emanb 15 , some one, any one, somebody. 
9ftemanb 15 , no one, nobody, none, any one *. 

15 This pron. admits of no variation except s for the gen, 
* With the verb in the negative. 



58 DIJSTRIBUT. AND INDKF. PRONOUNS. 

3eber i 

3ebtt)eber ; 16 , every (one), each, either ,7 . 

3egltd)er 1 

Sebermamt 16 , every one, every body. 

Reiner 16 , no, no one, not a, none, any, not any 

neither 17 . 
9D?ancfyer 16 , many a one; plur. some and many. 
&t\va$ 16 , some. 
SBelcber j6 , some, any. 
©etotffer J6 , certain, some, any. 
Solder 16 , such. 

(Sin etltjiger J8 , one, a or one single. 
$em einjtg^r ]8 , none, not one, not a single. 
Setbe 19 , both, either. 
Wl 18 , all, any. 

and en for the dat. and ace. and this only in colloquial 
discourse. 

16 Declined as adjs. Decl. I. Part I. with $ for gen. m. 
and n. except Sebetmcnut, which admits of no other vari- 
ation than the gen.' or eo. Seber is preferable to jebttebev 
and }egltri)er, which are only used in formal or antiqua- 
ted style, ©olefy is not declined before em ; fern is 1111 decl. 
in the 110m. mas. and neut. sing. , when before a noun. 
Q?tma$ admits of no variation. 

17 Either — or and neither nor, are rendered in Germ, 
by enttoeber — obet and toeber — ttod) ; as: Neither you nor 
he shall have it 9 toeber bu nod) ev foil ee fyaben. Neither the 
one nor the other has said it, toeber ber (Sine nodj bev 3liu 
bere tjat ee gefagt. Either it is his or her fault, enttoebev ift 
ee feme ober ifyxt ©djulb. 

18 Adjs. Decl. I. Part I. 

19 23etbe used in the plur. only. We say also betbeS of 
both things, as: £Beit>e3 ricfyttg; both things are right; betbee 
toitb gefallen; both things will please. 



DISTRIBUT. AND INDEF. PRONOUNS. 59 

Examples. 

Semanb begegnete mix auf ber Sreippe , I met some 
one on the stairs. 

3ft 3entcmb i>a ? is any one there ? 

Semcmb toartet auf ©ie, somebody is waiting for 
you. 

3ft 9ftemanb fyter gewefen ? has nobody been here. 

@6 fyat Sftiemanb nacfy Styim gcfragt , no one has 
enquired for you. 

9Kemanb ift fo taub aid ber, roelcfyer nicfyt feoren Witt, 
none is so deaf^ as he that will not hear. 

3d) sertraue e3 3fynen, trg&fyfot Sic eS aber an 
9ltemanb , I entrust it to you , but do not tell it to 
any one. 

3$ liebe jebett t>on ifynen, I like every one of them. 

(§3 ift Die Sppidjt eitteS jeben STOenfdjen, fetnem SSater- 
lanbc m'tfiltcf) ju fetytt , it is the duty of every man 
to be useful to his country. 

dx gab jebem ber ^tnber em Suit, he gave a book 
to each of the children. 

3ebe# btefer Sitter foftet jreei Scaler , each of 
these books costs two Thaler. 

9(iif jeber ©ette ftanb erne ©djilbtt>ad)e , on either 
side stood a sentry. 

3ebermauu ift nidjt fo Hug, al8 ©te, every one is 
not as wise as you. 

2Ba3 er weif?, vx>et§ 3ebennann, whatever he knows, 
every body knows. 

©mb feine Sriefe fur micfy ba ? are there no let- 
ters for me ; feine , none. 

Reiner or feineS u>eip ci\x>a$ bason, no one knows 
any thing of it. 



BO biSTKIBUT. ASD INDEF. PRONOUNS. 

(§6 war feme Seek im £aufe, there was not a 
soul in the house. 

(§3 befummert fid) feiner urn ifyn, no one cares for 
him. 

@r fyat kin ©elb 6ei fid), fyaben ©ie fcineg? he has 
no money about him , have you none , any or not 
any? 

Seiner t>on ifynen ttnfl eg eingeftefyen , neither 20 of 
them will acknowledge it, 

Sftancfyer f)at (id) baju entfd)liepen muffen , many a 
one was obliged to make up his mind to it. 

9Jknd)e Zzutc Gotten bag ©egentfyetl fcefyauptett, some 
people will maintain the contrary. 

■SKandje Seute glaubett man tranche uur reicft ju fetytt 
um glutfltd) }it fetyrt , many people think, they need 
only be rich to be happy. 

3d; bxaufyt eiwas ©elb, ftaben ©ie tr e i cb e o ? I 
want some money , have you any. 

©ie fcerlangen Slepfel, fyier finb welcfte, you wish 
for some apples ? there are some. 

SBenn uur tie ©itten gewiffer Golfer mit Unpar- 
teilicbfett betracfyten, if we examine the manners of 
different nations with impartiality; fo U>erben U)tr 
feineS (Self) fo ungebilbet ftnben , we shall find none 
so rude, ale bap e6 obne all e jRegeltt ber £)bf{id)Feit 
Ware, as to be without any rules of politeness. 



-° Neither j referring to two persons or things is ex- 
pressed in Germ, by feiner u\ &011 betben, as: neither road 
leads to town, feiner ber feeiben $}ege fitfjrt §ur Stabt. Have 
you seen John or Charles? neither of then) has been here 
to day, hac-en £ie Sotjann ober jlavl gefe^enV Reiner »i>« 
feeibeti ift beute fyiev getoefen. 



IHSTSIBUT. AND 1XDEF. PROXOUXS. 6l 

(Sin ©ewifter (nit eS gefagt, a certain one 2I has 
said it. 

©old) tin STOann, f o I ct> eine gxau t)erbienen befofynt 
ju Herbert, such a man, such a woman, deserve 
to be rewarded. 

(§r weip mdjt, bap er em folcfcer SRmfdj ift, he 
does not know that he is such a man. 

(Sttt emjtgcr nur fteip batten, one only knows of it. 

(Smetnjiger Sftatrofe tt>arb nocf)Iebenb aufbent SBracf 
gefnnben, one sailor only was found yet alive on 
the wreck. 

Unto alien biefen gebern ift niefct eine einjige gute , 
among all these pens there is not a single good 
one 2I . 

@r f)at if)n feineS emjigen 23licfe3 genntrbigt, he did 
not deign to bestow a single look on him. 

Rein etnjiger feincr Sefannten rear gcgenwartig, not 
a single person of his acquaintance was present. 

33etbc famen aid es $n fpat lt>ar , both came when 
it was too late. 

S3etbe Strain fufyren nad) bent ^alafte , either 
street leads to the palace. 

31 Vide R. 4 Decl. II of Adjs. 



62 



NUMBERS. 



NUMBERS. 

CARDINAL NUMBERS (Orunbjatyten). 



StnS * l , one. 
jttei, two. 
brei , three. 
trier, four. 
funf, five. 
fecfjg, six. 
ftefeen, seven. 
ad)t, eight. 
neittt, nine. 
§eijn , ten. 
elf, eilf, eleven. 
$tt>olf, twelve, 
breijcbn , thirteen, 
meruit, fourteen. 
ffinfjefytt , fifteen. 
fec£)jeJ)n , sixteen. 



ftebenjefyn or ftebjefyn, se- 
venteen. 

acfttjefyn, eighteen. 

neunjefyn, nineteen. 

gwatifttg, twenty. 

einunb jttNUtjig/tvrenty one. 

jtt)ct unb jnxmjig, twenty 
two etc. 

bretjng , thirty. 

irierjig, forty. 

funfjtg, fifty. 

[0*519, sixty. 

fteb(en)jtg , seventy. 

adjtjtg, eighty. 

neunjig, ninety. 

fyunbert, a 2 hundred. 



* 3e eine , je §toet , je brei :c. corresponds to the English 
one at a time 3 two at a time etc. 

1 Softened into etlt, when before another number, or in 
conjunction or relation to a noun , being in the former 
case identical as to declension with the indef. art. and in 
the latter, with Decl. I of adjs. except gen. mas. # neut. 
terminating in ee and gen. fern, er, e. g. <§aben (Ste etnen 
obev $tt?ei SBrubet ? have you one or two brothers ? — 9htr 
nod) einen, betm enter ftavb in SBeftmbten ; only one, for one 
died in the West Indies. 

2 A is not rendered in Germ, except before SO^tUton , in 
the middle of a number, or where some particular em- 
phasis is intended. 



NUMBERS. 



63 



fyimbert unb ein8, a hun- 
dred and one. 
taufenb , a thousand, 
jc^n taufenb,ten thousand. 



fyunbert taufenb 3 , a hun- 
dred thousand. 
eine Million , a million. 



ORDIN Air NUMBERS (Drbnung,6^leu). 



(3)er, bie bae) 
erfte * first. 
§tx>eite, second, 
bvttte, third, 
srierte , fourth. 
funfte, fifth. 
fed)3te, sixth, 
ftebente, seventh. 
adjte, eighth, 
nmnle, ninth. 
jefynte, tenth, 
elftc ( 
eilfte f 
3tt)olfte, twelfth. 
breijeljnte , thirteenth, 
inerjefynte , fourteenth. 



eleventh. 



fiinfjefynte , fifteenth. 

fecf)5ef)nte / sixteenth. 

fteb(en)3ef)nte, seventeenth. 

acf)t3et)nte , eighteenth. 

neunjefmte , nineteenth. 

jttanjtgfte , twentieth. 

em unb jwanstgfie, twenty 
first. 

jttet unb jftanjtgfte, twen- 
ty second etc. 

brctpigftc , thirtieth. 

irierjigfte, fortieth. 

fiinfjigfte, fiftieth. 

fedjjtgjie, sixtieth. 

(ieb(en)3tgfte, seventieth. 



3 100,000 being followed by other numbers is rendered 
by etnmal, §toetntai fyunberttaufenb ic. Thus 145,000, 250,000 
einmal Ijunbert unb fiutf unb fcier^ig taufenb and §freimal fyun- 
bert unb funf$ig taufenb. 

* From these are formed the ordinal adverbs erftcng, 
jhmtenS , brittettg *c. , firstly ^ secondly, thirdly etc. In 
phrases like the following : chapter the first , verse the 
second, line third, the article in German must precede 
the noun, or ma}- be entirely omitted, as: (§rfie3 Statyitti 
gtoeiter $er$ , britte 3eile. 



NUMBERS. 



atftjtgfte, eightieth. taxtfcnbfte r thousandth. 

nemtjigfte , ninetieth. jefmtcmfenbjle , ten thou- 

dlttlbertfte , hundredth. sandth. 

futnbert unb crftc , hundred fyunberttaufenbfte , hun- 

and first. dredthousandth. 

jtt>ci^Uttbertftc ■, two hun- mttftonfte, millionth. 

dreth . 

1. Repetition is indicated in German by „mal" or 
„maty. n 

3cfe fya&e eg fcfyon jtoeimal gefagt, \vk tttelmal 
tt>erbc icf> es ttneberholen mitffcti? I have al- 
ready said it twice , how many times shall 
I have to repeat it. 
, STieS ift bag erftemat unb unrb aucfi bag (efeiental 
feint, tap tcf) biefer 33orftetfung fcetawfyrte, this 
is the first time and will also be the last 
time that I shall be present at this represen- 
tation. 

2. Sometimes „mal" is taken substantively, when 
the numeral or other noun preceding it, is re- 
gularly declined 3 as : 

£ie£ erne SJlal nur Der&eifyeit ©ie tym, for this 
once only pardon him. 

3. The accumulative term, fold is rendered in Ger- 
man by fact) or faltig 5 the latter however more 
usually in composition with tnefyr, tuel, mamttg 2C. 

2Ba3 gefaet nnrb, giebt biefer SSoben jefyn- unb 
funfseftnfad) (or fdlttg) jurucf, whatever is 
sown 5 this soil yields ten - and fifteenfold. 

Seine fcrielfdltigen SSefdjdftigimgen bertyinbern ton 
une biefeS grito jaftr ju befucfren , his manifold 



NUMBERS. 65 

occupations prevent his coming to see us 
this spring. 

4. 3)o$>ett or wetfacb, breiboppelt or bretfadj ic. is 
used in German for double 4 , triple 4 etc. 

5. let (from the obsolete Setae, way, kind, sort) 
is added to the gen. pi. of numbers to denote 
distinction or variety, e. g. 

3)iefe8 ©efe£ farm auf jweierlei 8lrt auSgelcgt 
fttterben , this law may be interpreted two 
different ways. 
3^eter(et SBBeiti bet Za\d tyaben, to have two 
different sorts of wine at table. 
SlHerlet, mcmckrlei, feinerlci are used in the sense 
of: all sorts of things , various and no sort of 
things. 

6. Fractional numbers 5 are formed by the addition of 
1 to the ordinal number, as : ein 33terte(, a fourth part ; 
brd Stertel, three fourths: Xrtttet, third part etc. 

3wei unb bret SBtertcI @tfen Zu&) , two ells and 
three quarters of cloth. 
One and a half is rendered by anbertftalb , two 
and a half by brittbaU\ three and a half by fctert* 
£)alb etc. Thus adding fyalb to every number in 
succession to the one intended to be increased 

4 In Germ, the article must precede this number as well 
as breifacf) , (jalfi and gan$, e. g. (*r brand): He boM>efte 3eit 
urn es gu tfntu r he requires double the time to do it iu. 
®t I) at tint Ijatfce ©tutibe getoartet, he has been waiting half 
an hour. £te gatt$e 3Belt trei^ e$, all the world knows it. 

3 The indefinite number „odd" must be given by erlidje 
or ettttge , as : He gave thirty odd pounds for his horse , 
er oab etlidje breifjig ^funb fur }tin ^Pferb. 



66 NUMBERS. 

by a half. These numbers are also frequently ex- 
pressed by em unb em ftalb 4 , jtoet unb em I) alb etc. 

7. Half past twelve, half past one^ half past two. 
three etc. in speaking of the hour must be ren- 
dered in German by: balb eittS, balb jti>ei, I) alb 
bret etc. 

A quarter past twelve > a quarter past one etc. 
by em SStcrtel auf cinS , ein 93teriel auf jtoet etc. 
The same with the three quarters. 

A quarter to one etc> ein 93tertel fcor or ju cin8. 
Minutes are also counted onward, thus 5^ 10 etc. 
minutes past one , two , three etc. , fttttf 9RttUU 
ten auf jtt>et, bret etc. Ten minutes to one, jebn 
SDWnuten &ov or ju ems. 

8. 3^ e * anc l ^ are declined in the gen. and dat. 
(er , en) and the latter only in relation to a sub- 
stantive, as is the case with some other radical 
numbers 3 which use has sanctioned ; as : 

3)er Xienev jweter £>erren fetn, to be the ser- 
vant of two masters. 

?(u8 breten em$ toafjltn, to choose one out of 
three; or au8 bret 3)ingcn ein3 ftafylen. 

3RH ©edjfett fabren, to ride in a carriage and 
six ; or mix fec£)6 Spferben fo^rm. 

2ie liegen ba JU Saufenben , they lie there by 
thousands. 

9. Substantives denoting weight, measure or part 
of a whole body do not admit of a plural after 
ordinal numbers 6 ; ex : 

f ' Excepted are all words in e as: ffiodje (week), ©tunbe 
[hour) etc.; Xag, 2ft on at and Saljr are used in both forms. 



NUMBERS. 67 

3$ babe jelm gap SBetn unb jtt>ei gap 9ium tin 
teller , I have ten casks of wine and two 
puncheons of rum in the cellar, 
2)teS wiegt mebrere fyunbert spfunb , this weighs 

several hundred pounds. 
3d) habz eben fcrei SJSaar f)ubfcf>e £)anbfcr>ube ge* 
faitft , I have just bought three pair of fine 
gloves. 
2edj3 SSucf) Spopter, six quires of paper. 
Secfcjtg taufenb 9Jtann fyabm ben 9U)eht "pafftrt ' 
sixty thousand men have passed the Rhine. 
S)ie SJifte f)at brei gup fedjg 3°W to SSterecf , the 
box is three feet six inches square. 
10. Both ; cardinal and ordinal numbers, can be used 
substantively: cine @tn , bte gitnf, tie $d)n (as 
said of cards); ber 3^te; ein gunfjtger.. a man 
50 years of age. 



THE PREPOSITIONS. 

Some German prepositions always govern the 
Gen. , others the Dat. , and others again the Ace. 
There are also some, that govern according to cir- 
cumstances j now the Dat. and then the Ace. 

I. PREPOSITIONS REQUIRING THE GENITIVE. 

anftatt or ftatt ' , instead of. 

fjal&en or halter 2 , on account, for the sake of. 

1 €>tatt is sometimes taken substantively. 

2 «§alfren and falter 'follow the substantive; the former 
is used preferably when the noun is preceded by an art. 
or pron. (Vide Examples; also Person. Prons. obs. 1). 

5. 



66 



PREPOSITIONS. 



au£erl)Cllb, out of, on the outside, without. 

mnerfyalb , within , on the inside. 

oberfjalb , above , on the upper side. 

imierfyctlb , below , on the lower side. 

bieffeitS , on this side. 

jenfeit^, on the other side, beyond, opposite. 

f raft , by virtue of. 

lattt, according, conformably. 

mittelfi or fcerinittelft , by means of. 

urn 4 . . . nriffen , for the sake of. 

Uttgeacfytet, notwithstanding. 

imtioett , not far from. 

ttermoge, by dint, power or means of. 

tt>al)renb, during. 

VDegen, on account of, concerning. 

Examples. 

©efyen ©ieflatt metner bortf)in, goihere instead of me. 

@r regiert an be3 gurften Sftttt, he governs instead 
of the prince. 

3)e3 StnftcmbeS Ijalb*n 2 unterfaffen ©ie e$, for de- 
cency's sake desist. 

SlltcrS l)alb*r 2 nmrbe er in ben Siufrefianb fcerfefct, 
he was allowed to retire on account of old age. 

©cm (Sinfommen unffet^aUi beS 8cmbe£ fcerjeljren, 
to spend one's income out of the country. 

3mterl)alb bet ©renjen beg SfajianbeS bleiben, to 
remain ivithin bounds of propriety. 

(Sine ©efeUfcfyaft beabftcfytigt SBaffcrbc^altcr ubn^atb 
ber ©tabt anlegen ju laffen , a company intends ha- 
ving reservoirs above the town for the supply of 
water. 



PREPOSITIONS. 69 

UlnUrtjatb ber Stabt am gluffe ftetyen fctele gifc^er^ 
fyittten, below the town near the river side there 
are many fishermen's huts. 

JJiefllrita 3 beg glnffeg ift ber Soben gan$ anberg , 
alg jetifett0 3 , on Am side of the river the soil 
is quite different as on the opposite side. 

ilraft meineg Sfatteg , by virtue of my office. 

iaut femer 2(ugfage , according to his evidence. 

£ag fann mtt tntttdft enter £am:pfmafcfmie tton fcierjtg 
^Sferbefraft gefeoben Herbert , this can only be raised 
by means of a steam-engine of 40 horse power. 

IKm 4 be^ Stnbeg ttrillett 4 * erbarmet end), /or the 
child's sake have mercy. 

2f)uet eg inn memettotlUn * do it for my sake. 

Kn0eari)t*t after femer Semubungett wtrb eg ifmt 
bennoct) ntcbt getingen, notwithstanding all his ef- 
forts he will not be able to succeed. 

IHnumt ber Stabt amrbe bag gfefl beg Ianbix>trtt)^ 
fdjaftltd&en SSemnS gefetert, wo£ /wr from the town 
they celebrated the anniversary of the agricultural 
society. 

Vexmo#t etner befonbern Ueberemfunft, by means 
of a special agreement. 

Waljreut* femer gemjen fJteife bafer nic^t etmnal ge* 
fcfyrieben, during his whole journey, he did not 
write once. 

3 Sometimes used elliptically ', as: bie£feti3, jeitfetts? (ber 
Ibemfe) on this side , oil the other side of the Thames ; 
ienfett^ (be$ ©robes) , beyond the grave. 

* Always seperated except when in connexion with the 
gen. of the pers. pron. 

* See Pers. Pron. obs. 1. 



70 PREPOSITIONS. 

©cm QSater fceflagt (id) roigtti feine£ langen 2(ufent* 
fyalte^ ju ^artS , his father complains on account of 
his long stay at Paris. 

II. PREPOSITIONS REQUIRING THE DATIVE. 

a\l$ f out of, from. 

aufier , out of, besides. 

bet \ close to, near, at, with, by. 

Mtmetl, within (a certain time). 

entgegen 2 , towards, contrary to. 

gegertuber 2 *, opposite. 

gemaf* 2 , conformable, according to. 

Icings, along. 

mtt, with, along with. 

nacf), after, to, for, according to 3 . 

nacfyft or juncicfyft, next, near by, close by. 

ttebfi, together with, besides. 

ob, on account of, above. 

fammt f , together with. 

fctt, since. 

ttott \ from,, of, by, off. 

ju *, to, at, by, on. 

jufolge 4 , in compliance. 

jUWiber 2 , contrary, opposed to, in opposition to. 



1 33ei, tton and $u, in familiar discourse coalesce with 
the dat. of the def. art. as: betm for bet bem; ttom for »on 
bent ; £ttm for $u bem ; ^ur for $u bei\ 

2 Stands always after its case. 

* May be seperated. See Examples. 

5 In this sense it follows the case. See Examples. 

j Nearly obsolete. 

4 If placed before a noun it requires the gen. 



PREPOSITIONS. 71 

Examples. 

3d) fyabe il)\x aus bem £aufe fomntett fefyen , I have 
seen him come out of the house. 

3tu£*r mtr fyat er feinen gxeunb, he has no friend 
besides me. 

@r brtngt feme $tit groptettttyeite aufier bent |)aufe 
jU , he spends his time mostly out of the house. 

<§x ftanb bet bem ©enerat, alS il)n erne 5htgel traf, 
he stood close to the general when a bullet hit him. 

3)a3 Sweater ftefyet bet bem ^alaft, the theatre 
stands near the palace. 

@r nnrb morgett bet 3t;rem ©fyeim fpetfen, he will 
dine to morrow at your uncle's, 

imb ubermorgen bet 3^en (§(tern, and the day af- 
ter to morrow with your parents. 

(§r fa£te ifyn plofclid) betm * Slrme, he took him 
suddenly by his arm. 

SBenn ©ie fid) binnett etnem SKonate nicbt beftimmt 
erfldren r fo betradjte ic^ ben 93ertrag ate aufgefyoben , 
if you do not declare your intentions positively 
within one month, I shall consider the agreement 
as annulled. 

SJieirt 33ruber ttwfynt mtr {jefleniiber, my brother 
lives opposite to me. 

2)a6 9tatl$au8 fte^et ijqjeit ber &ircf)e fiber, the 
town-hall stands opposite the church. 

3)em SBertrage ber betben SRacfyte gemi^ seremigten 
fief) tf)re gotten unter etnem 23efeW3f)aber, conformable 
to the treaty of the two powers their fleets are 
joined under one command. 

2>te gejhmgen liimj* bem iRfyeme, the fortresses 

along the Rhine, 



72 PREPOSITIONS. 

©efyen @ie mit mtr unb mehtent 33ruber biefeti 2(6enb 
in bag Sweater , go with me and my brother in the 
theatre this evening. 

@ef)en ©tc bocft mit mtr ! pray come along with me ! 

tied) etntgm Slugenfclitfen fain er ttteber jurucf, after 
some moments he returned again. 

Sfteifen Sic biefen (Sonuner nad) bar ©d)tt>eij ober nad) 
granfveuf ? do you travel this summer to Switzer- 
land or to France ? 

SBann iverben 5ie nad) bemgeftlanbe abretfen? when 
do you mean to set off for the continent? 

(§3 fragt 3enianb nad) 3bften , somebody enquires 
/»/■ you. 

Sltlem Sfnfcbetn nad) 3 rotrb mtr ba3 Unternefymen ge* 
Itncjen, according to all appearances I shall succeed 
in the undertaking. 

3dj ef)re ifjn niidjjl meinert @ltern am meiften , next 
to my parents I honour him most. 

£ie Drangerie tfi 3unad)ll bem botamfefcn ©arten, 
the green- house is close by the botanical garden. 

3d) fyore, er feat bag |)au3 n*b|l attcm ft>a3 bartn 
tfi gefauft, I hear he has bought the house together 
with all it contains. 

©b bem Serge, above the mountain, 

Tag (£d)tff fammt berSabung [tub Derforeit gegangen, 
the ship together with the cargo have been lost. 

grit fetnem ^terfettt fyabe tdj tfen nureinmal gefefyen, 
smc^ his stay here , I have seen him only once. 

(§r war tinn einem feteer mtrauteften greunbe be- 
gkitrf , he was accompanied by one of his most 
intimate friends. 



PREPOSITIONS. 



73 



SKeta Srubet ift eta greunb turn jaljlreicfyen ©efeH* 

fcftaften, my brother is a friend of numerous assem- 
blies. 

£a3 ©emcilbe ttelcM Sie frettmnbern ift twi emern 
J?unftler Uttferet $tit f the painting which you ad- 
mire is by a modern artist. 

©ettrif*, ttnr fotmett nicfrt tt>eit nom x Sanbe fei)n, 
surely we cannot be far off the shore. 

granflin befeauptct r bie (Sttelfeit getyere 311 ben 2(n* 
nefymlicMciten be3 2e6en3, Franklin maintains vanity 
to belong to the sweets of life. 

3u ber bcfttmmten 3?tt fterben nnv unS einfinben. , 
we shall be there at the time appointed. 

Wid) ju befucfyen mup metn gxeunb 3u SBaffcr unb 311 
Saribe retfeil, to visit me ; my friend must travel 
by water and by land. 

(§6 ift angeneljm 311 gupe burdj bte <2dnt>ei$ ju retfen, 
it is agreeable to travel on foot through Switzerland. 






3d) (abe micf) jum ■ griiftftucf bet 3$nen e * n > I in- 
vite myself to breakfast with you. 

Setnem Sfuftrage 3uf0hje r or h\\U[$c 4 feineS 3htf- 
tragg roerbe id) bte ©emalbe fcerfaufen laffen, m co/w- 
pliance with his request I shall cause the paintings 
to be sold. 

35te »orgefc6Iagencn SRafiregeln ftnb bent Sntereffe 
beg SanbeS 3un>i&er 2 , the proposed measures are 
opposed to the interest of the country. 

3)en ©efejjen 3uurifcer banbeht, to act contrary, or 
?w opposition to the laws, 



74 PREPOSITIONS. 

III. PREPOSITIONS REQUIRING THE ACCUSATIVE. 

turd) 1 , by, through. 

fur l , for. 

gegen , towards } against , to. 

o|iie, without. 

xrm, round , around, for. 

ttnber , against. 

Examples. 

Uurd) ben graven StfaU erful;r ic^ baj? ©te t)ter 
ftciren, ft# ^e greatest chance I heard that you 
were in town. 

Saffen Sie eg mid) imrd) etnen 3^er Wiener tinffen, 
let me know it by one of your servants. 

$la<i) bem SOZtttageffen gieng bte ganje ©efellfcfyaft 
tmrd) ben ^pavf, after dinner the whole company 
went through the park. 

!Dte Sonne fcijetnt fur ben Slrmen n>te fiir ben dlzU 
cfyen , the sun shines for the poor as for the rich. 

©qjen bte SJiitte ber 3^it roarb er beffer, towards 
the middle of the time he grew better. 

3)a6 ^Pferb lief 0^en ben ©djlagbaum, the horse 
ran against the turnpike. 

3)er ftafyre £>elb ift grofmuttfyig ^egeir fetnen fiber* 
tx^unbenen getnb , the true hero is generous to his 
vanquished enemy. 

©t)tt£ bid) fann id) nidjt leben, without thee I can- 
not live. 

9?arf) aufgefyobener ©t£ung serfammetten fie ficf> urn 

J mxd) '$ , fur'6 , stand for tuttcfy t>a$ , fiir ba$. 



PREPOSITIONS. 75 

ben ©predjer be6 £aufe3, after the sitting was over 
they assembled round the speaker of the house. 

(Ir befummert fief) urn feinen SRetifc^en, he cares 
for no man. 

2Ba6 Ktinen ©te tmtmr it)n fcorfmrtgett? what ca» 
you produce against him? 

IV. PREPOSITIONS REQUIRING THE DAT. OR ACC. 

an l , at , near 3 close , in , with , of. 

auf ! , on j upon. 

Winter J , behind. 

in \ in 5 into. 

neb en, near, next to. 

tiber 1 , over, above, at. 

unter J , below ? under } among. 

t>or , before , at. 

jtiufcben , between. 

IVB. Examples on the use of these prepositions will be 
found on other side, on opposite pages: one for the Da- 
tive, and the other for the Accusative; and it is hoped, 
sufficiently clear, to point out to the learner, when they 
govern the one or the other case. 

1 These prepositions coalesce with the def. art. so as 
to represent sometimes the dative sometimes the accu- 
sative case ; as : am for an rem. 

an's for an baS. 

auf$ for auf bag. 

fjinter-m for Winter bem. 

im for in tern. 

tn'y for in \>a$. 

iibn'm for ufcet tent. 

nber'e for uBer tae. 

nntev'm for unrer tent. 

untcv'3 for unter ba^. 



<6 PREPOSITIONS. 

Note 1. These prepositions require the dative when they 
are intended to convey the idea of proximity , ad- 
herence , permanency , stability , locality , repose etc. ; 
and the accusative when they show a motion y ten- 
dency or direction towards a certain point. 

NB. Read also Note 2 j^* 

Examples. 

With the Dative. 
Xcv (StuM ftet)t an tor Sffianb , the chair stands 
near the wall. 

2)er gute Sftenfd) rttmmt Jf)d( an tor gveube femes 
■Webenmenfdjett , the good man participates in the 
joy of his fellow -creature (in what?) 

3f)r SBrtcf Itegt an foem ^oftfenfter , your letter lies 
(is stuck up) at the post-office window (where?) 

2)a3 (§t Itegt jerbrocfcett auf torn SBobett, the eg-g is 
lying broken on the ground (where?) 

3)te 2)ad)becfer arbetten auf bent ^ad)c, the tilers 
are at work on the roof. 

9)?cm mup biefc Sntfcfyetbung auf torn SBttfen bee 
gurften berufyett laffen, this decision must be left to 
rest on the pleasure of the sovereign (where ?) 

£ie 9£umcn be3 aftett ScMoffeo ftcJ)en l)tnt*r torn 
©artett, the ruins of the old castle stand behind 
the garden (where?) 

3)te 33ud&er (tegen in tor ^tfte, the books are (lying) 
in the box (where ?) 

Qx weip in fctnem |>erjen , bap cr mir Unrecbt tbut, 
he knows in his (own) heart that he wrongs me 
(where ?) 



PREPOSITIONS. 77 

Note 2. In doubtful cases it may be useful to ask: 
where? whereat? whithin whom? whithin which or 
what! and it will be found that the phrase contain- 
ing the answer j requires the dative ; whereas the 
questions: whereto _, whereon in the sense of whither 
to whom, towards whom or what, will in their an- 
swer require the accusative. 

Examples. 

With the Accusative. 

3d) ttnU ben gtuftl an bu 2Battb ftetfen, I will 
place the chair near the wall (near to where or 
whither ?) 

2)enfen Ste an tu greube Sfyre ©Kern nneber ju 
fefyert, think of the joy of seeing your parents again 
(towards what?) 

3)er SBrtcf tft an ton giirften gertcfytet, the letter is 
directed to the prince (to whom?) 

£a$ (St 5erbrtdf>t voetm e3 auf ton 23oben fdtft, the 
egg will break when it falls on the ground (where- 
on?) 

2)ie 3)ad)betfer tragen 3^9^ au f ^^ 3)atf), the 
tilers are carrying tiles up the roof. 

£te Cmifefietbung bee ^rcjeffeg tft auf ben nacftften 
xOionat feftgefefet , the decision of the trial is fixed 
for next month (towards what ?) 

3)iefer ^Sfab fufyrt \)\nUx bte^Ruinen beg attenScftloffeS, 
this path leads behind the ruins of the old castle 
(whither?) 

Segen ©ie bie 93iidher in Me ^ifte, put the books 
into the box (whereinto?) 

£ct<3 Unrecfyt fmbet feitten ©ngang in frin £>er$, 
injustice finds no access to his heart (whither?) 



78 PREPOSITIONS. 

Dative. 

2Ber fafj in ber So^e neb*tt Sljnen? who was sit- 
ting next to you in the box? 

©djtt>m ©ennttenrolfen fycingen iib*r for ©tabt, 
heavy thunder -clouds are hanging over the town. 

SBafyrenb ber ^voceffion gteng ber Sifcfrof imter einem 
Sfyronfnmmel , during the procession the bishop 
walked under a canopy. 

|)unt ftatte fttele SlnMnger nnter fotn gemeinen SSoIfe, 
Hunt had many partisans among the common people. 

Vox font |)aufe fteftet eine 9vct^e SBaume, there is 
a row of trees before the house. 

9Kit eblem Stolje ftcmb er twr hen fcerfammetten 
^urften , with noble pride he stood before the as- 
sembled princes. 

2)a3 £mb figt 3^ifrf)en tt)m unb feiner grau , the 
child sits between him and his wife. 



PREPOSITIONS. 79 

Accusative. 

©e§en Sie fidj auf bag Sofa tuktt mrine gran, sit 
down on the sofa next to my wife. 

Die ®mnttertt>o(fett ftnb ub*r Me ©tabt toeggejogen, 
the thunderclouds have passed over the town. 

5)er SMfdjof gieng unter ten £konfmnmel unb bte 
^roceffiott fefite ftcfc in Settegung, the bishop stepped 
under the canopy and the procession began to move. 

3)aS SDWitar feuerie unUt fca0 2$olf, voabrenb |)imt 
ju Sftancfrefter eg anrebete , the military fired among 
the people when Hunt addressed them at Man- 
chester. 

Vox tnddK* btefer |>mtfer folfeti bte 33chtme gefe^t 
werbett? before which of these houses are the trees 
to be set? 

93ttt eblem Stolje trat er vox fU fyn, with noble 
pride he stepped up before them. 

Sag $mb fann frequent imftytn fie gefe&t werben, 
the child can be very easily placed between them. 



80 



ADVERBS. 

1. Every German adjective, when used as a pre- 
dicate, or when standing to define another ad- 
jective, becomes an adverb, in which case it 
has no particular form and remains undeclined. 
(See Adjs. Decl. II. Rs. 2 and 3) Ex : 

(§r tit £Mmiitl)nj unb benft <jut *>on 3^bermann, 
he is gene? oils and thinks well of every body. 

Sim rtcicbften Sttorgen macMe id) mtcb kiiljn auf ben 
23eg , I set boldly forward the next mor- 
ning*. 

Qx reitet aufter0r}>£itUid) i]\it , he rides remar- 
kably well. 

Sein ijpauv i)t an$ene\)m gelegen, his house is 
pleasantly situated. 

Qin unvexftelit befcfretbeneS 2)Mbtf)en, a girl un- 
affectedly modest. 

2. The word SSetfe (manner) is sometimes added 
to substantives or adjectives when used adver- 
bially, corresponding to the English in, by or 
the adverbial termination ly, as: 

3>ic geinbe fturjten ftf aarentun|> burcfr bag ge* 
rffnete 2f}or , the enemies rushed in hosts 
through the opened gate. 

3d) will fie ntc&t bu^enbuinf* fonbern paaritfnfc 
faiifen , I will not buy them by the dozen 
but by the pair. 

@lucf[td)enDn)> wax bie 5{$iftole nicfrt gelaben, for- 
tunately the pistol was not loaded. 

3. The letter 6 is also added to some substantives 



ADVERBS. 81 

and adjectives to form adverbs of time and man- 
ner , as : 
2)torgen8 , SKtttagS , 2ttenb3 , in the morning or 

of a morning, at noon, in the evening. 
2)aS SBaffer Voatyzt tuftsin** , the water in- 
creases visibly. 
. Adjectives in the superlative degree with Ottf 6 
(governing the ace.) and am or tm (gov. the dat.) 
are often used adverbially. Ex : 
(§r tfi i)on fehten greimbett auf8 glatt3*iii|l* 6e* 
U)trtf>ettr>orbeu, he has been entertained most 
splendidly by his friends. 
2Ba£)rettt> metner Stetfen »cnt)ct(te tap am laiujftnt 1 
in 3)eutfdf)(attb, during my journeys I stayed 
longest in Germany. 
2)a3 betrifft mid) ntdjt im miitfcfieit ] , that does 
not concern me in the least. 
. Adverbs formed from the superlative as in the 
last rule, take sometimes only 3 without am, as : 
Ste fatten jtd) tn*niflfi*tis enifdjulbigen foUett, 
you ought to have at least excused yourself. 
All other kinds of adverbs 2 , that cannot be used 
attributively are found in the dictionary in the 
form in which they are to be used. 

1 Vide Comp. of adjs. R. 5 and obs. 4. 

- For adverbs of number , see Ord. Numbers : erfte * 



82 CONJUNCTIONS. 

CONJUNCTIONS. 

I. COPULATIVE. 

aucf), also, 
au^erbem, besides. 
bamit \ with. 
ncimltd), namely. 
nicfyt, not. 

t alleini 
nic^t, Mo3 not only. 

f mtr ) 
fonbern and) , but also. 
fott>of)(, as well. 
tf)ett§, partly. 
unb, and. 
Weber . . . nod) , neither . . . nor. 

II. CONDITIONAL AND ARGUMENTATIVE. 

aber, but. 

allem , but , however. 

alfo, consequently, therefore. 

bat)er, hence. 

bamt, then. 

, J ' therefore, on that account. 
befwegett, ) ' 

barum, 



i for that reason. 

bemnad), 

bod), yet, however. 



1 This conj. when standing before the verb, governs 
the potential mood, as; bamit er ftd) tticftt $etle|e, that he 
may not hurt himself. 



INTERJECTIONS. 



83 



beffetmngeac()tet , notwithstanding, 
entoeber . . . ober, either . . . or. 
folgltclj) , consequently. 
gletcfywofyi , yet. 
fyhtgegen, in return, consequently. 

v , J f > however. 
mbeffen, \ 

, ' consequently, therefore. 

fottft, else, otherwise. 



INTERJECTIONS. 

ad)\ af)l ah! alas! 

dfyal aha! 

an ! an it>ef> ! ] ah ! oh ! 

et or ei; ! cv ! 

t)a! ha! 

fye ! t)e ba ! hallo ! 

()et[a! huzza! 

^o! f)oIfa! ho hallo! 

fym! hem! 

fyufcf)! hush! 

jltcfye, jxt^e ! hurra! 

o, of)! oh! 

olja! hold! 

ofyo ! oho! 

tt>ef) ! o dear. 
pfui! fie! 
wef)! woe! 

1 Expression of excessive pain of body or mind. 

6. 



84 



VERBS. 



VERBS 

AND 

PRACTICAL PART OF GRAMMAR 

illustrated 

by exercises on the foregoing parts of speech with 
application of the rules relating to them. 

I. THE PRINCIPAL AUXILIARIES ARE : 

Infinitive. 

1 ©em, to be «£)aktt, to have SBerben, to become 

Participles. 

Present. 

fei enb, being J)ab enb, having 

Past. 



ge ft>ef en , been ge fyab t , had 
Present. 



fterbenb, becoming 
2 gett)orbett, become 







[ndicati 


!>e. 


Subjunctive. 


3* 


bin 


fyab e 


fretbe 


fei 


fyab e 


toerb e 


i 


ain 


have 


become 


am or be 5 


have 5 


become 5 


®u 


btfi 


w 


toivji 


feice)ft 


^aB efi 


tterb eji 


thou 


art 


hast 


becomest 


art or be 


have 


becomest 


@r 3 


m 


fjat 


nntb 


fei 


tyab e 


toerb e 


he 


is 


has 


' becomes 


is or be 


have 


become 


2Str ftnb 


l)ab en 


toetb en 


fet(e)n 


tyaben 


toetb en 


we 


are 


have 


become 


are or be 


have 


become 


3^* 


fetb 


fjab(e)t 


4 fterb et 


(ei(e)b 


^ah(t)t 


foerb et 


you 


are 


have 


become 


are or be 


have 


become 


@ie 


ftnb 


J^ob en 


toerb en 


fei(e)n 


Ijab en 


toerb en 


they 


are 


have 


become 


are or be 


have 


become 



1 Also spelled fefyn through all persons and tenses. 

2 Also ftorben in compound past tenses of the passive voice. 

3 In this as in all other conjugations it is to be under- 
stood that the third person comprises also: jte, e3 and man, 
she, it, one. 

4 Wherever the e is enclosed, it may be omitted, which 
in colloquial discourse is mostly done. 





VERBS. 


85 




Imperfect. 




Indicative. 




Subjunctive. 


3d) tear 


§at te trurb e b 


tear e 3 


fyatte 5 teiirb e 


I was 


had became 


was or were had became 5 


©11 tear ft 


I^attejttenrbefl 


irdr(e)ft 


fyat teft teiirb t\t 


f/*ow wast 


hadst becamest 


wast or wert hadst becamest 


(gfr tear 


fyat te trurb e 


te&re 


f)dt te teiirb e 


A# was 


had became 


was or were had became 


a^tt tear en 


t;attentenrben 


tear en 


Jjctt tm teiirb en 


we were 


had became 


were 


had became 


3^t i»arce)t l)at tet toutb et 


tear et 


fyat Ut teiirb et 


,yow were 


had became 


were 


had became 


®ie tear en 


$at Un trurb en 


tear en 


f?dt Un teiirb en 


£/*£# were 


had became 


were 


had became 




Imperative, 




fet (m) 


l)aB (e) bn 


teerb e (bn) 


be thou 


have thou 


become thou 


fei er 


i)ae e er 


teerb e er 


let Mm be 


let him have 


let him become 


feib (ir,r) 


$afc (e) t (tyr) 


teerb et 


be, or do ye be have, do ye have 


become, or etc. 


fein fie * 


^ab en fie * 


toerb en jte * 


let them be 


let them 


have 


let them become 



COMPOUND TENSES. 
Infinitive - Past. 



geteefen fein 
to have been 
Cbeen to be) 



gel) ah J)a£en 
to have had 
Chad to have) 



geteorben fein 
to have become 
(become to be) 



5 If or that generally precede the pers. pron. iu English 
to give expression to the Subj., thus: if or that I am or 
be etc. Imp erf. if or that I was or were etc. In English 
this mood is called Potential when preceded by may or 
can; as: I may or can be. Imperf. J might or could be etc. 

s Also, in the singular only, icr) tearb, bu iearbji, enearb. 

* v- Pers. Pron. R. 1 and obs. 3. 



86 VERBS. 

Perfect 

or Comp. of the Pres. and P. Part. 

ftiff. 3$ ^ n S«totfen tyabe gefyabt bin getoorben 

/ have been have had have become 

®u feifl getoefen fja# ge'ija&t bift genwrben 

Mow hast been hast had hast become 

etc. etc. etc. 

Subj. 3$ f^ ge^efen tjabe gefjabt fet getoorben 

T have or may* have or may have have ormayhave 

have been had become 

•£u feift getvefen 'ijabefl; geljafct feift gefrovben 
£&ott hast or mayst hast or mayst hast or mayst 

have been have had have become 

etc. etc. etc. 

Pluperfect or Comp. of the Imp erf. and P. Part. 

Ind. 3$ toargeftefen Ijcttte gefyabt wax gefrorben 

I had been had had had become 

55u \vax]t ^wqcn Ijatteft geftctbt Waxft gefcorben 

thou hadstbeen hadst had hadst become 

etc. etc. etc. 

Snhj. 3^f) ifare getoefen l)atte ge$aBt ftave getootben 

I might y have might -J- have might y have be- 

been - had come 

£>tt todrep getoefen ij&tteft gefjabt todrefl getoorben 
ftoi mightst have mightsthave had mightst have be- 

been etc. come 

etc. etc. 
Future - Infinitive 
or Comp. of the Pres. oftvevbenandlnf. of other verbs. 

Ind. 3$ totetbe Kin frerbe Jjofccn n>erbe fterben 

J shall be shall have shall become 

Qu tiurjl fein trtrft fjaben uurft toerben 

£/*<??£ wilt be wilt have wilt become 

etc. etc. etc. 



or can. 

could , would or should. 



87 



Subj. 3$ totxH f e in 
I shall be 

&U ir err eft fein 
F&om wilt be 
etc. 



irerre Ijaben 
shall have 
n? err eft Ijaren 
wilt have 
etc. 



Future — Infinitive 
or Compound of the Pres. of toerfc 
of other verbs. 

Indicative. 
3$ fterbe gefcefcn fein irerre gdja&i fiafren 
/ shall have been 7 shall have had 
Su toirft gercefen fetn nurft geljo&tlja&en 
f/«OM wilt have been wilt have had 
etc. etc. 

Subjunctive. 
3$ tterbe getoefen fcut werregefiabt^aften 
J shall have been shall have had 
©U fterreft getrefen fein frerbeftger)abtr)aben 
£/*cw wilt have been wilt have had 
etc. etc. 



rc> err e trerren 
shall become 
iv err eft roerbeu 
wilt become 
etc. 

Past 

en and Inf. Past 



trerre getootben kin 
shaUhave become 7 

nurft genuurenfetn 
wilt have become 
etc. 

tterrc genuurenfetn 
shall have become 
toetbejfcgetoorbenfeui 
wilt have become 
etc. 



Conditional — Infinitive 

or Compound of the Imp. Subj. of merbett and Inf. 

of other verbs. 



3$ tourbe fein 
I" should * be 
©U nutrb eft fein 
thou wouldst -'° ;< be 
@t* uutrre fein 
he would be 



nutrre bab en 
should* have 
nutrreft babm 
wouldst ** have 

uutrre fcabcn 
would have 



uutrre Kerb en 
should * become 

nutrreil nuuren 
wouldst ** become 
uutrre irerren 
would become 



: Literally: shall been to be^ shall become to be; the par- 
ticiple being always placed in Germ, before the Infin. 
* or would. 
** or shouldst. 



88 VERBS. 



3Btr toiivben fein 


toikben ftaben 


unttben toetben 


we 


should be 


should have 


should become 


3ftt 


toitrbet fein 


tontbet tyaBen 


toiirbet toerben 


you 


would be 


would have 


would become 


®ie 


toitrben fein 


toiitben f) often 


ttittben toevben 


they 


would be 


would have 


would become 



Conditional - — Infinitive — Past 

or Compound of the Imp. Subj. of Werbett and 

Inf. Past of other verbs. 

3d) ftitrbe getoefen ttitrbe gefyabt ^aBen toitrbe getoorben fein 

fein 
I shouldhave been should have had should have become 
©tt ttmtbeftgetoefen toitrbejl getyafct ^ctBen toiubeft gettorben fein 

fein 
thou wouldst have wouldst have had wouldst have become 

been 
(gtnntrbegetoefenfem foiirbe gefyaBt fyabtn toitrbe getoovben fein 
he would have been would have had would have become 
SSirnnttbengetoefen toitrben geljafct Ijafcen ftritrbengehwbenfein 

fein 
we shouldhave been should have had should have become 
3f)£ toiirbet geftefen toiirbet geljabt fyaBen toitrbet getoorben fein 

fein 
you would havebeen would have had would have become 
@ie toixrben getoefen umrbengefyaBtfjaBen toitvben genwben fein 

fein 
they would have would have had would have become 

been 

Exercise I. 

Note. To find the gender of the nouns refer to the rules 
P. 15, and for the declensions to the Table P. 25 ; not to 
forget to consult the Appendix as to the noun being an 
exception or not. Whenever a preposition occurs, refer 
to the rules on their government. 

This country is very flat. — I am very tired. — 
Scmb fefyr flarf) mitbe 



VERBS. 89 

Thou art at table. — She is at home. —We have 

bei £tfdj $u |>aufe 

a fine view from here. — Where is your J room ? 
fyubfdje 3toSjtdjt f)tet 2£o 3immer 

What 2 number is it ? — It is on the first floor. — 

Summer /. cmf Stocf 

I am the coachman. — Are 3 you 4 the guard ? — 
^utfcfcer Svonbufteur 

Are the horses put to ? — Have 5 you my trunk , 
^Sferb n. cmgefycmnt Coffer 

portmanteau and carpetbag? — They are at the 
9ftcmtelfacf m. Steifefacf auf 

coach office. I thought they were 6 at the inn. — 
spoftbureau n. bacfyte in ©aftfyauS 

They were in your room, but they are no 7 more 

ni$)t mzijx 
there. — What 8 river is that? 9 — We are 10 travel- 
ba reifcit 

1 What has been said of the Pers. Pron. P. 40, R. 1 
and obs. 3, is also applicable to the Poss, Pron., i. e. to 
take the third instead of the second person pi. 

- Interr. Pron. P. 55. 

3 Interrogatively, the verb precedes the pronoun. 

* V. Pers. Pron. P. 40. R. 1. 

5 «§oben, governs the object in the accusative. 

6 That , being understood though not expressed, shows 
this tense to be of the Potential, and in Germ, of the Sub- 
iunctive mood. 

7 Whenever the negation (no or not) refers to the verb 
it is translated by nidjt , but when to the object, con- 
stituting an absence of quality — by fern. 

8 P. 56. R. 3. 

9 P. 48. neut. Gend. of feer , and R. 2 as far as the full stop. 
J0 The verb to be before the Part. Pres. of any verb, 



90 VERBS. 

ling at a very slow (rate). — What J ■ have we to 

Icmgfam SSte *>iel ju 

pay ? — You have to pay ] 2 eighteen guilders eight 

b^aijkn ©ulbett 

stivers (in Holland). This is in Germany eighteen 
Stii&er fSeutfdjlcmb 

florins twenty four Kreuzer. Each florin is one 
©ulbett (gcpmcj) 

and eight pence English. 
Gmgitfd). 

Exercise II. 

Where were you? I was at the post office. Had 

Srtefyofl 
you any J letters there — there 2 were none for me 

fein 
(there), were there 3 any for you? Have there 
ba deleft 



must not be rendered in German, the principal verb only 
being translated in the Tense 9 Person and Numb, of the 
accompanying auxiliary to be. 

11 Stands here for: hoic much. 

12 The Inf. which is governed by another verb, is put 
at the end of the sentence. 



1 Not translated in a partitive sense , except when re- 
lating to a subst. V. P. 30, R. 4. and Ex. P. 60. 

2 P. 44, R. 11. 

1 In interrog. sentences this adv. is placed last, except 
there be a Past Part. , in wh. case this closes the sen- 
tence, with ba before it. 



VERBS. 91 

been 3 any for them. I have had 4 two letters from 
Paris. (I dare say 5 )^ I shall 6 have * some to 

ttjafyrfcfieinlicfy 6 etntge 

morrow 7 . — Have you had any * London 8 papers? 

Settling 
The mail is not yet 9 arrived. Be 10 here in proper 
nocf* cmgefommen I)ter jur redjt 
time to morrow. — Have 10 change about you 1J , you 
3cit morgett 9Jttm$e bet 

will have ** your bill. — What has become 4 of 
Stemming wa$ au§ 

him ? What will become ** of these children? Theref 

3tmb n. 



4 The Past Part, stands after the object, or at the end of 
the sentence, which is always preferred in short sentences 5 
and in compound sentences at the end of the first part. 

5 Anglicism. 

6 Probably, The sentence opening with an adverb (or ad- 
versative phrase) causes the finite or inflected part of the 
verb to stand before its Nominative. 

* V. Exerc. I. obs. 12. 

7 In a phrase of direct order, the adv. follows the verb, 
or the first part of the verb if a compound tense $ but in 
one of indirect order, as here, it follows the Norn. See 
the cause of the iud. order in obs. 6. 

s P. 31, R. 6. 

9 Always precedes not. 

10 You being rendered in Germ, by they, when adres- 
sing individuals, it must always follow the Imper. in Germ, 
though not expressed in Engl. V. P. 40, R. 1 and obs. 3, 

11 P. 40, R. 1 and P. 39, obs. 2. 
** Exerc. 1 , obs. 12. 

f P. 44, R. 11. 



92 VERBS. 

has been a great difference among these persons. 

Unemigfett ^erfott/ 7 . 

The journey will not be very agreeable I2 on that 

fet>r mtgenefym auf 
road. — You have your choice between two dif- 
9Beg m. $Qaf)l f. jwifrfjen t)er^ 

ferent roads. — It is the same to me 13 . 
(c^iebeit emerlet 

Exercise Ilia 
Have* patience friend. — I am not impatient. — 

©ebulb ungebulbig 

Indeed you are \ — Am I x indeed? — Is this 2 a 
ttafyrlid) ttnrflitf) 

palace, a house , a castle? What is it? Have you 

|>au8 n. @dj}lo{* n. 
a watch ? What ** o'clock is it. — It will presently 

Vfyxf. W)X 

be f two. — It is past two. — In what place were 
nad) £>rt 



12 P. 30, R. 3. 

13 The Dat. follows the verb fettt. 



* V. Exerc. II. obs. 10. 

1 In Germ, the Predicate — either participle, adjective, 
adv. or even verb — cannot be understood by the mere refe- 
rence of the auxiliary to the foregoing sentence; but must be 
repeated in full or represented by e$ Cso, P. 44, R. 11)^ or in 
intern sentences answered by jet Cyes^ or neitt (no). 

2 In speaking of, or referring to things generally, the 
neuter Demonstr. Pron. of bev must be used. See also Exer- 
cise I. obs. 9. 

** Exerc. I., obs. 11. 
j Exerc. I., obs. 12. 



VERBS. 93 

you last night. — I wish I was * still at the same 

gejiern 9?ad)t wiinfdje no* in 

place. — They 3 have a capital table there f f , good 

•DortreffXidE) 5£ifdE) /^. bort 
eating 4 , good drinking , excellent beds and very 

ZxlnUn sortrefflicfy Sett n. 
good attendance. — They are also reasonable in 

SBebiemmg aud) Mttig 

their prices. 
*Prei3 m. 

Exercise IV- 

I was not so lucky. — I had bad rooms at my 
glucflid). fcfytedjt 

inn. — The dinner was not worth ] a penny. — 
©ajifyofm. aRittagcffen ttertf) pfennig 

The wine was very bad ; and the attendance still 

ttocfy 
worse 2 ; but the worst 3 of all was the bill. How 
much have you had * to pay. Here is the bill — 

* Exerc. I., obs. 6. 

3 P. 40 „mcm." Note that this pronoun requires the verb 
in the sing, though it might be represented in Engl, by a 
Nom. Plur. 

77 Exerc. II. , obs. 7. 

4 P. 16, R. 5. 



1 This adj. governs sometimes the Ace., sometimes the 
Gen. case of the qualifying word and its attributes, and 
stands always after it. In this instance it gov. the Ace. 

2 P. 34, R. 2. 

3 P. 35 , R. 5 and obs. 4. 
* Exerc. II. , obs. 4. 



94 VERBS. 

thirty odd 4 florins. Have you been * at the picture- 
in ©emalbe- 
gallery ? Yes I have 5 . — Have they f a museum 
©attette/. aJtofeumw. 

here? they have f f, it is in the same building as the 

©ebaube^. al6 
Grand-Ducal library. — But I have seen a different 
grofiljerjogUcf} 33iMtotIjef f. aber anber 

building with that name written over it 6 . — Oh ! 

mit 9£ame m. gefd^riebett auf 
that is a club of 7 that name ; the 

(gefcfyloffene) ©efettfctyaft 9kme m. 

principal club of almost every city in Germany 
angefeljenjl tf on be inafye jeber 8 ©tab* f. 
is called so. 

Exercise V. 

What ! a singular name. It seems it has become 

fonberbctr fdjemt 

the fashion in Germany. — Are there * any ** read- 

STOobe Sefe- 

ing - rooms. — What papers have they there. — 

4 V. P. 65 , obs. 5. 

5 Scil. been there. V. Exerc. III., obs. i. 
f Exerc. III. obs. 3. 

-J—j- Seil. one. Exerc. III. obs. 1. 

6 P. 43 , R. 10. 

7 Gen. of the Demonstr. Pron< 

8 P. 58 and obs. 16. 



1 P. 55 Interr. Prons. and P. 57, R. 5. 
* Exerc. II. obs. 7. 
** Exerc. II. , obs. 1. 



VERBS. 95 

They have most 2 French ; German and one Eng- 
franjojifd) beutfdj cng^ 

lish 3 there. Have you been f at the theatre. — We 
lifdf) in Skater 

have. — In what place were you? Pit, boxes 

parterre n. Soge 
or stalls *. — I have not yet ** been f there. She 

©perrftfc 
will be there 4 to morrow 4 evening 4 . — Have you 
seats ? — If not 5 , we shall be f f at a loss 6 . — 
spiafc m. in 93erlegen!jeit 

2 V. Comp. of adjs. Note, that the article must be given 
in German, except when speaking* of things geuerally. 
This example may serve as an instance where the art. 
must stand. 

1 Sell. Paper (Settling) , or „one." V. P. 30, R* 4. 

-J* Exerc. II. . obs* 4. 

* Rows of benches parted off from the pit and divided 
by numbered seats moving upon hinges, turned back and 
secured by a lock to the railing. They are let down as 
soon as the bearer of the ticket presents himself. By far 
the most comfortable seat in the house. 

*%■ Exerc. II. , obs. 9. 

4 Adverb of time precedes that of place. 

5 Seil. then. This conjunction as weU as so, intended 
to link tAvo parts of a sentence, is almost always omit- 
ted in English. In German the omission is a matter of 
taste. The learner, until he has acquired that taste by 
reading, should always use these conjunctions. 

The verb in the second link of such sentences must pre- 
cede its Nominative ; and this is the case, whenever the 
first part of the sentence opens with a conjunction or 
an adverb , expressing a condition, supposition etc. 

■j-J- Exerc. I. , obs. 12. 

6 Anglicism. 



96 VERBS. 

There 7 will be a great throng. How numerous 
grop ©ebtdng 8 tt)ie $at)(retd) 
will our company be ? We shall not be ff many. 

©efellfc^aft 
There 7 will be sufficient of us 9 to 10 have a box to 
genug urn ju fur 

ourselves. 

Exercise VI. 

It has become too late to * think of going 1 there. 



$u fyat urn ju bettfen an'S fymgefyen. 
Another time ** you should f be j f more punctu- 

eitt anber folftett ^unft(td) 



7 P. 44. R. 11 

8 Neut. Gend. R. 3. 
g P. 38, obs. 1. 

10 The preposition to before the Infinitive is always 
translated by „um $u," whenever the words „in order to" 
may, with any propriety, be placed before the Infin. 

„um" opens the sentence, „£U" accompanies the Infin. 



t Exerc. V. obs. 10. 

1 The Pres. Part, of English verbs preceded by a pre- 
position, is rendered in German by the Inf. with „$u" 
before it, and is placed at the end of the sentence; sometimes 
also by a verbal noun in the neut. gend. if the placing 
of the def. art. before it in Engl, does not destroy the 
sense. 

** P. 64. Rs. 1 and 2. 

-J* Exerc. II. obs. 6. 

-|~j* Exerc. I. obs. 12. 



VERBS. 97 

al ♦. We should have had 2 an opportunity of be- 

©elegenfyeit 
ing ! present 3 at the first representation of the new 
jugegcu bet 3(uful)runcj neu 

opera. — It has become ** the fashion to wait 
£>per f 

till the best part , the overture is 4 over. — Ma- 
6i8 4 %b)d\m. Ou&erture/. fcoriibcr 

ny people like to become conspicuous 3 by the 

Seutc lieben bcmerfbar 

neglect of (that 5 ) what 6 is 6 real good taste. — 
aSernad;Idfftgung voaty @cfcf)macf m. 

* p. 34. R. 2. 

2 V. Verbs P. 87. obs 7. Inf. Past stands at the end of 
the first part of the sentence. 

3 Adverbs standing with an Inf. must precede it. 
** Exerc. II. obs. 4. 

4 auf bafi ) mbern , whilst 
bamtt j inorder t0 nacr,tem, after 
al$, when, as. ob , whether 
bettor j fett, since 

efje ^ be f° re fo^ctlb , as soon as 

bi$ , till trdfyrenb, whilst 

ba , as warm , when 

t>a$ , that roeil , because 

falls, in case roemt, if 

gleicfyrine, however too, where 

and a few more conjunctions and adversative expressions 
cause the verb to stand last. If the tense is compound , 
the inflected part stands last. 

5 Neut. of ber, Demonstr.-Rel. Prons. what relatively, 
stands in Engl, properly for that which , and in this sense 
it must be rendered in Germ. 

6 Relative Prons. remove the verb to the end of the 
sentence ; if compound , the inflected part stands last. 

7 



One would become more rational by being 7 (if 1 one 

tternimftig tt>etm man 

were l ) less ambitious. — Whatever* he may be, 
ware rfjvgetjtg 

he is no poet. It may be ever so true , he will be 

Stricter nod) wafyr 

deaf to your admonitions. Be ever the friend of 
tauh gegen (§rmctf)nimg immer 
the weak and the defenceless. — He might have 

efymfy** 2Bef)tlcfe** 

become *** much more celebrated if 4 he had 8 been 4 

ttiel berufymt 

less profuse in works of this kind. 
nunber ergiebig SBerf n. Slrt f. 

Exercise VII- 

If* one was** contented with whatf one has, 
jufrieben fo 

one would have ft enough. — If* I had ** been * in 

genug 

* V. P. 54, R. 3. 

7 Whenever one of the tenses in the Potential mood 
with if before it, can be substituted for the Pres. Part, 
of the English verb, it must be rendered in Germ, by the 
subjunctive, as illustrated here. 

** V. P. 30. R. 5. 

*** Exerc. 2, obs. 4. 

s The verb governed by „%ff c is in the subjunctive mood. 



* Exerc. 
** Exerc. VI. , obs. 8. 
f Exerc. VI., obs. 5. 

j -j- Exerc. V., obs. 5 and note that if the verb is compoun- 
ded, the inflected part of the verb only precedes the Nom. 



VERBS- 99 

your situation ft, I. am sure with l your means I 

Sage fo gewi^ Sftttteln 

should have been* much more successful. — It 

glmflidj 
depends in what ** country you have ** been. I 
Mngt bat) on ah 

should have *** long become * tired of this work, 

langft mfibe 2 Arbeit 

were it not my wish to become *** useful 3 to the 

SButtfd) m. 
travelling community. — How long have you 
reifenb spubltfum n. 
been i in this country ? I have been 4 here since 



1 This preposition connects the concluding part of the 
sentence j which ought properly to be done by „thatf c 
in which case the construction of that part of the sen- 
tence would follow, as in obs. 4, Exerc. 6; but by trans- 
lating* merely the preposition „with", the following verb 
must stand before the Nominative. If the verb is com- 
pounded, the inflected part only stands before the Norn, 
and the other parts at the end of the sentence. 

* V. Verbs P. 87, obs. 7. 

** Exerc. VI., obs. 6. 

*** Exerc. I. , obs. 12. 

- This adj. generally follows the subs. 

3 The adject, or adverb defining an Inf. goes with it to 
the end of the sentence but stands before the Inf. 

4 Must be rendered by the present tense, which is al- 
ways the case in German, when the Perfect of an Engl, verb 
shows the present state of being or acting. The following 
examples may serve to illustrate this rule more clearly : 
Have you been long waiting for me ? ) if the person is still 
Sctvten eie fdjoti fonge auf midj ? j waiting. 

7 . 



100 VERBS. 

last spring. — As for me 5 ; I have 4 not been 4 long 

grufyjafyr (was mid) betrtfft) 6 (nod) nidjt) langc 

here. — What are the best news in England? 

Sftcutgfeit 
Why 7 I have no great stock of 8 news — things 

93orratf) alleS 

are much the same as when you were * there — 
(s) fo jiemlidj aW ba * 

except 9 we have lately had some good sport in 
auSgenommm t>or$urjem ©pap 

Parliament. — I wish 10 you had been there , you 
sparlament nnmfcfie 

would have had an opportunity of shining ** in 

@e(cgenl)eit 511 glcinjen 

the debate ? especially as * it was on the corn- 

2)ebatte bcfonberS ufcer Sent* 

laws, this would have been on your favourite to- 

gefefc n. fiber 8iebling8*©e* 

Have you lived here long ? i 

an c *~- r^ r! * r •- . 9 J if still living at the same place. 

SBofynen @te fdjon lange qier? j ® A 

We have been looking for you this half hour ) in the act of 

3©ir fitcften <Bk feit etnev Ijalbm (Stunbe \ looking for. 

6 Anglicism. 

,J Literally : what concerns me. 

7 When used by way of emphasis, is not translated. 
6 Must be rendered by fcon, which is done in most 

cases where in English this preposition stands merely to 
connect j or to show the relation of two substantives 
in a partitive sense. 

* Exerc. VI. , obs. 4. 

! ' Scil. „that", which after this preposition , is always 
rendered in Germ. (ba|3 Exerc. VI., obs. 4). 

10 Generally gov. the subj. mood. 

** Exerc. VI. , obs. 1. 



VERBS. 101 



pic. — I wish you were not so very facetious, your 
genjlanb fd)erjl)aft 

company would then be much more agreeable, 
alebcmn angettefym 



II. THE REGULAR VERB. 
ACTIVE VOICE. 

Infinitive. 
8oben, to praise. 

Participle. 
Pres. Sob enb , praising. 
Past ©e lob (e) t , praised. 

Present 

Indicative. Subjunctive. 

£$d) lobe, I praise 3d)'(oBe I may praise 

Su lob(e)ft, thou praisest Sit lob eft thou mayesfpraise 

@t lob(e)t, he praises (St lobe, he may praise 

35Stt lob en , we praise 3Stt lob en, we may praise 

Sljr lob et , you praise %1)t lob et, you may praise 

®ie loben, they praise ©ie lob en, they may praise 

Imperfect. 

3<$ lob te, I praised 3$ ^ e * e ' I might praise 

Stt lofctejl, thou praisedstStl lobeteftthoumightestpraise 
(St lob te, he praised @t lob etc, he might praise 
333 tf lob ten, we praised 233 if lob eten, we might praise 
5fjt to* 1 tet, you praised 3^^ ^ e * e *' you might praise 
Sic lob ten, they praised ®ie lob eten, they might praise 



102 VERB S. 

Imperative, 
lob e (bu) , praise thou 
lob e er , let him praise 
lob ct (tf)r) , praise you 
lob en fie , let them praise 

COMPOUND TENSES. 

Infinitive Past. 
gelobt fyaben, to have praised. 
Perfect 
or Comp. of the Pres. of |)aben and P. Part, of pre- 
sent verb. 
hid. Snbj. 

3d) fycibe gelobt, I have 3d) fyctbe gelobt, I may 

praised have praised 

3)n fyaft gelobt, thou hast 2)u fyabeft gelobt, thou 

praised mayest have praised. 

etc. etc. 

Pluperfect. 

or Comp. of the Imperf. of |)aben and P. Part. 

3d) fycttte gelobt, I had 3d) fycitte gelobt, I might 

praised have praised 

3)n fyatteft gelobt , thou iDu fyatteft gelobt , thou 

hadst praised mightest have praised 

etc. etc. 

Future - Infinitive 

or Comp. of the Pres. of SBerben and Inf. of present 

verb. 
3d) werbe loben , I shall 3d) tt>erbe loben , I shall 

praise praise 

£n ttrirfi loben, thou wilt Dnwerbeft loben, thou wilt 
praise etc. praise etc. 



VERBS. 103 

Future- Infinitive - Past 

or Comp. of the Pres. of SBerben and Inf. Past of 

present verb. 

Lid. Subj. 

3d) werbe gelobt fjaben, I 3d) tterbe gelobt tyaben, I 

shall have praised shall have praised 

-Xinxnrftgelo6tf)a6ett,thou S)u rcerbeft gelobt fjtibm, 

wilt have praised thou wilt have praised 

etc. etc. 

Con ditto n al- Infinitiv e 
or Comp. of the Imp. Subj. of SBerben and Inf. of 

present verb. 

3d) ftnirbe (obett, I should The same form. 

praise 
Du n>iirbeft loben, thou 

wouldst praise 
etc. 

Conditional -Infinitive -Past 

or Compound of the Imp. Subj, of SBerben and Inf. 

Past of present verb. 

3d) uu'irbe gelobt baben, I The same form. 

should have praised 
3)u ftmrbeft gelobt Ijaben, 

tliou wouldst have praised 
etc. 

Exercise VIII. 

I requested ■ that gentleman to exchange .seats 
erfudjen tt>edjfeto &tym. 

' All active (transitive) verbs govern (he object in the 
accusative. 



104 VERBS. 

with me. I thank you for your kind attentions. — 

banfen 2 guttg 3Iufmerffamfett(«.) 

You thank more than this little attention deserves. 

tferbtenen 
Shall we soon reach the next stage ? — In half * 

balb erretd)en Station f. 

an hour we shall 3 have reached it 4 . You may al- 

fonnen 
ready hear the ringing of the bells in the next vil- 
fdjon Iduten ** 

lage. Did 5 you hear that noise ? I did 5 not hear 

fyoretx Sdrm m. 
it 4 . — As soon as we arrive there, I shall ft ask 
fo balb a!8 f anfommen bort beftellen 



2 £anfen, gefcen, fagen (to thank , give, say) and other 
verbs of a similar kind , have one subst. in the dat. and 
the other in the ace, or the dat. of the person, connec- 
ted to the object by means of a preposition. 

* P. 65, obs. 4.' 

3 In a phrase of indirect order the verb must be placed 
before its nom. (The direct order would be: We shall have 
reached it in half an hour J 

4 The pronoun must agree in gender and number with 
the noun it relates to. 

** ,,To ring" P. 16. , R. 5 and Note P. 17. 
1 The verb „to do" is never translated in German when 
used for negative or interrogative assertions ; as : 
id) fyore, f)6re ic&? id) fjcre ntdjt, fyore id) nid)t? 
I hear, do I hear? I do not hear, do I not hear? 
the same with the Imperfect aud Imperative, 
f Exerc. VI. , obs. 4. 
f-f Exerc. V. , obs. 5 (second part). 



VERBS. 105 

for a post-chaise. — He does not hear what you 

(grtrci^cft f. 
say, do you not hear my friend? What do you 
want ? I wanted a glass of water. I shall bring 
Derlangen tiumfdjen ®la&n. brutgett 

you one * directly. May I offer 2 you one * also , 

fogletcfi barf anbietett 
Madam ? Did you say you wished for a glass of 

rtumfcr-en 
suoar-water. I do not wish for any thing:. — How 
3ucfer nicijtg 

long will the coach 6 stop here? It generally ** 

bleiben 
stops here half an hour to *** allow 2 (us) time for 

(affen jum 

dinner. — When 7 the coach comes late 77, it 
SJttttageflen 

does not stop so long. — Do you travel farther 

rtuntev 
gentlemen? — We shall not travel farther — we 
meine |)erren 

shall stay here. — I expected 777 we should have 
bletben enrarten 



* P. 30, R. 4. 

8 Jhttfcfee , SOBagen ; but those for the conveyance of pas- 
sengers, (fiRoagtttf ^ofttoagen , m. 
*♦ V. Exerc. II. , obs. 6 and 7. 
*** Exerc. Y. , obs. 10. 
7 Exerc. VI. . obs. 4. 
77 Exerc. Y. , obs. 5. 
V77 Scil. that and Exerc. VI. , obs, 4. 



106 VERBS. 

the pleasure of your company all the way. — We 

SBergnugen n. gatt$ * 

expect to meet ** (with) some friends here. — 

jufammen ju treffen mit etnig 
If it is agreeable to you we will dine together. 

Exercise IX. 

Put * the bottle here. Your friend has put ** it 
ftetten giaf(^e 

on the other table. He did not put it on the table. 

We ordered also a glass of brandy. — I shall get 

kfielfenaucft Sranntftem fyolett 

it directly. Do not get * it yet ***. — He wishes 

fog(etcf) 
to dine. — Do the ladies wish j to dine also? 
Shall J I lay the cloth ff ■ You may lay the cloth. I 
foil ben £ifdj becfen ftt fotmeit 
have laid the cloth. The cloth is laid in the next 

nacr/ft 
room. — Shall \ I fill your glass. He fills his glass 
full en 

* P. 65, obs. 4. 

** Exerc. I. , obs. 12. 



* Exerc. II. , obs. 10. 

** Exerc. II. _, obs. 4. 

*** Exerc. II., obs. 9. 

y Exerc. I., obs. 3 and note that this is the case with 
the Nominative generally. 

1 Shall is translanted by Herbert , when implying the 
Future , but by follcn , when implying necessity or obli- 
gation. 

ff 2>a3 f&tffy) Xudj auflegen. 

"i — I — i" Li^rally : To cover the table. 



VERBS. 107 

also. Fill it again. — Can I have the pleasure of 

ttneber faun 
taking* a glass of wine with you. I will pledge 

SBefcfceib tljxnx 
you **. How do you like this wine. I like it 

tote fcfymecfm - 

very well. Do you like it Sir? I have never 

gut mem |) err nie 

tasted better. I thought you f had tasted this wine 
foften bacfyte 

before. This is the first time that I taste it. This red 
fritter bap 

Hock tastes like Claret. — Let us finish f f 

9ft)etMDein fdjmecfen ttne Sorbeaimwm leerenftt 
this bottle and pay our bill. Waiter bring § the 
bill. What §§ does it amount to, it amounts to 

betragen 
eight florins and thirty eight kreutzer. I have no 
change ? Avill you pay for me ? Here is the money 



* Exerc. VI., obs. 1. 
** Exerc. VIII., obs. 2. 

3 (Mitten, glittfen, gerctt'fjett, gcbei^en Cto succeed), fe^tfd;ta- 
gen Cnot to succeed, to miscarry) fdfjmecfen (to taste, to 
like) require the Nom. of the Engl, verb to be turned into the 
l)at. in Germ, and the objective into the Nom. as : $8te 
fdjmecft Jtjnm fcuftr 2£em ? €r fdfnnecft mir fefyv. gut. 

y Exerc. I. , obs. 6 and Exerc. VI. , obs. 4. 

yy @nben, enbigen. 

J ; J ;\ Literally : to empty. 

§ Exerc. II. , obs. 10. 

§§ Exerc, I. , obs. 11, 



108 VERBS. 

waiter. I shall now 3 leave you \ Do not leave me s 

je£t t>erlaffen 
yet 3 . You see our friend has left us, and I should 

fefyen t>crlaffen 

be alone, 
afletn 

Exercise X. 

I must go , will you not * accompany me ? * I 
gefyen begleiten 

wish to find out a good tailor. Well I wish also 

rtltSjttfttt&ett 
to have some things and will 1 accompany you. — 

mil 

Waiter can you recommend us 2 a good tailor ? — 
empfefylen ©c^neiber 

I shall send you 2 the landlord gentlemen, he 

©aftnnrtf) meine £)errert 
will be able to recommend you one. — Does he 

im ©tanbe 
live far from here? He does not live far from 
wofynen nmt 
here. — There ** live two tailors in the same street. 



3 Oblique cases ^ being personal pronouns precede the 
adverb. Compare also Exerc, II. , obs. 7. 



* Exerc. IX. , obs. 3. 

1 Will is translated by too Ken, when not implying the 
Future. 

2 The Dat. is generally placed before the Ace. and 
Exerc. IX. , obs. 2. 

** P. 44. R. 11 applicable to several neuter verbs. 



VERBS. 109 

it is the first 3 you see * from here. Did you say 
** it was that house ? We are very much 4 obliged 

t>erbunben 
to you. Here we are f . How soon can you make 

2)q 
a suit of clothes for each of us? ff I suppose you 
t>oftftant>iger Stnsug wafyrfdjemltcfy ttt 

mean coat, waistcoat and trowsers. Exactly so 
SBefte |)ofen 3a ttofjl 

I shall be happy to furnish you the clothes § you 
((§§ foU mid) freuen) liefern £(etber 

require, and at very reasonable prices. But till 
tterlangen ju bitfig ?$xti$m. MS 

when can you get them §§ ready? §* I shall have 

fyabett bereit 

them ready §* by Sunday next 5 . That will be too 

hU 
late, for we shall only stay till thursday 6 . You 
fpcit bemt nur fyier bleiben SDonnerftag. 

3 Sell. whom. The relat. pron. is often left out in Engl, 
but must be rendered in German. 

* Exerc. VI. , obs. 6< 
** Exerc. I. , obs. 6. 

* Much j preceded by very , before a Past Part, is not 
translated. 

y Exerc. II. , obs. 6. 

7Y P. 38, Pers. Pron. and obs. 1. 

YY7 Literally: probably. Vide also Exerc. II., obs 5 # 6. 

§ Scil. which. Vide obs. 3 and * 

§§ P. 51. Demonstr. abs. Pron. R. 3. 

g* Exerc. VII. , obs. 3. 

5 The defining word precedes the defined. 

The days of the week: (Soitntag, SRontag , SMenftag , 



liO VERBS. 

have still two days to do them in. Well gentle- 
nod) urn fie ju tterferttgert $l\m 
men if it must* be *% I will try to do what I can. 
mmx mu£ fcerfucfyen faun 
Your own interest will require you to do so. 
3ntereffe n. (@te baju aufforbern). 

Exercise XI. 

Do you not also want a cloak? I do not * want 
aucf) braudKti Mantel fetn 
one \ but my friend will want one. Shall I make 

macfyen 
one for you of this excellent blue cloth ? I do not 

au3 twtreffUd) Man 2!ud) n. 
think that ** this cloth is 2 strong enough. — You 
glauben ftarf gemtg (Siefott* 

may choose another Sir; here are a great 
nen fid)) tt>dblen em anbcr f ift 

variety. — Have you chosen this dark yy green ? 
Sbtdwo^I/. wafyUn bunfel gvun § 

Wlitttuofy, Stotmetjlag, grettag, (Samfiag; for the latter, they 
frequently say in northern Germany: ©onncifceiib. 

* Exerc. VI. , obs. 4. 

** Scil. then, Exerc. V. obs. 5. 



* Exerc, I. , obs. 7. 

1 $eht, means nicfyt em. 
** Exerc. VI. , obs. 4. 

2 The assertion being related as a fact, the verb" stands 
in the Indicative mood, tho preceeded by „that, t€ 

f Adjs. P. 30, R. 4. 

ft Decl. of Adjs. P. 30, R. 2. 

§ P. 29, R. i. 



VERBS. 1 1 1 

I have not f yet chosen any *. Show ** me 

fern jeigen 

some more 3 . — John fetch some other pieces _of 
timypl. nod) f* 3ol)ann hokn ember Stud n. 

cloth. Your brother and his friend chose this colour. 

garbe 
Very well,, I will choose the same. — Can you 
recommend us a good bootmaker. — I will send 
©tiefelmadfyer 4 (Men 

for him. Are you the shoemaker. I want several 
laffert) tnefyrere 

pairs of boots and shoes. — Do you want them 
QfiaaxnT gtiefel <5d)vif)m. nounfcfyeit 

light§ or heavy §. I do not §§ wear heavy boots 
leidjt fdjwr 
I shall also want a pair of boots with cork- soles. 

$orffo£)(e 
Will you take the measure? Please to take a seat, 
netjmen SBtayn: gefafltgfi (ftcf) fc&en §§§) 
Make them very easy. Have you ever made §* any 
frequent jemalS ttoeld) 

of this shape. We do not make them of this shape 
fcon ftoxxnf. 



* P. 58; also P. 60, Ex. 3. 
** Exerc. VIII. , obs. 2. 

3 Precedes some. 

* <&<$)ulmafytx (shoemaker) is more generally used. 
*j-* Exerc. X., obs. 5. 

§ Adjs. P. 30, R. 3. 
§§ Exerc. 1 , obs. 7. 
§§§ <£e$en ®ie ftcfy gef&Uigjt 
§* Exerc. II. , obs. 4. 



112 VERBS. 

in this country , but if * you wish 7 I can f f 

Sanb fo ft 

make them just the same. Then you will make 

ebett fo 

them exactly like these, 
genau nne 

Exercise XII. 
How many pair of shoes did you say * you 

facjen 
wished to have. I only ** wish to have two pair. 
How many has your friend ordered. He did not 7 

befiellett 
order any f . Did he not order any? 1 thought he 

glauben 
had ordered some. Where do you stay Sir? We 

(ogiren 
stay at the Baden Hotel ; and we shall only stay 
hit ft 8abifcfyen£ofw. bleiben 

in this place till the day after to morrow. Let us 

Dxtm. ■ ( itbermorgett § ) 
now T return to the hotel y I should like to send 
juriitf fefyrett nadt) u>finfd)en fcfyicfen, 

some linen to the laundress. I am rather short 
Seittenjeugju 2Bdfrf)erm etwaS furj 

* Exerc. VI. } obs. 4. 
7 Scil. it. 

77 Exerc. V. , obs. 5. 



* Scil. that Vide also Exerc. VI. ? obs. 4. 

** Exerc. II., obs. 7, first part. 

7 P. 30 , B. 4. and P. 58 ; also P. 60 , Ex. 3. 

77 P. 75, obs. 1. 

§ Literally : over to morroiv. 



VERBS. 113 

of clean shirts , cravats and pocket handkerchiefs. 

an rein $zmbn. £al6tud) £afd)entud) 

Tell $ my servant to send for her. Did you tell 

Sebfenter (ntfen $u lafien) 

her that * I must * have every thing by to mor- 

alleS bid 

row ? I did §§ Sir. — Now go to the police for my 

auf Spotijei 

passport, and get it signed by the French and 

sjSap w. (ajfett tufiren tton fran^oftfcf) 

Dutch Ambassador. There §§§ are no Ambassadors 

fyotldnbifcfy ©efanbtcr 

resident here, only Charges d'affaires, and I doubt 

woljnett ©efdjafiStrager jweifeln 

whether f France has one here. — Did you travel 

ob granfrad) 

by way of France or Holland. We did not travel 

fiber 

through either. l We travelled through Belgium. We 

Selflien 

shall now travel to Paris, and as they intend also 

itadj twrfjabcn 

to travel thither, jj we may perform the journey 

bortfym fomtenmadjen 

together. 

jufammen. 

$ Exerc. VIII. , obs. 2. 
§§ Exerc. III. , obs. 1. 
S§§ P. 44, R. 11. 
7 Exerc. VI. , obs. 4. 

1 After the verb in the negative, translated the same 
as neither in obs. 20, P. 60 with the verb affirmatively. 
7Y Scil. so. Exerc. V. 9 obs. 5. 

8 



114 



VERBS. 



gclobt 



PASSIVE VOICE. 

The verb To be when used to form the passive 
conjugation of an active (transitive) verb must be 
rendered in German by the auxiliary SBerben. 

Infinitive. 
©elo&t Werbett l , to be praised. 

Present. 
Indicative. Subjunctive. 

3d) fterbe j f , 3d) tterbe 2 

3)u nnrft j J 3)u tterbeft 

etc. etc. 

I am, thou art praised etc. 

Imperfect. 
3d) tx>urbe 3 j . fi 3d) wiirbe 2 j 

etc. etc. 

I was, thou wast praised etc. 

Imperative. 

SSerbe (bu) j be (thou) 

Sffierbe (er) ( * j. let him be 
2Berbet (tyr) 9 be (you) 

SBerben (fte) ) let them be 



$e(obt 



praised 



COMPOUND TENSES. 

Infinitive Past. 
©elobt ftorbetl 4 fein, to have been praised. 



1 P. 87, obs. 7. 

2 P. 85 , obs. 5. 

3 P. 85, obs. 6. 

4 P. 84, obs. 2. 



115 



Perfect, 

Indicative. Subjunctive. 

etc. etc. 

I have j thou hast been praised etc. 
Pluperfect. 
3tft tt>ar / 1 u . ^ . 3rf) marc / , , _ . 
25u toarft j 3 £u tt)ar(e)ii j a 

etc. etc. 

I had 5 thou hadst been praised etc. 
Future "Infinitive. 

etc. etc. 

I shall j thou wilt be praised etc. 

Future - Infinitive - P# s/. 

3* ttetbei r ,,, . f . (3d) n>erbe 
<ts , : ft c i eto ^ ttwbcn fern X, 7 k a 

etc. etc. 

I shall, thou Avilt have been praised etc. 

Con ditional - Infinitive. 

3c6 ttmrbe I r f . The same form. 

3)un>urbeft(3 e(ol,tn,erben 
etc. 

I should , thou wouldst be praised etc. 

Conditional -Infinitive - P# sA 

3d) tintrbe \ , , . r . The same form. 

<tn 1 4. - v, ft qefobt worben fern 

etc. 
I should, thou wouldst have been praised etc. 

8. 



116 VERBS. 

Exercise XIII. 

(^Auxiliaries j active and passive verbs .J 
Note. Words marked thus ® are parts of verbs trans- 
lated in the sense required , with the changes of which 
the learner is supposed to he as yet unacquainted. 
You are requested to come to 1 your lady. — I 
o erfudjt ju ®emaf){m 

shall come directly. — Do you know this gentle- 

fogieid) ^fennen 

man? I know him, he is much respected. — Do 

^fenne ad)ten 

you hear ? We are called. You are not called. Are 

^gerufen 
you not called. — The letters must be fetched. — 

^muffett fyolett 
They have been fetched. — An ansAver must 

•©■ muf* 
be 2 written to him directly. — The letter was 

® gefcfyrteben 
brought * by your 3 friend's servant. 4 — When 
^gebradjt fcon 33ebiente 

1 Neuter verbs showing* a motion and some transitive 
and reflective verbs showing a tendency or effect _, re- 
quire the preposition ^u. 

2 Exerc. L, obs. 12 and P. 87, obs. 7. 
* Exercise II., obs. 4. 

3 Pronouns agree in gender, number and, case with the 
noun before which they stand or relate to. 

4 The dative (here required by Don) may follow the 
genitive; but then the article must be omitted the same 
as in English. Or it precedes the genitive with the article 
in its proper case. 



VERBS- 117 

are 5 the horses to be ordered. — They were or- 
ofbtTen ^beftcUt 

dered this morning. There are several things that 
( fcerfdjiebene ©adbe ) 
have not yet been ordered. They will be ordered. 
They will have been ordered while I was out. — 

ttcifyrenb and 

He does not mention that** he was much surprised 
eniHifmen fefyr ^uberrafdjt 

by the account. — The children were carried into 
9Zact)rid)t/l ^getragen 



5 Any part of the verb To be standing before an Infi- 
nitive, must be rendered in German by the corresponding 
tense etc. of follen, except the infinitive-active stand in Eng- 
lish for the infinitive-passive, e. g. : Your brother is much 
to blame in this affair (j. e. to be blamed) when it must 
be rendered in German by fern; as: 3fyr $kubev ift in btefev 
(£ad)e fel)r $u tab cln. 

Note 1. Sometimes To be stands in English before a 
passive -infinitive instead of „cau," when it must invari- 
ably be rendered in Germ, by fonnen with the passive, or 
by fern with the active-infinitive; e. g. : The book is no- 
where to be found {I. e. cannot be found any where) , 
bag 93 ucfy ift nkgettDS §« finben; or faun nirgenb$ gefttuben 
to emu. 

Note 2. Frequently To be stands in English before a 
passive-infinitive instead of „must," when it is best rendered 
in German by mitffen and the active-infinitive with man for 
Nom., e. g. : It is to be hoped such things will never occur 
again; man mitf fy.offen, fold)e Sadjen toerben jtd) nid)t nneber 
jutragen; or by mitffen and the passive-infinit. with e3 for 
Norn., e. g. : It is to be observed, e3 muf bemerft toevben. 

** Exerc. XL. obs. 2, and VI. obs. 4. 



118 VEKBS. 

the carriage. — Were they not stopped * in the 

^ aufgcljjalten 
street ? — It is an undertaking that f will f be 

Untenuljmeii ri. 
sanctioned by every body, ff — By whom was 

Mfltgen t)on son 

this machine invented ? It % has been invented by 

9RafcJ)iite «► crfunbcn 
Gurney. — ; Is this a German novel, or has it § 

Stcman m. 
been translated from the English ? §§. It § has been 

^ tiberfe^t au$ 
translated from the Spanish §§ ; and I understand it 

uernebnien 
will soon be translated into §§§, English, 
balb 

Exercise XIV. 
I thought * l it had already been translated into 
glauben 

* Excrc. II. , obs. 4. 

Y Exerc. VI. , obs. 6. 

Y7 P. 58, line 4. 

§ Exerc. VIII. , obs. 4. 

§§ Neut. gene!. P. 16, 11. 5. The languages are called after 
their nations, not after their countries; gran^ofe , franco jtfefy ; 
9tuf|e, ruffifd) ; £ottattber, t}oUant>tfc^ ; engltfdj is not derived from 
(Sngldnbcv, but from Sltigel (Angle, i. e. Saxon); beutfd) from 
Qeut, anciently a German. In forming these adjectives, the 
terminating e or ev of the proper noun is dropped and ifd) or 
fefy added; as, sportugtefe, povtugtejtfd); Ranter, fpemifefy. 

§§§ P. 75 . obs. 1. 



* Excrc. I. , obs. 6. 

1 The Imperfects of the verbs benfeu , glauben, meinen 



VEHBS. 119 

English. It would have been translated by this time, 

(jetton**) 

but no publisher could be found who *** would 

aSerfeger ^gefunben gotten 

pay so high a 2 premium. It will nevertheless be 

t?oct) f «£)onorar n. bennocfy 

published by subscription. — His poems 

® f)erau6gegeben auf Subfcvtpttort ©ebicfyt n. 

have been much praised and he has been loaded 

fefyr e itberljauft 

with honours. He would not sell it for fear 

(Styrenbejeigung tterfaufen au3 gurcfct/. 

he might be cheated. The books shall be brought 

■®- betrogen ^foCen ^vjebradjt 

to you. — They would have been brought > but 

alletu 
1 was detained. The more ft arguments ftt I ^ ear 
^jurftcfgeljaltnt ©nmb m. 

(think , believe, mean) and others used to express a pos- 
sibility or probability generally require to be followed by 
the subjunctive mood, even without using ^jbhatf as may 
be done in this instance. 

*>!< Now already. 

*** Exerc. VI. , obs. 6. 

7 P. 36, obs. 6. 

2 In German the Article must precede the words: as, 
alS, efren fo; both, betDe; so, fo and too (adv.) p. How, 
generally followed by au adjective and the indef. art. re- 
quires in German that article immediately after it; e. g. : 
How serious a thing, toeld) erne ernftljafte 0<tdje. Both the 
brothers, bie bciun 35ruber. So noble a patron, em fo ebJer 
93efdjit£er. Too great an honour, erne $u gvojje (S*ljre. (Vide 
also P. 65, obs. 4). 

ft P* 35 , R. 4. 

Xyy Scil. „that u Exerc. VI. , obs. 4. 



120 VERBS. 

in its favour, the less ft lam§ convinced by them. 

©unft/. ^iiberjeugt 

§§ If you are not convinced, §§§ others will be 
convinced. — My carriage has been broken on 

^ gebrocfyeu 
the road , and I wish 3 , I had time to stop here f * 

2Bcg m. ttmufcfyen bletben 

to day f*, that §§ it might f** be repaired. If §§ you 

bamit ^auSgcbeffert 

are in a hurry it will be spoiled. You had better 
ifo fefyr eilen t***) e serborfcen ( tf)xm beffer ) 

stop a day or two here, during which 8* time it 
might f** he well repaired. — But I am expected 
gut ^ eraariet 

the day after to morrow at Dresden and I fear 
( ukrmorgen ) ju furdfytcn 

my friends, who are already there, will be much 

fd)0tt 
disappointed. The best §** thing that §* can be 

tftufcfren 
done in this emergency, is that f** an express 
*geti&cm StofyfaH-'' ©l&ote 



§ Exerc. II. , obs. 6. 
§§ Exerc. VI. , obs. 4. 
§§§ Exerc. V. , obs. 5. 

3 Requires the following verb in the subjuuctivc (vide 
Exerc. XVI. , obs. 6.) 
-{** Exerc. V. , obs. 4. 
-J-** P. 85, obs. 5. 
^ajojs „Hurry so much." 
§* Exerc. VI., obs. 6. 
§** P. 16, R. 5. 



VERBS, 121 

be sent off immediately. They will be informed 
* abgefanbt fogletcb 

in time of §f the accident. — Tell my 

(jettltdj gcnug §***) Utifofl fagett 

secretary to write 4 the letter and that the man be 

Scfretar 

sent off directly ; if he arrives in time he shall be 

alebalb ^anfommt jeitltdj 
well rewarded. 
gut - belefmt. 

Exercise XV. 
Will you &o with me to the carriage-manufactory. 

gefcen in SBagen^gabrtf 

I hope my carriage will be well repaired, for if it 
should not be well repaired"' I should be very 

e£ mix (febr letb 

sorry. ** — It is *** to be observed that it has 
rhm ) ^ bemcrfcn 



§&** ^Timely enough/ 4 

§7 Exerc. VII, obs. 8. 

v „r5)ofJ er ben 95rief fdjrei&e." The German language fre- 
quently substitutes a tense of the subj. mood with r/feafj," 
for the Euglish Infinitive following an antecedent verb 
and its object (Exercise XVI. , obs. 6). This substitution 
may also often take place in Euglish. 



* Exerc. V. , obs. 5. 

** To be sorry , letb t£)im; I am sorry, e3 tf)ut mtv letb ; 
thou, he etc. ; e3 t^ttt btr, t6m !C. The objective it or for 
tf, is understood in English. Vide also Exerc. IX. obs. 2. 
->, >i< Exerc. XIII. , obs. 5 , note 2. 



122 VERB£. 

been much injured. — The best advice that f 

^befc^abigt. 9tati)f». 

can f be given ff to you, is to exchange fff 
^ faun ® gegeben Dertaxtfc^en 

it for a new one. § — I shall not exchange it. — 
I am afraid none §§ can be found that ride so easy. 
( furd)ten ) ® gefunbett fallen fattft 

Well shall we go there? I have just been informed 
nun (f)ingcl)en) ebenSSS ® unterridbtet 

that Mr. S. is 1 waiting for me in the coffee-room. 

ftftfee m. 
I shall not be detained long. Our business will 
^aufgefyalten ©cfdjaftw. 



f Exerc. VI. , obs. 6. 

ff P. 87. , obs. 7. 

ftt Exerc. L, obs. 12. 

g P. 30, 11. 4. 

§§ P. 58, L. 5 and Exerc. XIII., obs. 3. 

§§§ Exerc. II. , obs. 7 first part. 

1 The different tenses of the verb To be standing before 
the Part. Pres. of another verb are never expressed in 
German; the verb represented by the Part. Pres. only 
being conjugated; e. g. : 

I am waiting, thou wast Avaiting, he will be waiting, 
3dj toarte bu ttavteteft er totrb toarten 

we have been waiting, you will have been waiting, 
tint fjctben getoartet ifyx tt>erbet getoartet fyobzn 

they had been waiting, 
jie fatten getoartct. 

Note. The emphasis which is sometimes conveyed by 
this construction of the English verb, is often rendered 
in German by an adversative expression, as: id) toaxtc 
eben auf i()it, I am waiting for him. 



VERBS 123 

soon be despatched. — You may 2 be greatly de- 
balb ^abcjemacfyt ^fonnen fefyr tciu* 

ceived. 3 — I know he has been asked to dinner 
fctyen toeip ^gebetertgum 

at our Charge's 5 whose *§ carriage will *§ be 
bet ©entdftetrdger 

here **§ in a quarter of an hour. — Is he often in— 
( SStertelfhinbe ) ^em* 

vited there? x\ grand party will be given 
gefaben bort gtangettb ©efettfdjaft o empfangen t§ 
there this afternoon. — You would have been in- 
vited if your card had f§§ been left there t§§§ 

$arte ^abgegeben 

in time. — I suppose it is not very difficult to be 

[cbirer 



2 Not to be mistaken for the Potential. „M.a\" must be 
translated in German by fcnneu (can) or rutfen (to be al- 
lowed), according to the sense intended to be conveyed, e. g. 

\ Do not tell him so,,hem?<//*t(could) easily be deceived 
can j Sagen 8te t§ tl;m mrin, er f cnnte leidjt ^etditfcfjt treiten 
i May I (ami allowed to) tell him so that he 
) may not be deceived 
° € u ea lXarf id) ee ibm faflen, bamil ernirfn getaufc&t 
f toeroe 
I Tell him so _, that he may not be deceived 
en ia j Sagen 2ie cs ibm, batmt er ntdji c^etaufclu tocrbe. 

3 The idiomatic phrase is, Bit fonnten fttf) (jew fef)r taufcl;en. 
*§ P- 52. Rel. Prons. also Exerc. VI., obs. 6. 

**§ Exerc. Til. , obs. 3. 
f§ Literally, received. 
f§§ Exerc. VI., obs. 8. 
t§§§ Exerc. V. . obs. 4, 



124 



VERBS. 



introduced at court? Foreigners are not so easily 
^emgefufyrt bet £of 2faStant>er leicf>t 

received as formerly. They have been frequently 
^empfangen tt>ie normals Ijduftg 

deceived, as to their respectability. 
taufdjen (n?a8) Stanb betrtfft. 

Exercise XVI. 

I beg your pardon Sir, what is this street 
bitten Sie urn SSerjei^ung wit (gtrape 

called? It is called the New -Market- Street. — 
* gencmnt ncu SRarft 

Does it lead to an hotel? — It leads to several 
fufyren mefyrerepl. 

hotels. What is the name of the hotel * you are ** 

tote ( iptfjt )~~ 
looking Jor? I have forgotten it. — I should be 
fucben ^fcergejfen e§ mid) 

glad to show you ■ the way if the name could 
freuen jetgen - SBegw. ^fonnte 

be discovered. — You are very kind. — Well Sir 

^entbecft gutig 

is it perhaps the Golden Eagle? I do not think 

fctettetcfyt golbett Stblev 

so. *** The Roman Emperor. The white Swan. 
romifcf) deafer weife ©cfytoan 



* Scil. ichich Exerc. X. , obs. 3 and XIII. , obs. 3. 
** Exerc. XV., obs. 1. 
*** P. 44, R. 11. 

1 Exerc. VIII. , obs. 2. Observe that it is generally the 
dative of the person. 



VERBS. 125 

The Holland Hotel. The Golden Lion. The English 

|)ollanbtfrf) $o\m. Sewe 

Hotel. It is none of those that have been named. 
I have named all the respectable inns of our city. 
^geitctmit fcorpgltd) Stabt/. 

I have been directed this way by the landlord. — 
mir 2 jetgen - von SBirtl) 

However f you have forgotten the name. — You 

aber o sergeffett 

must be taken from house to house till 77 you have 

fufyren $u 

found your hotel. Here is my servant he shall take 

you home. — It will hardly be believed 3 that I 

nacf) |)aufe faum 

have spent two hours in looking 777 for my 

^$ugebraci)t 



2 This verb governing in the active form the dative of 
the person (Exerc. VIII., obs. 2.) must also have the same 
case in the Passive , instead of the nominative as is done 
in English. 

7 Exerc. II. obs. 7 , first part. 

ff Exerc. VI., obs. 4. 

3 The passive construction is frequently used in English 
instead of the active with yy one C£ for Nominative ; in such 
phrases the active form of the verb with man for Nomi- 
native must be used in German: 

man toirb e6 faumgfrmben, 
one will hardly believe it. 

fff Exerc. VI. , obs. 1, also Exerc. V., obs. 10. 



126 VERBS. 

lodging. That § may 3 §§ easily be believed , since 
*> farm glauben ba 

few people are 3 , met with so late. And 

begegnet §* fpdt 
so few that speak French. — That 4 language 

fpredfyen 
is not much spoken here among the common 
*nel ^gefprodjen gcmctn 

people. — German§** is now§§* much g§* studied 
Self ^erlernt 

by your countrymen. 5 — I wish 6 I had 6 been 
Don SanbSleute mir * 



§ Exerc. VIII. , obs. 3 „that„ bct3 (Dem.-conj. or abs. 
P. 48) being in the ace. case and opening the sentence. 

gg Exerc. XV. , obs. 2. 

g* Exerc. VI. , obs. 4. 

4 Unless intended distinctly to point out the relative 
position of persons or things, the German Language pre- 
fers biefer etc. to jencr etc. 

g** Exerc. XIV. §§. 

§§* Exerc. II. , obs, 7 first part. 

5 Countryman, Smtbgrnatut, pi. Sanbeleute. Nouns com- 
pound with Sftann make their pi. %mte (people) as : Siaufz 
mann, Bimmermann; Jlaufleute, Stmmerleute (tradesmen, car- 
penters), ©taat^mdnner (statesmen), Sdjulmdnner (school- 
men), Slmtmdnner (bailiffs), Grfjem&nner (husbands) are ex- 
ceptions. (£{jeleute f married people of both sexes. $Rarm& 
leute , a low expression for men, fellows. 

6 Scil. „that ic ExerCc I., obs. 6 and note chat verbs ex- 
pressing, a wish, desire j admonition , exhortation , coun- 
selling y similitude , belief , hope, condition and the like 



VERBS. 127 

taught 3 it. — I shall study it when I return to 

* gelefyrt «■ juvutf f cfyre nacfy 

England. Why not learn it here, where better 

ternen 
opportunities may be had 3 than in your own coun- 
@elegcnl;ett ^fannSS** eigett 

try. — My time is too limited. 

fyitf. ju^&efdjratift. 



III. IRREGULAR VERBS. 

Note. The following list of irregular verbs has been 
arranged alphabetic ally for the convenience of refe- 
rence. But much time may be saved in learning them, 
if the student endeavours to bring all of the same ir- 
regularities under one class and to commit them thus 
to memory. To facilitate which, the various classes have 
been marked by Roman figures corresponding to the 
alphabetical order of change of vowel in the Imper- 
fect ; each class is again subdivided according to the 
change of vowel in the Participle. 



— generally require the following verb in the subj. mood, 
with „baj3" sometimes expressed, but more frequently un- 
derstood. 



§§** Exerc. XV. , obs. 2. 



128 



VERBS. 



V 
























^i 
























53 


CO 


*£ 




n ^ o 
^2 r*- o 




- '3 C 
o o o 




o J o^ g 2 




G 

•^ 


£5 <>> 






«j — c*±- o"J 


X» 


*»>»>£> 




t: & s=> 


sO s& 








o 




O &> o 


^> 






c- ^> o 




o 


a* o 


a* 




•33 




sQ s£» A 


«3 


<35 ^ O 




>X> sQ C2: 


^: <33 


cr: 




1 
5* 


*S 






















1 


Si 






















C 


























w 




*C« 




*» *£> *£> 














05 








o 


^v ° ° 
£2 J-> 5-> 




rr. «d 

-d ^ <^> 




o 




*i 




=£3 




o o o 




s» =<S *« 




O ft> tO 


tta *<s 


=ci 




c 




v£5f 




■>£» *£> *£} 


JQ 


>o ^a- s£> 




*& s*» ^> 


^> s» 


— 


>0 >0 


v - 
























*> 












!*"♦ 












a. 












^ 












1 












<2 












^ 

fl 


Sfc} 




2>S- § 


►?o 






o o 

±J S «5 
















o o o 




o « ^ 




o o O 


o « 


e* 








A 




^> >o *0 


,£> 


>0 tf) ^ 




vX> »» >o 


^Jl> >o 


— ' 


>o ^> 








s 


+* 






















§ 






-w ^ 


o 

2 




^ 




<S 


CO 




13 


c 
-a 






s * ^ 


if 


cy 

■a 

6 s 














*3 

5 






; • V- •*+ 

<_ O O 


'3 


•& 1 


o 

o 










sO 


u 


>» 02 




>J> s£> s» 


CJ 




-x> 




vQ 








j} 


■o g 






















a 


3 © 


6 


^ o « 




05 

02 ^ 3 "C 


t: *c 




> sS 






,£■* 


g & 3) 


S- >■ fa 


= 


02 o -5 a 


5B .= 


ci 


o = 


^J 




■u 


o A « 


,_ 


cs ^ a 


c 


O ^= g i) 


b 




& 




Ki 


O 5J ^ 


.a 


^2 03 ^ 


u 


c- o .- JS 


o ^ 


— 


^2 fa 


h2 




© 












«\ rs «v #s 






•N JJ> 


S 






«\ 




■> 


•N *N »v 


■> 


»s »v rv »\ 


•N *\ 


^ 










*S" 
















> §- 








£± 








CO 








N 






fj 


j- s « 




"' 


J- 


SJ £S 












a* 




5 •» Si 


tsa. 


S o ^> 


o» 


£3 ° S 

eS- xJ B <33 




o 














o> 






■&>«>«,> .m 












®$>Z)%®®$ > SP £? S? ^ SP 3P S? S3 








«* 






c* 




- 




































|> 


> 


o £ 6 


H 


m ° ° 


u 


£ 5 3 5 


— -a 


93 



•a 5 o > B~^ l o"5 *- 



129 



- £ B £1 &4r j|£ a 



AAAAjojo^joja 



e 






"C tr '3 2 c 
J=> ~ — ~ c - 





ci: 


2 -. 


r 


'. 








r. 


r 




— 


•V — 






— 


y 


/: r* 




i; 


.> 


• — 


— 


— - 


^ 



£ ~ g = i= m t " ~ "S : ^ 

© £ a *n s •- S ** ° § ° 2 



■V "V •> 



rs «\ ~ 



^slQQfiQQftjgftS 



O w > JT- " H 
g S E= ir. E- Sv £ < 



130 






***" g- 



S § S * « g 

cs o » ^ 3 ° 3 

o> o o o <u o o 
CC 33 33 33 CO 33 33 CO en «3D 



« S « 

O J_> o 

3. <-» — 



' SP 



m 



USi- ^3 ft* S 5 .p =0 :Q sQ --O 

--3 tS-M±-it±.5i^-t52.Qi.l5i.fcc!. 









£ »e 






3 c^l Lt=L \X±. ^L *£- 



hi 33 *£3- LS£- 



jjs. cd- tet epL iJL 



-o £ 









A 



? » £. ^ o .5 



-*-> 33 w ^ ca 



.5 r^ 






^c=i LE^ 



^2 * 






h^;=; ^ . **- ■ 



iX) ^ 



B 
O 






, , r+-> ^~r <-~=- 

^ i^ «>> 33 -£? s23* 33 *=?■ tSD- a* 

g_ sO> » g ^ "g o o *S O 

fc= 3 3 ,3_ 4> g_ ^~ ;^ £* g 



" 


•™ 






— 


— 


— 


= 




03 


= 


r 


— 


M 


— 




c 


CJ. 


v 


■a 


u 


t- 


e 


, v 


»\ 










> c o 
o o £ 



! *S ZL ^ « g. St 

S S i2. £3- cH. 

s & s & s ^ 


s $ 


^> j- ■ s s c c ^ s 

"S JS 2* S «4- «>.^>33^=-t^j^L^ 


Ha 
Ilia 
III a 
IV 
III 
II a 


■« 


H^^. W-ChM^I— I^^N^ 



131 



g» CP <TD _£* 5= 



<3) c: en en 



H 5 2 £ '§ * 



CD 

435 jl ii 2 2 



3 «2- 






*r cc CJD 






85 •*"* 

5 "^ 



c 
.4 






3 






S rJJv 2 ° *z^ "S 



5c - x* '? 9 



5 " 



en — «m t«- *=»- 






5^-^s^^^-^-K^ 



^ « o fa « ^ 2 S 



132 



*> 




- 






tt 






















*<> 


as 

a. 




Q 


Si o *> 
CD CD CD 


O 

*3d 


§ ^ « s 

5 ^ cs cs 

CD CD ^> ^> 


CJ^ 






sS3- 5G 


€S 


5 CD 












<&> 


o 


~> o o 




O £-> Cb> «*> 


<^i 


o 


'-> 


<_> o 


<_» 


o o 




o 




e* 




CO 


CD 


CD CD CD 


CD 


CD -CD CD CD 


CD 


•CTj 


CD 


CD CD 


CD 


CD CD 




CD 




i 

5^ 
































































£ 


i 


















^ 














j^ 


O 


o 




<-> 












<-» 


o 










•fa 


CD 


5 
8 

o 
CD 


tO w w 
CD CD CD 


*CD 


«•> c, a* o 

§ fe >g g 2 

CD CD >=5> -S- 


O 
O 








6> 


« CD 

=o =cs 










































































it: 


CJ 




Q 






O 


o 




CJ 


O CJ 




fc 








CD 


CD 


CD CD CD 


"cD 


CD CD ,£> sT3> 


** 


«> 


^^ 


^> «W^ 




3»-» *-* 




cH 




^ 




C— 1 




























•2 




'fl 








j_, CD 
























S 




























« 












-c; ^ .a 








^_^ 












^ 




J3 








CD ^ S= ^ 








S" 
















*o 




























te* 
































! | 












CD ^ ^ 








f*^ 












^ 
































*». 




<u 








*> *r ** 




















a< 




CD 








2 ^ § 

CD i4=> ^3" 






































°S 
































o 














































































^ 




5 


s 


O 
2 CO .— 


J 


© 

© £ 

w> -S 1 g 


s 


.2 


35 


73 


P 


S 3 




c3 




5^ 




o 


S3 


O O r- 


^Z« 


05 


"3 


T3* 


<D O 


fl 


^ O 








«S 




o 


or 


©- ^ OS) 


©£ "O os pCj .a 




^ 


s 


pS cq 


^ 


O CO 




£. 




"I 




© 


r 


£ £ £ 


- 


^ ^ ^ ^ 


- 


- 




»\ »\ 


^ 


»\ «\ 




-5, 




t 






































1 


£5 <i* S3 

,£> ^5" -Si 


SI 


£ s s S 

^ ^ O CD 
CS «^> w f* 




s> 


.5^ 


Sl ,£ 


£ 

o 

K 


« CD 




o 

CO 


ft- 








<-> 






^* J-» cs cs 


CJ 


o 


<^> 


Ck> *S 


Crf 








C5 






® ® 


© § © 


© 


© ® ^ '^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ 


^ 


<&5 ^ 


<S4 




^ 








q 


M * « 


M 


h * 


a 




r: 


O * 




M "C 


35 














*«=**-.*-* 


M 


k N M H 








M 






M 






I 




W 


M 


»■* >H M 


M 


H H H H 


M 


M 


M 


*-< w 


►^ 


►H ^ 


M 







133 



s g « 

S "£ ss> ^ ^ H 

ss ~ o s-> -£> 

O O s-» O C2 CS 






= C *C» S-> =C/ =J3 -— >Zi 



— =C2 =C3 l O ^ j; ^; 






1 II *ssf:r; 



^5- -O ' 1 ^ 

<*» ci a - .^ ^ 
<■* <s ° ~ g ~ 



2 css- 



&2 






I * f 1 1 • a I -g ^ s s I - s -a 



o ♦-. Ck> 



o : S '£ :rS -^ *~- £* ^ ^5 <°_ o' ^ ^ *■* ** 
-^ x-» ^ (iji «S <2 « o o <v> -— -i3 £r* £r* £^ 

? *; ^ 'S? ^ i; 2U ^ ^ *j i; ^ S S 5R 



,-r 






O 5 



> s s 



1 § 



O — 



°2 O 



134 VERBS. 



^^ £-> *-♦ S3 P* ^ *^i £j- *~ j ^^~ ^> 5^ '*-> 2-> $»^ j— * i^ s^ iw > „ i T^ 



>,u^ *S^^j§. fc -o ^ ^ fT J£ *> *i -p-^S^L ** 
r | 5 2 J S --<s iti- *=- *g "§ .2* -2 52= -ts --» -.5 =5 .Si iff 



^ 



^ 

£ 



£ 2 3 c « ei'S 3 S 3 »S § o § g i 



^3 






sill* t*! 



Si o 3 5 "S 
g « ?: c c 



S3 <3 























O 




« 




;* 










« 




« 


^ 




L. 
























3 


00 


03 


n 




O 


". - l 


'A 


a 


sr 


cp 




v: 

OS 

o 
g 


c 


= 


03 




73 


1 








> 

S3 


-a 
- 


c 


•> 


»s 




■N 














£ 



g jf g 8 | I g -8 ,8 | 8 g g g- 1 1 S-8 g | 

^^rCr^ ** ^* iii Jsi- 2* rJ tt ^ ° ° <^ -^ -— 'S S <3 CS 

|§|§$is> ft^&'q ^. ^ as ss es at-^ a$ as &> w 



VERBS. 



135 



° 2S zi 



% 5 *L S. 2 






CC <=D OD <35 ^3 C^ 



4> ^> o o o 

<5} EO CK <23 CT 



O 

S 



=e -^ .^ ^ =o ^§ ^ -5 ^ 25 r: w 

-.S 3 >6* ^ £s *£T >S >S~ ^ *ET "B ;€T ;€t 3L 



E 


•3 
OS 


bC 


o 



o'^^'S^^^^^^^^^'S-. 



« 

X 



•It 



*■=■ 



E ^, O .S e EJ O 

03 - — ._ 03 « © 

!h cS ft - e: 3 - 

O ft E W H ft « 



w £ cc CD ft 



= 
© 



© 













>w 








cr 




= 






© 








DC 




rt 






w 












^ 






= 

03 








03 




J 






c/: 








~ 










- 








© 




^ 






03 






























n 






© 






£ 


- 




**> 


T3 




i- 
03 
> 
03 






ft 




r^ 


-— 

© 

0) 


03 

bf) 




•= 






*«a 


O 


= 

03 






~ 




05 


^ 


03 


/: 




S3 










V 


^ 


03 


03 


s 


£ 


c 






r 


3 


= 


"35 


ri 


rt 


-t^ 


'~ 


■ta 





« © © 



© Z i- .o 



< < < < 



e e8 ^3 

E K E ^> O 

G < -r * X 



a. 



136 



^> 




. j-* o 


>-• o Ji S s rt ri n o w !l 


SI c « 








! =f *2 o £ "§ S .2 £ j -« j g e 


§ § S « ^ 
o o g «* -O 

g; ^ S 2 J. 






<i> ^> o 


O ' m o ST o» ^* O <_» O ^" *> c_> 




Oh 




^ CT3 cr. 


cn^^^^^^"^^^^^ 


^ ^ o ^ ^ 


i 
a. 






**o 














1 


52 
5* 






o 








o 






^ 


,o £ I 5 


b 

^ t£ ig $S " sg ^ ax 43 ,q .$> tu 4s 


=ct ^5 »o 


<£ 
o 


H 


^ =o Hi 


B B *c "5 **^ "^ '^ ~£ £ 2 2 S 




«*> 




^^ *£f 


££S^i?£££5£££ 


g; g g § 


*3 




u— »— u— 














I 




CD 


tf ?i ??^~? if i s 


Si Si :-* 

g g g ,5 ^c 






ggg>s 








t^_ l^_ t__ L ^ C^_ . U-_ C-_ l^_ l ___ U_ <__ 










"^ S 




jj 






S -p 




?* 






«: JL 




hS 






<-- ^ 




« 






*"" 




# ^ 














(St. f+i 


^> 


^ 








o 












N 






"1 I 


^ 


•to 
















s£3> 


\) 








«> 










fSi- 


s^ 






^* ° 




ft< 






g £- 


,y 








o 


















CO 


0) 


« 






03 


-*-3 


<ta 






.5 


° S fc ^ ? •- »2 **S <35 


*s .2 i> ^ 


su 




U § a 


.fegSsfeSiSisS*** 


S > i> 33 S 

? ? 5 « c 


'3 




co ^ 0) 


«SMO!fl<(«(e!Hai»3(! 


> VI VI VI V} 


•> 




o ^ ^ 


*\*\»\«\« , \.r\.»\*\*\*\"\*\ 


WS »N »\ »N »\ 


ql 






•\"N"\»\«N"N*\"\«\»\*\"\ 






2 Si 




NH 




si si H 


Si j- S ^ _ si <-> «>> 
i> o o s s jj si^Srisi 


Si ti ^ 

o o si « 






5 o ° 


jl> CS3 ?* 






i£D. LSTl CJj 


<i> o S S> ss ^ t* 'X - sC * ° ** -*- 


« .S -o j- g 






^> -~- -5 


SSst^^^^^SBSS 


2 2 fi a* j^ 






^ ^ >S" 




*C S S" ^ o *^> 






© ® ® 


^ ^) ® ^ ^ 








sS c2 










fl8 c5 c5 £ 3 flS 








M 5 "° 




-o -d g -° 



137 



i2- tH- *H- 13- tit £: t2: t2: £: «B: t£: «2: *£*- *£*- *J2- <ti- £*- «**- t J= L ** i 



ei±. 






~ £*. ^ b= ^ 
~ ^rr r ^i =o -n 






S- .2: 5 <S Ji «S e§. & §- S- £- 5- c§. st 



£2- cJS. 



g> -a I 9 2 a a 5 ■ s- 1 & = "S:! 1 • " «, -8 a 

.5 .5 2 « 2 a, a, Si ^ & a< 5 *"" *~* , CQ •* qj t5 



~~ . .5 3 M 30? *o 2- It "5- *st a S. S- .§ S S S 5 -S 5 '5 ~ -est 



®®®®®®®®®©$<9®®©®®®®®® 



10 



< p 



138 



i> o o o o o o 
cd cr. r^ cr: CO en cr> 



o 



IS = § 



jz, jz, CO _, ^1 



i> i> i^ 



| « 



** >. tja. *8 ir -Si en lSL >^ ^ 
s\ -«- *-> i^ jr r" ° -f c= 



j=> .yO CTD — * 



^ ;-~ 



o» **5 ~£* « jj a 
c£L e£i cj±. !++" ,& ** 



St S --. ^P 



,p* V£= t: 



^ ^ - — 



.,_» _ CD 

*■: — c£±. ♦- 






"«3 



JO J> CD 



fcC 



S3 

o 



C S3 

^ O 

a? . S3 






- •? * § 2 > - £ g go ^ 






"Z CJ «H C£ K X5 c: ^ « & 



~ £ 



UD. ^ £ ^ r^n ! 



s * i§ S S 3 s -g fr 5 •§ "5 2 I 



?? CC *£ 



t; •£ -e ^ti 






> ° m - a 









« « ~ 






H a 5 -^ Su 5. 



fS^f If If 

s a s "S 1 2 "I a 



139 






5 » s> » 






*P -*-» 












W "5 S 






" ^ K. ! - ° t 



^ c8 « o 

•N *\ «s p., 



^ Ct O "<> S O 



^mn^ C3 « -S > > * - -d 



cj: » » 

' DO DC 



£ r 



CJD 



<■* O ^ Zi x ~ 



C£> 


"- 


~ 


92 


» 


X 


- 


U 


X 




*£ 


^ 


~i 


■a 


- 


T 3 


tS 


~ 


g 


a 


o 


~ 


Z 


e 


— 


~ 


o 


53 


K 


c 


& 


-» 


Ph 


s" 


< 


£ 


7' 


< 


< 


r- 


~ 


- 


.j 


c. 


- 


•a 


«3 


r^ 


M 


„ 


" 




" 


" 


■* 


"* 


** 


"* 


"* 


•* 



10. 



140 VERBS. 

IV. COMPOUND VERBS. 

They are, either 

I. Inseperable y 

II. Seperable, 

III. Inseperable or Seperable, according to the sense 

intended to be conveyed. 

1st. Class. (Ins.) Does not admit of the aug- 
ment (ge) l in the Part. Past. In other respects it 
is conjugated like the regular verb ; compounds of 
irreg. verbs follow their primitives. 

To this class belong all verbs, the Infinitives of 
which begin, 

a) with the unaccented syllable of be, entp, eitt, 
tX t ge, mtf , *>er, jer and the (unacc.) adver- 
bials Winter, Wll, ttuber (against). 
Note. I. The verbs to which these syllables are prefixed 

always have the accent. 

bj with the above unaccented and an accented 
syll. as, frectuf, bear', beetn', beun', fcercuV, 
wrnac^, senm", tferur'. 

Examples. 

Seftt'djen* 2 , to visit; befucfj'ie, befucfjt, visited ; 
(gmpfan'gen *, to receive; einpfmg', empfan'gen, re- 
ceived ; 



1 Verbs derived from foreign languages and terminat- 
ing in treu and revert, as , ftubirett, regteren (to study, to 
reign) etc. do also not admit of the augment ge. 

2 Compounded from fudjen , to seek, to look for. 

3 From fan gen , to catch. 



VERBS. 141 

(£ntfa'gen 4 , io renounce^ eitffag'te, entfagt ', renounced; 
Gfrftn'ten % to invent; ©efcrau'djen 6 , to make use of; 
SSerfdjWert'fcen 7 ; to squander : ^rtbrft'deii 8 , to crush; 
^tnterge'fjetl 9 ,to deceive; 33ot(en'ben 10 ,toflnish quite: 
SStberjte^en 21 , to resist. 

Seauftragen 12 , to commission; Seur'funben* 13 , to 
certify; 33eetn'tracf)ttgen 14 , to encroach upon; 23e^ 
un'rufngett, to disturb, to trouble; SBerab'fdjteben J5 , 
to take leave; SBeintac^djftgen 1G , to neglect; 23er- 
un'tetmgen ", to pollute; SSerur't^eifeti 18 , to (pass) 
sentence. 

Note II. There are a few insuperable compound verbs 
that have the augment ge in the Participle past. They 
are easily known by having the accent on the first syl- 
lable and being compounded with substs. adjs. or ad- 
verbial particles , as cmt'trorten , cmttoortete, geanttoortet, 
to answer; fvol/Iocfen , to exult; friU)'uuifen , to break- 
fast; i)caxVt)abcn, to administer . to handle; lie&'fofen, to 



x From Sagen , to sny. 

5 „ gtnben , to find. 

e „ 53raudjen, to use. 

7 „ Sdjnrinbeit , to dwindle. 

8 „ £>rucfen , to press. 

9 „ «§ inter, behind, 9 el) en , to go. 
iu „ SBoIl, full ^ enben, to end. 

11 r, 5Biber, against, fteijeit, stand. 

'- ,., Xragen, to carry. 

13 „ Urfnnbe , record, document, 

14 „ Contracted from Gfinirag, disparagement, and 

tfjun, to do. 

15 „ 9lb[d)ieb , leave. 

15 „ *ftatfyld§icj , negligent. 

" r, Otetn, clean, unrein, unclean. 4 

,s ,, Urtfjeil, judgment , urtljeilen , to judge. 



142 VERBS. 

caress; vatf/fcfykgen, to deliberate; tedtt'fertigeu, to justify ; 
iir'tJjeilen , to judge; toeiffagen, frafyr'fagen, to prophecy; 
ttuU'fafn'en , to comply etc. 

2d. Class (sep.). Admits of the augment (ge) in 
the Part. Past. 

To this class belong all verbs, the infinitives of 
which begin 

with the accented syllables of 

ab, an, auf, aus, bet, bar, etn (in), fe£I, feft, 
fort, |)cr, Inn, f>o$, fog, mtt, nad), meter, ob, 
ttor, ft>eg, wiefcer (again), ftoW, ju and the 
compounds of some of the above syllables as ; 
fjerauf 19 , peretn', ^eraue', fmtab', tunein', iifcer* 
ein 7 , wxi)tx f baju, jufammen etc. 

Note III. These verbs are called sep er able, firstly because 
the augment (cje) is placed between the above syllables 
and the part. Vast, as is also done ivith 311 -° in the 
Inf. as, abretfen, afcgeretet, al^umfen (to depart); se- 
condly because in the inflected parts of the verb the 
compounding particle stands after the objective case 
or at the end of the sentence, except in relative and 
conjunctive sentences , when it stands and is written 
as one word with the verb. 

Examples. 

3$ reife ah , I set off. 

Der 9ttann, ft>eltf)er 2L abretfet, the man who leaves. 

11 The second syll. of these compounds carries the ac- 
cent with it. 

20 3u in German, aud to in English are almost used in 
the same manner in both languages : only that in English 
the prep, to is always stated with the simple Inf., and in 
Germ, only when that mood is used in actual construction. 

21 Relat. sent. 



VERBS. 143 

2Benn 22 tcf) abretfe, when I leave. 

®te untnftfjen, bct£ 22 tcft abretfe, you wish that etc. 

SDfttnefjmen , to take (with). 

•Jteljmen ©te t&n ntd;t nut? do you not take him with 

you. 
3d) habc ifyn mttgenomuten , I have etc. 
dx bat x>ox 23 , ilnx nut^unetnnen, he intends etc. 
©er greunb, ttelcfjer 21 t&n mttnimntt* 
Ofwojrt 22 fetn £ef>rer i£n mitnimmt, bin tcf) boc^ 

m'd)t ruing , though his tutor takes him I am not 

easy. 
3^ nctfnn ifw mtt h\$ 33erftiu 
©em SSater noiinfd^t , ba£ td) itm mttnejjme* 
©0 suet er auc^ 22 mitttafym, however much etc. 
©eljen ©ie, tt>ie 22 fefjr er if)m jurebet, see how very 

much he persuades him. 
3$ babe ilnx nutgenommen , Jjatte il)\x mttgenomtnen, 

to exit tfm mttnefmten, er ttergafj tfm mttjunefnnen 

(he forgot etc.). 

3d. Class (Ins. or Sep.). 

To this class belong verbs the infinitives of which 
are compounded with burcf) , through; liber, over; 
um, round j down; unter, under. 

a) They follow the rules of Class 1 when the 
above compounding prepositions are unac- 
cented , in which case they generally are 
transitive, 

bj If accented , they follow the rules of Class 2 y 
and are for the most part intransitive. 



22 Conj. sent. 

23 SSor^aBen, sep. coinp. to infeud. 



144 



Note IV. The stress , or accent lies on that part of the 
verb , intended to convey the principal meaning ; and 
this principle is not altogether foreign to the genius of 
the English language , as mag be seen from the fol- 
lowing examples. 

Examples. 

&urcfyfcfynet'ben to intersect £)urd)'fdjneii>cn to cut through 
£uvcWau'fen „ pervade 2>uvtf/laufen 

„ interleave 2 1 JDurd/fcfyiepen 

„ penetrate z '° £)VLvtf)'\&)a\izn 

„ transgress U'bertveten 

„ convict U'berfufyren 

,, exaggerate U'bevtreibcn 



S>urd)fcfyie']$en 

JDurcfyfdjau'ett 

Ubertve'tcn 

itberfitf/ven 

Ubertrei'ben 

Uberfe'geu 

Umcje'^en 

Umfaft'ren 

Umfpcm'nen 

timgur'ten 



„ translate 

„ evade 
„ circumna- 
vigate 2/ 
., encircle * s 



U'berfegen 
Urn' g el; en 
Um'fa^rcn 

Um'fpcmnen 

Um'cjitrten 



„ run through 
„ shoot through 
„ look through 
„ go over 16 
„ lead over 
„ drive over 
„ set over 
3 > go about 
„ drive down 2S 

„ change 

horses 30 
„ gird round 



„ provide 
with a belt 
UnterfjaCten „ entertain Un'tedjalteu 
UntetfM'len „ support Un'tetjieUen 
Unterfte'ljen „ presume Unterfteljctt 
Note V. As an additional facility for the use of this class 
of verbs, it may be observed that whenever the mean- 



„ hold under 
„ put under 



j j 



stand under 



21 As a book; with blank paper. 
- b To see through; as a design. 
ae As to another party. 
'-' Also to drive round. 
2g To knock down by driving against. 
;> Also to span. 

30 (gtyannen, to strain, to put to; ®efpauu, a set of horses 
for drawing a carriage. 



VERB'S, 145 

ing of these verbs is literal, they are severable; and 
in most cases inse per able , when figurative. 

EXERCISES ON IRREGULAR AND COMPOUND VERBS. 

Exercise XVII. 

NB. Trreg. verbs are marked thus & 
I thought * this was the first time *'* you had 

come to this country. — What did your friend 

fommeti^tn 

think of. — I should think it was * best to 

fcenfen^ cm (imp. suhj.J am fcejlen 

write to him. — Think another time of it. f — Does 

an 
the fire burn in the next room. — It did burn 

bremten^- 2 3 1 

when ft I was there fff ten minutes ago. Pray 
burn 1 these papers. — I have burnt them. — 

tterbremten ^ 
Do you § burn coal or wood in this 

fcremten^ eteinfoMe/?/. 
country. I have never burnt any thing else but 

tttt>a$ cmbeted a\$ 



* Exerc. XIV. , obs. i. 
** Scil. that. 
f P. 43, R. 10. 

YY Exerc. VI. , obs. 4. 
7YY Exerc, V. obs. 4. 

1 To burii; when implying to be consumed by flames; 
is rendered in Germ, by vevbreuncii. 
$ P. 40 rftttan." 



146 



VKKBS. 



wood. — He has burnt his *** fingers. — What §§ 

ruins are these. 2 The ruins of the Exchange, 
Sfotute/: Sorfe/: 

which was burnt down last year. A great many 

meberkennett 
houses were burnt down by that conflagration. — 

%tutx$bx\m$f. 
My cousin's house was also on fire, but it was 

bretmen 
saved by the resolute conduct of some firemen. — 
xcttm feft mufy m. Sofc^reute 

They have burnt the horse's legs with red hot 

gtuljenb 
irons. — How long §§§ have you known him. 
©fen n. (ennett & fcf)on 

I have §§§ not known him long. Should you know 

erfemten^ 
him again. — I knew him directly. — Desire 7* 

foglettf) (@agen @te) 
the servant to grind the coffee. The coffee 

fte fott marten & 
is ft* ground. When did she grind it. She ground 



*** V. P. 45 , R. 1. 

§§ Int err. Prons. pi. „\va$ fur.' 1 

2 After „xoa$ fi'tr" fra£ is used in reference of a nonupl. 
V. also Exerc. III. y obs. 2. 

$^§ Exerc. VII. , obs. 4. 

f* Exerc. VIII., obs. 2. 

-J--;-* V. neut. verbs, R. V, The passive auit 9 em a 1) ten , 
would be iu English ? ,is being ground". 



VERBS 147 

it last night. — The rye, wheat and barley 

gcfiern 9(bent m. dio^cnm. SSeijen m. ©evfte/1 

have been ground. Where were they ground, — 

They will be ground at the next millers. — Whom 

feet Wttttt 

did you name just now. I called him by his name, 

ttemten^ efcen nemien bet 
Call me thou. — Whither did he run so fast. — 

\vof)in taufcn ^ fcfmetf 

He ran after the coach. — The man has run very 

tft 
fast. — Who has salted the broth. — It is too much 

salted. — Another time do not salt it so much. — 

etn anfcereS 
I wish 777- I stood in your place. You have stood 

jlefjen^ 
there. — The dinner has§§§ been standing on table 
this §* half hour. — The horse has stood on its 
hind legs. — Who has done this. — I have not 
£mttev6etn n. tfnm - 

done it. — If I had §"* the strength I would do it 

traft 
also. 

Exercise XVIII. 
He begged his pardon. — I have invited 
bitten * (tfut urn) 33er$etlhmg bitten 



§* V. P. 49, R. 3. 

§** Exerc, VI. } ofrs. 4 and 8. 



148 VERBS. 

him to dinner. He has begged a favour. They 

ju Xi)d) (umetit) Ounft 

have often begged for it.* — You shall not beg 

um 
in vain for it. — He possessed many estates in 
umfonft • 6e|t|en^ ®ntn. 

this country. — He did not possess them long. — 
Who gave ** him these estates. — The king has 

gefeen<* 
given them to him, — I gave ** him a short reply. — 

fur j %ntmxtf. 
What would he not give to know this secret. — 

Do you know if he is recovered from his illness. 

ofe genefen^ Srcmfpett 

He had scarcely taken the medicine when he re- 

faum nefnnen^- 2(r$net 
covered. He mended (recovered) apace. — When 

jufeljenbS 
did this occur. — It happened yesterday. This is 

gefdjejjett^ gefc^epett 
done l (occurs) to please him. — It is done ] 
g efcf) eb eii<> gefci ((en ® (^dat.J 

for his sake y. — What ft books does he read. — 

fefeti * 



* V. P. 43, R. 10. 

** Exerc. YIII. , obs. 2. 

1 Present tense y Ind. 

t V. P. 38, obs. 1 , P. 68 and 69. 

YY Iiiterr. Prons. pi. „iva* fur." 



VERBS. 149 

now. — He reads the German authors. He has read 
most of their poets. — Have you read his letters. 

X)id)tev 
He was ttt lyiog- in his bed. — The ring had lain 

fiegett-o 
in the mud. — The books were ttt lying on the 

Rotb m. 
table. - — Do you buy this cloth. — You see he is 

faufet! 
measuring jtt **• — He has not measured it. — I 

mejfett 
do not see it. — I have seen a beautiful painting 
fefietr^ ©emdftew. 

representing 2 the coronation of queen Victoria. 

tarftetten Srotmng Somgiti 

Have you seen it. — I saw it also. 

Exercise XIX. 

They sat round the table. — I wish I had sat 
ftfien^ urn 
with them. — I wish I sat with my friends. — If 
bet 



Ytt Exerc. XV. , obs. 1. 

3 The verb in „\ng" (Part. Pres.) in a relative seuteuce^ 
must be rendered in German by the Pres. or Imp. according 
to the sense required, with, the rel. pron. for nom. e, g. 

ireld)ce> He jlrcntmg :c. tarftcilte. Sometimes also with a 
couj. and uom. of the pers. pron. e. g. 

I saw him gettiug iu his carriage, iffy fa'i) it-it, als cv 
in (eiueu SBagcn fiteg. 



150 VERBS. 

the emperor himself was sitting * in council, ** he 

diafy m. 
could not alter it. — He pressed me to write *** 

cmbern bringen^m 

him often. — He has also pressed me to come down 
to the j country to him. — Did he recommend his 
cutf Scmb n. empfe&ten ® 

brother to you. — He has not recommended him to 

an 
me but to my cousin. — If thou seest him** re- 
setter feljen^ 
commend him above all to be cautious. — He con- 
jct wxfid)tiQ X>tT* 
ceals his meaning in mysterious words. — Who 
fcergen ^ SDta'mmg gepemtmjjwtf 2Sort ff 
pledges himself to me for the truth of his assertion. 
bergen^ 2tit0fage/ ? . 
He has concealed himself in his closet. — We have 

Cabinet n. 
induced him to make this acknowledgement. — 
betoegen ^ ©ngejlanbmjj 

Men are frequently induced to do from interest, 

jjauftg au$ 

what they would fff not do from generosity. 

(£belmutf) m. 

* Exerc. VI. ^ obs. 4 and 8; also Exerc. XV. , obs. 1. 
** Scil. fo. 

**% Exerc. VIII., obs. 2 aud note that the objective or 
accus. case „a letter" is here understood. 
f P. 75 , obs. 1. 
ft P. 24. 
y j j Exerc. VI. , obs. 6. 



VERBS. 151 

The fire has completely bent it. He turned round 

*>6(ftg fctegen^ fuegen 

the corner and vanished. — Who has turned clown 

serfdnxunten ^ meberfuegen 

the leaf in this book. 
®lattn. 

Exercise XX. 

I shall be glad to see you oftener. 

e3 mid)freuentt)enn befudjen mid) 
I think I have (come to see) you often since my 

befud;ett x 
arrival here. — I wish you would come to see me 
afolmtft 
oftener. — I am authorized by your brother to 

kauftragen^ &on 
provide you with the necessary sums for your 
verfefjen^ erfprberlid) ©umme 

journey. — I think I am provided with 
sufficient cash. — Did you ever feel the 
Innfctngfid; ©eft w. ewpftnben^ 

pleasure of seeing* your friends again 2 after 

many years' absence. — I have never had an op- 

?Iht>efenfmt 
portunity to feel that. — Can you make up your 

entfdjltefen^ftd) 



1 Part. Past. 

* Exerc. VI. , obs. 1. 

2 To see fdjett , again toteber. This will serve as an 
example for all compound verbs that occur hereafter. 



152 



VKHHS 



inind to leave your country. — I have frequently 

t>evfaf[cn * akterlanb 
made up my mind for it. ** He makes up his mind 

mid) ju 

very quick. — It is not so easy to make up one's 

fcfmelf uifyt fu$ 

mind. — When one has made up one's mind, one 

should not tarry to execute a laudable design. — 

jflgern auSfityren tgblity fSovfyabtn 
You may save yourself *** the trouble you will 

erfrctren WMfyzf. 

not find him at home. — I am glad you are able 

ft'nben^ 
to save yourself that trouble. — Indeed I will save 
myself f that trouble. 

Exercise XXI. 

How do you like * this place. I do not like* 

gef alien ^ 

it quite so well as I did the last time ** I was here. 
At that time I *** liked it very much. — I own I 



** P. 43, R. 10. 

*** P. 39, obs. 2. 

f P. 38, dat. first pers. 



* Exerc. IX., obs. 2 to like fdjmccfen , gefallen. 

** Scil. when , bet. 

*** Exerc. VIII. , obs. 3. 



VERBS. 153 

1 cannot conceive the reason. — I regret f you 

begmfen^ fcefcctuern 

have to own that , pray when did he own it. He 
has never owned it. — We have more than once 
regretted it. — Do not misconstrue my meaning. 

mtpbeuten 2 
I should like 3 to know when I have misconstrued 

mccjen^- 
it. — If 77 it is not 777 unpleasant to you 777 we 

mif fatten e 
will read a page or two in this book. His manner 

(e[en ^ 
of expressing himself displeased me very much. — 

mifjfaften 
I can assure you., it has always displeased me. — 



1 Always two seperate words in Germ. 
7 Scil. „that." 

2 «ome grammarians have made a distinction between 
verbs compounded with rmfi by allowing some to take the 
augment ge either before or after the prefix and others 
not. But since the most classical authors avoid usiug this 
class of compound verbs with the augment, and its number 
being too trifling, the example of others in coujugatiug them 
according to the general rule, has been followed here. 

3 „Shouldlike" is the Imp. of the Potent, mood, instead 
of,, liked" j there not being a proper form of Conj. or Subj. 
in Engl. , it is circumscribed by the Imp. of „shall a , but 
must be rendered in Germ, by the Imp. Subj. 

77 Exerc. VI. , obs. 4. 

777 Exerc. IX., obs. 3 and XXII., obs. 1. 

11 



154 VERBS. 

4 To disregard a friend's advice, is to be guilty § 
mi£acf)ien wave" fcf;ufttcj 

of ingratitude. — I assure you I never §§ slighted 
Unbanfhirfett mipac^ten 

a friend's advice. I should have slighted it, if §§§ 
I did not know that f* his motive was §§§ 

33ett>eggnmb m. 
pure and sincere. — I am afraid thou abusest 
rein aufridjtig befitrd)ten ratfjfcaucfjen 

his kindness. — Are vou not glad 5 that his 

plot has miscarried. I should like 3 to know 

Slnfc^Iag m. tft nujjKttgen^- 

why it miscarried. Whoever f 7* promises much ; 

$erfpred)en^ 
will have 6 much to perform f f * He never §§ pro- 

mised much . but always §§ performed more than 



4 Sentences like the present y give most expression in 
both languages when inverted ; in Germ, the gen. or the 
ace. case j according to emphasis or euphony, must open 
the sentence. 

§ Exerc. VII. ,; obs. 3. 



§§§ Exerc. VI. , obs. 8. 

7* Exerc. VI. , obs. 4. 

77* The verb after .,much." V. Exerc. VI. , obs. 6. 

5 Properly „fraten @ie jtdj nidji" etc. 

6 Of two infinitives ^ the auxiliary stands last. 



VERBS. 155 

he promised. — Count B. has promised to accom- 
®vaf btQlti* 

pany him to England f§ next summer f§. 

fen 

Exercise XXII. 

The child has completely * torn ** the book. — 

gang jerretjjen^ 

The naughty hoy tore it from his *** hands. 

uttartig retpen e ifym *** a\\$ C sin 9-J 

Do not l tear this paper. The horse has stamped 

jerretpen ftcmtpfen 

on the ground. — This horse kicks every 

Sofceiim. jerjiarapfen 

thing to pieces. — Has he indeed f kicked it f 
to pieces. What does he cut there. He cuts 

fcfmctten jevftfmeiten 



Y§ Exerc. V. , obs. 4. 



- Exerc. X. , obs. 5. 

** Exerc. II. , obs. 4. 

*** Poss. Proas. P. 45 , K. 1 and 2. 

' „Not" always stand? last CExerc. XliL, obs. 5): but 
if by some moving cause the verb goes to the end of the 
sentence pnicfyt" stands before it : if a compound tense — 
before the first part. It is the same with some other adverbs. 
Note. Sometimes the object, direct or indirect, and pre- 
positions wilh their cases are inserted between ntcfyt 

and the verb. 

7 Exerc. IX. , obs. 3. 

li . 



156 VERBS. 

it in shreds. — The dog is feeding ff. ftust 
fletn ©tiicfdjen freffen^ 3io\tm. 

consumes faster than labour wears. — The horse 
jerfreffen fitted Slrbett ctfcnugen 
nibbles at the corn. — That mare is gnawing the 
nctgen cmfff ©tute jernagen 

manger to pieces. What is that, that has tumbled 
Grippe tft fatten ^ 

down the stairs. — The ship has quite tumbled to 
{rowttter Zxfypcf. tft jerfcttfen 

pieces. I have just heard what has happened to him. 

ttuberfaljren^ 
The new palace will not be completed before next 

$otfeni>en 
spring. — Our friend's temper is soured by the 
grunting Scume/: § serberben * 

many impleasant news that are continually re- 
yiafyxifytf. beftctnbtg $in* 

ported to him f . — The sentence must be exe- 
terbringen » Urtpetf n. x>oU- 

cuted. — Your orders shall be executed. — I am 
ftrecf en wtf jie£en & 

anxious to know how §§ his most recent work has 
begterig fine neu 

been spoken of (judged) in the last review. — The 
beurtfmten 3^tfc^rift 



ft Exerc. XV. , obs. 1. 
tft P. 75, obs. 1. 
§ Literally , to spoil. 
§§ Exerc. VI. , obs. 4. 



VERBS. 157 

equinoctial gales have very much disturbed us. 

Sturm beunruljtgen 

As we have settled it ? so it shall be done. — His 2 

tterabreten gefc^e&en fcafjer 

spending - so much money causes much grief 
fcur^bringen aerurfadjen 

to §§§ his too indulgent parents. 

$u nadjftdjtig (Ston 

Exercise XXIII. 

My good Sir do not exult so much, your triumph 
Keb frolic cf en fe#r 

is not complete. — What do you conclude from l 9 
wttfommen f^ttefeit^ cute 



2 The possessive proa, as well as the poss. case frequently 
stand in Engl, before a Part. Pres. instead of a pers. pron. 
as noni. to a tense of the Ind. or Subj. mood with „that" 
before it; e. g. A««?e you heard of his going abroad , i. 
e. „that he goes abroad. Ci One's being sorry > i. e. „that 
one is sorry. " Phrases of this kind are rendered vari- 
ously in German; but the safest rule to translate them — 
until the learner has acquired judgement by reading — is 
by using the pers. pron. with £a|3 before it as nom. to 
the corresponding tense , e. g. 

ras tx ]~$ iriel ©clt> burdjBrmgt etc. 

§§§ Exerc. X., obs. 2. 



1 The preposition which stands before a pronoun ex- 
pressed or understood, or before a verbal noun: cannot 
be transposed in Germ, as is done in Engl. , e. g. 

Whom do you take him for? (for whom etc.) 

gut loot fyalten ^ie itjn? 

The friend you spoke of (of whom etc.). 



158 VERBS. 

that I have exulted. — In this country justice is 
administered with great impartiality. — Nothing is 
Ijantyaben * ltupart[)et(tc{)fett 

so interesting as to see infants playfully caress 

f(etne$£tnb fptelenb Itebfofen 
their parent. "" — The mother forgets poverty and 

Safer or Gutter soergeffen 

all other miseries of human life when her babe 

3)citfcfe(ti]fctt menfctjfid; ©augftttg 

caresses her. It was touching to see how she ca- 

vnl)xm 
ressed it. — Has it caressed her. — This event 

was prophecied many years ago.*** — He is ge- 
pro^qeten alU 

nerally accused of an imprudent and even improper 
gemein anftctgin unffug fogar unrest 

behaviour y but in my opinion he stands per- 

£anb(tmgett>eife f. 9fte(mmg fiefren & 

fectly justified. — Has your father left town. — 

vecf>tferttgen tfi afcreifeti 

The coach by which he goes has not yet left. 

mft ift afcfafjren^ 

When he is ready to start I will let you know 
bmit akeifen 



SDer greunb son Dem ©ie ftu-acfyert. 
Heading of a 11 kinds he has a natural dislike to. 
®e$ett bag £efen jebev vlvt fyat ex tint natitrXt^e Slbncigung. 
;c V. Comp. Verbs class I. , note IT. 
** This subst. is not used in the singular number iu 
German ; but parents — Cittern. 
*** Exere. X. obs. 5. 



VERBS. 159 

(it 2 ). — Cut me a piece of that bread. — 

Iff I cut you a piece of it> you must eat it. — 
Whoever ft breaks off any flowers in this garden 

abbred;ett ©fume/. 
will be fined. — I do not break off anyfff 

mufj etne Strafe jafrtett 
flowers. — They broke off some of the branches 

of the tree. — I accept of it if you can conve- 

cume&men 
niently spare it. — Only § behold with what ft 
Uifyt entbe^ren fe^en^ 

ceremony he accepts my invitation to dinner. — 

ttmftariotpl. 

t Though he accepts it I fear he will not be able 

fitrd)teit fonnen 

to come. You have forgotten to order your man to 

tfergeffen *> auftragen Qfrtt.) 
take the books away. I have ordered (it to) 

tt>egneljmen ° 

him this morning. — Though he does not go out 

auSgefjen 
in this bad weather ; §§ I will (go out). 



- When the objective case is a personal prou., it pre- 
cedes the dative. 

f V. P. 142, Note III. and 143. „ obs. 22. 

yf V. P. 142, Note III. and obs. 21 and P. 53.,ReLAbs. 

ttt V. P. 58, 1. 5. 
§ Exerc. II. , obs. 7. 
§§ Scil. fo. 



160 VERBS 

Exercise XXIV. 

My time is divided in such a manner that I can- 
etnt^etfen jo 
not possibly undertake the work, * you offer me. 

unievnelmten ® SIrbett anbteten ^ 
You had better divide it differently. — Though I 

tpattrx cmbcro obgletd) 

divide it according to your desire , -*yet I must 

2Bunfc|)m. bocfy*** 

decline your offer. — In spite of all his exertions 

Stnetbteien tro$ 35entufmng 

his plans have miscarried. — First *** let us fix 

fmb fe^(fd)(agen^ juerft feftftetten 

the rules and then work the exercises, — The 

augarfeetten Uebung 
rules on the compound verbs are fixed. You 

iiber jufcmtmenfegen 3^ttt)ort 
had better (to) refer frequently to them. — 

$u 9?ct$ jte^en ^ 
I have more than once referred to them. — I now 
leave you. — Come along. — Can you come 
fortgelpeti^ mttgeben^ 

along. — Though I cannot come now, I will 

mitgeljen 
by ad by. He goes with you. — They went with 
gefjen nut 



* Exerc. X. , obs. 3 and VI. , obs. 6. 
** Scil. fo Exerc. V. , obs. 5. 
*** Exerc, If. , obs. 7. 



VERBS. 161 

me to the fair. — Have you time to go with me. 

cutf SWejfe/: 
Though I go with you, f my brother cannot go 
with us. — He who will come with me, must let 
me know it very soon. — I will play this piece 

sorfpielen 9D?u* 
of music to you, and then see if you can play 

ftfftiicfrc. oh nac^fpiefen 2 

it in the same style. First I will play it, and you 

fptelen 
shall play after your sister. — Though I played 
after her, I do not think I played it so well as she 
did. — And yet 1 endeavoured to play after you 

bemtytt mid) 
(in your style). — Will you dance this quadrille. 

rrtittanjen 
I dance this quadrille only to oblige you. Though 
mtttanjen 
his cousin dances this quadrille, she will not dance 
Safe tan$en 

with him. If you go to the post office , take 

mitnefnnen^ 
these letters with you. Though I take them with 
me, they cannot be immediately put in the letter- 

tegen 
box. — You ask if he will take them. — To be 
taften 



f Scil. fo Excrc. V., obs. 5. 

2 To play after — to play in the same style or per- 
fection. 



i 62 VERBS. 

sure he will take them ; not to keep them , 
getmjj bef;a(ten^ 

but to take them with him. ff What are you 
thinking ff of. — Though he frequently ponders 
mui;fcenfen & liter nctd;beiif en 

over that subject, yet he comes to no conclusion. 

I liave often thought of it. — He has an ample 
narf;benfen fiber $\it 

competency. — He cannot live on his pay. — 
?(ugfommen ctuSfommen mit SSefoIfeung 

Can you make this stuff do. — You must 

auSfommen mit 3^8 
make it do. — Have you seen him come from 
fcctmit fommen mis 

the house. — Have patience I will follow you. — 

nacfyfolgen 
They followed one after another, 
fo'fgen . nad) 

Exercise XXV. 

He still continues in his old unpleasant habits. — 

fortfctfiren ^ mtangeneljm ©ewofmfmt 

He continued to maintain that opinion, when I left 

the company. — Whoever continues so obstinately 

Ijartnadig 
to persist in an erroneous opinion as he does, must 
fcetjarreit 6et trrig 

necessarily create himself many enemies. 

«0$tt>enbtgertt>etfe frf>affen * 



ff Exerc. XX[II. , obs. I. 



VERBS. 163 

Whatever you see remarkable on your journey 

allci was bciivcxkiwwatl) 

you must write down in your diary. — Make it 

meberfd^reifcen ** 
invariably a rule to write down the expenses of 
befianbtg Unfoften * 

your journey. — Though I always write them 
down, **I can(yet)not see the good of it. He 

bod) yinmxm. 

who writes down his expenses , knows what has 
become of his money. I have so long persuaded 
cuts jureben 

you to do it. that I will persuade you no longer. 
Qhtt.J nirt)t 

I should like to know whether he persuades my 

Ob QdatJ 

father to do it. — My servant has seen them 
come out of (he theatre. My brother and 

{;et\utsfommen au$ 
sister did not know they*** had gone in. — My 

feitt fnneingejjen 
master wishes to know if you will come up 

jnnauffommeii ~ 

to him. Tell him I cannot f come up to him ft 



• c Subs. pi. 

** Neil. fo. 

*** Sell. „that." Exerc. XI., obs. 2. 

f Exerc. XXI. , obs. 1. 

ft Exerc. XXIf. , obs. L Note. 



164 



VERBS. 



now Iff j he shall come down to me. — Two men 

permrterfommen 
have fallen down into that dreadful abyss. — 
fmtabfatfen in furc^tbar Slfcgrunb m. 

The country people were trying to bring 

serfucf)en Jjeraufbrmgen * 
them up again by means f* of ropes. They have 

©eilrc. fetn 

agreed to let one of f** them down. 

ufceretnfommen^ JnnaMctjfen 
— They agreed , that § having §§ reached the 

erretc^en 
ground , he should fire § a pistol. — Tie 
Sobenm. a&feuera ^tfiole/: jufammenbtnben^ 

these things up. Are they tied up. I forgot to tie 
them up. — I should l have told you that 

fcorfjer fag en 



-j-77 Exerc. II. , obs. 7. 
f* V. P. 68, 1. 9. 
f ** Exerc. VII. , obs. 8. 
§ Exerc. VI. , obs. 4. 
§§ Exerc. VI., obs. 7. 

1 What has been said of the Future (.shall or will) 
Exerc. IX., obs. 1, is equally applicable to the Conditional 
(should or would), which must be translated by ttixtbe 
when implying the conditional , but by the tenses of 
follcti when implying necessity or obligation. It must be 
farther observed that in English the above phrase may be 
used to express condition — obligation — or option : in 
each of these senses it must be rendered differently in 
German , as : 



VERBS. 165 

beforehand. — You did. * — I now tell it you be- 
forehand. 



* Must be translated , I have told it you beforehand. 
Exerc. III. , obs. 1. 



CCoxd.) 3d) lintrre ce 3fmen Bother gefagt baoen. 

(fallen — obligation) 3d) baite ee 3bnen ootberfaa^en folleit. 

(the sense in which it stands here). 
(Svbj. — option*) 3d) petite es 3i)nen oorber gefagi 

Note. 1. According to the rule of construction of com- 
pound tenses, the present translation should properly be, 

3d) [elite e$ S^tien iwtfjer (jefagi Mb en. 
!??/£ £/*£ established custom rejects this construction of 
the Inf. Past in connexion with the modal verbs turf en, 
ttnntn, I an en, mo gen, mnffen, follen, irollen; and 
substitutes the two Infinitives with a tense of the auxi- 
liary (jaben ; e. g. 

dx fyai es tl)un tiivfen , he was allowed to do it. 

(St Ijdtte e£ ttjun burfen, he might [could, would or should) 
have been allowed to do it; instead of Qv bitrfte or 
burftc ee getyan baben. 

(Jr b&te k c * r ^ un ^ nnen ' ^ 6 cwM /*<u'e tfo;?e #/ for G't 
fonnte es ^etf)an fyaben. 
pollen, wAeii corresponding to the English w to be .said* 
makes an exception ; as 
@ie foil febr fdjon getoefen fern, s/ke w stfsd fo have been 

very handsome. 
(§x foil fefyv Hug ge^aubelt baben, he is said to have acted 

very prudently. 
Note 2. A similar custom prevails with the verbs ljei§en 
(when signifying to bid) , fjelfen - t)oren and feben , in not 
allowing their Part. Past, to be used when governing the 
Inf. of another verb; e. g. 



iOU YERKS. 

Exercise XXVI. 

Several canals run in various directions 
burdjjftejjen* 9lic^tuncj 

through the whole country, — The Rhine flows 
through various countries. This river runs 

burdjlaitfen 3 
through mountainous and champaign countries. — 
frergtg offen 

The new railroad leads through his grounds. — 

©feabalm f. turd)fu6vcn i-dncem 

It must be found; the whole house must be searched 

turcb- 
(^through). — I will search the house all over. 
fuc^en fcurdjfuc^cn gam 

This rich silk stuff is interwoven with gold. The 

feller ©eibenjeitg htrd;aurfen 
recital of so much misfortune thrills through my 
(Sr^v^lung turcpmiivjen^ 

very soul. — Several members of the house pre- 
ganj ©eete/. ubcx? 

sented a petition ** to the king. I have the honour 
retcben ^Bitt}d)xifi f. 



3d) i;abe iiyn toieberfommen l^ct^u (for gcf;et^en) , I have 

bid him return. 
3d) i)abt iijm arbetten fyelfeit, i" have assisted him to work. 

33}ir ijabtn iijn flngen Mren , ice have heard him sing. 
Sic i)al A en tin; fasten fetyen , you have seen him drive. 



* Y. Notes IV. and V. . Class 3 of compound verbs. 
** Exerc. X. , obs. 2. 



VERBS. 167 

of*** presenting this letter to you. The brandies 

of the tree reach over the wall. — He handed me 

veict>en retdjen 

the newspaper across the breakfast table. — The 

ixber 
Arabs surprised the French in their encampment, 
Slrabcr uberfaften Cager 

In the darkness of the night they f fell upon them 

2)imf etyett itberfaffen ^ 

like savage beasts. — For more than ten days 

ttuft Xfykxn. fta$renb 
they f dared not to cross the line of their out- 

tx>aa>zn ixberfcfjretten 33or* 

posts. — They were obliged to walk across the 
pofien notfngen fd;reiten 

slain in order ft t° g e ^ t0 a stronger posi- 
©efcttten erretrf;en feft ©tet* 

tion. — Let the man take care that he do not 
lung [often ttt (cid;t geben) 

fall § over board. — His , is an all encompassing 
fatten^ 93ort> [em a(( umfajfen §§ 

mind. — These works enlarge upon almost every 
®ii\tm. umfaffen 



*** Exerc. VI. , obs. 1. 

f Exerc. VIII. , obs. 3. 

77 Exerc. V. , obs. 10. 

777 Pres. Ind. with tcv Mann for Norn. 

§ Exerc. XVI. , obs. 6. 

§§ Adjs. Decl. II. , R. 3. 



168 VERBS. 

science. — They took hold round each other's §§§ 
SBtjfenf^aft umfaffen gegenfeittg 

body and wrestled for some time. The undertaking 
Qtihm. ring en ^ 

is above his means. — It has already much ex- 
itfrerfteigen^ Wtittcl vfotx* 

ceeded his means. — The boys are getting over 
fteigen fteigen 

the walls of the orchard. 
Dtftgarten 

Exercise XXVII. 

The sentinel called out to him that if he 
SfyiVoteafytf. jurufen^ ft$ 

* dared to approach another step, he would fire 
unterfte^en nd^erfommen no$ ©d)rirt/. geuer gefcen 
at him. It is very extraordinary that he should 
cwf unbegreifli^ wit ftc^fonnen** 

have dared ** to make use of such expressions. — 

ftcf) bebienen 
It rains very fast let us take shelter. — Where 

regnen ftarf unterfteljen 

does your friend stand, he stands under the gate. 

Zfycvn. 
He ran with such force against him that he was 

Jpefttgfeti 
upset. — Some oil of vitriol got to the cloth 
unwerfen %$itvicWl fommen «■ auf 

§§§ P. 45 , R. 1. 



* Exerc. XVI., obs. 6. 

** Exerc. XXV. , obs. 1 , note 1. 



VERBS. 169 

and it is all over full of holes. — He thought no- 

gcm$ bur$(o$ew 
body could * see through his plans, but he _is mis- 
bur$fd)auen tr* 

taken , I have seen through them. — The planet 
ten ft$ 

you speak of ***J can only be seen through a 
powerful telescope. — If he looks under the table 

fcfjarf gernrojjr n. fucfjen unter § 

he will find his book. — The whole affair has been 
strictly investigated , yet without being able to 

unterfucf)en§ 
discover the criminal. He must feel pierced 
entbeden 23erbrecf)er ft$ bur$f>ol)ren§ 

with remorse. — He looked at him as though he 
fcon ©ettuffenebtg anfefjen oh 

wished to pierce § him with his eyes. — Some of 
rotten 

the savages pierce holes through their noses. — 

SSSilbe fco^ren § Sod) n. burd) § bet 

Being l too fatigued he carried him across the brook. 

miibe tragen§ ixber § 
The attachment of the parents was transferred to 
£iefce ii&ertragen§ auf 



*** Exerc. XXIII., obs. 1. 
§ Comp. verbs, Note V. 

1 The verb in „ing" (Part. Pres.) in an accessory sen- 
tence must be rendered in German by the Pres. or Imp. 
as required, preceded by one of the conjunctions, ba as, 
ittbem, to&fyrenb whilst, n?etl because, etc. CAs he was too 
fatigued etc.) 

12 



170 VERBS. 

their children. — The attack of the enemy was 

committed to the second in command, the com- 

ufcertragen «> 23efe^f^^aber 

mander in chief being * wounded. — Consign the 

DtetbtfefyWfyatex tternmnben 

business to him and you will find that he will ex- 

©ef^dftw. au$* 

ecute it to your satisfaction. 

fupren 3ufriebenpeit 

Exercise XXVIII. 

The gates of the city were already locked. — 

©tabtt^or f$tief3en^ 

At a given signal they were** unlocked. Several 

cmf Szifytrin. ctuffcpefkn me^rere 

thousand sheep were shorn this morning. — It is 

f^eren <&■ 
still a prevailing custom among some nations to 

fjerrfc^en ©ttte fSoltn. 

shave their *# heads. All the troops, foot 
f^eren «■ £ctupt n. £ruppen pi guff wit n. 

and horse swam aross the river. — The proceed- 
^eiterei liber aSerpattb^ 

ings began; he was perfectly silent during the 
lung ruing, 

opening speech ; but when called upon * for his 
Slnftagrebe/". auffcrbern gu 



* Exerc. VIII., obs. 3. 
** P. 45, Rs. 1 and 2. 
1 Must be translated as if it were „when he was called 



VERBS. 171 

defence, he delivered a speech so full of natural 
SBertpetbtgung fatten Sftebe 
eloquence ? that when he concluded both the 
35etebtfamf ett f<#tt>etgen ^ fottwfjl 

judge and the jury were convinced of 

ttuecmcf) ©efdweme/?/. ufcerjeugen 

his innocence. — At that time the law had pro- 

Unfcfmlb/. ©efegra. *>er* 

hibited many things ***y that are now allowed. He 
fcteten^ tueleg C sin 9-D ertau&en 

divided in the most generous manner the large 
tfmlen crof ebetmutjjtg 

fortune which his father left him, equal- 
SJermogcn Jnntertctffen^ tngtet* 

ly with his eldest brother. — It may be 

d)en ££etlen alt ttetben 

recollected f * that the latter married contrary to 
ft'dj eritmern gegen 

the desire of his father, the daughter of a 

2Buttf$ m. 
merchant. The old gentleman never forgave him 

£err (dat.J 

this act of insubordination, and has in 

£mtbtung SBiberfegticpett bttyafb 



upon" which is always the case after a conjunction or 
relative pronoun, referring to a Nom. antecedent, the 
Norn, and auxiliary being then mostly understood in Engl. 
See also obs. 3. 

*** Exerc. XXXI. , obs. 3. 
f* Exerc. XVI., obs. 3. 

12. 



172 VERBS. 

consequence left all his f property to his younger 

Sana 
son. — An officer in the army ff , holding a lieu- 

begletten 
tenant's commission, who always signalized hini- 

©tetfe unt> au^etcfmen 

selffff by his valour, was invalided in conse- 
Xatftxhit bienftunfd^tg %oU 
quence of§ illness. When he recovered, §§ the 
ge $rcmffmt genefen^ 

duke of York presented him with a captain's com- 

fceforbetn ju 

mission. — The operations on the wreck of the 

Slrbett madn. 

Royal George, were continued during last week. 
Stcyat ©eorge fortfe^en 

The value of the guns 2 and copper 2 already re- 
2Bert£/w. Nanette f$on er* 

covered 3 exceeds one thousand pounds §§§. — It 
fceuten itkiftetgen 



•J* P. 65, obs. 4 equally applicable to Poss. Prons. 

ft S&elcfyer etc. Exerc. XVIIi., obs. 2. 

ftt P. 41, R. 7. 

§ Exerc. VII., obs. 8. 

§§ Exerc. V v obs. 5. 

2 Nouns of the same case but of different numbers. The 
art. and noun to be decl. accordingly. 

§§§ V. Numbers, R. 9. 

3 Scil. which have been. The rel. pron. and auxiliary 



VERBS. 173 

appears from official data that sixty three iron 
erge&ett jtd) cuts amttity ?Incjctbe 
and brass guns, out of the number that had sunk 
with her 7*, are not yet recovered. 

Exercise XXIX. 

Yesterday * the new American 1 packet -ship 



verb in a relative -passive accessory sentence are often 
omitted in EugL, but must be rendered in Germ. 

Note 1. Sometimes the phrase may be constructed 
as in Exerc. XVI. , obs. 3 as might also be done in 
this instance, e. g. which one has already recovered. 

Note 2. Sometimes also the Rel. Pron. is omitted in 
Germ, and a verbal adjective substituted for the passive 
verb; as, 
£te in ibxn ©efellfcfrctft jo cmcjetteljm &erfcradjten £age, 
the days so agreeably spent in their company (in- 
stead of Me £a$e , foeldje fo ancjenefjm in tfjter ©efelU 
fdjaft verhacfyt totttben). 
£3alt> entbecfte fern lebig flie$enbe$, in SBlitt ge&abete$ 
9tofi bet fcf)rrerifdum Dtetteret HjteS ftfotigti gall, &oo>? to 
s£eed fleeing without a rider, and bathed in blood } 
discovered to the Swedish army the fall of their king. 
f* Exerc, Till., obs. 4. 



* Exerc. II., obs. 6. 

1 Simerifa, amevifantfcfr. Adjectives formed from proper 
nouns follow with few exceptions the rule laid down in 
Exerc. XIII. §§. Iu this instance an it is inserted between 
the noun and the syll. iid) for the sake of Euphony. Adj. 
nouns of towns, cities etc. are mostly formed by the ad- 
dition of zx t as in R. 6, p. 31, sometimes also ifri) is ad- 
ded; but no fixed rule can be given in this respect. 



174 VERBS. 

Westminster sailed* for New- York. — Her first 

abfegetn na$ 
appearance on the stage took place on tuesday 

33ufme ftatt finben 
night in the character of Otello. — - On the first 

9tofle id 

entrance she was evidently much agitated. — A 
dintvittm. bemegen 

premium of 36^000 fr. has been proposed by the 
33eIo|mung ttorf^lagen 

French Government for the discovery of means 

Grnibecfung 
to prevent forgery of stamps. — Some samples of 

serlnnbern galfc^ung ©tempel $robe 

the wine of the present year have been received 
from the other side of the Rhine. — They are con- 
ceit* 
sidered to be better than those of last year. — 

ttn& fur " 

Yesterday the weather continued very warm for 

the season. — ** In the evening ** ^ thunderstorm 

3a£reSjeti am ©emitter 

attended with vivid discharges of lightening and a 
begteiten x>cn Jjefitg SKgjlrafrt 

good deal of rain passed ** over the capital. This 
jiemli(^»iel" n)egjte^en^ S^eftbenj 

makes the third successive evening that 
fein ftf)on auf einanbevfolgenb 

** Exerc. VIII,, obs. 3. 



© 



VERBS. 175 

similar atmospheric phcenoniina have been wit- 
fitf) attnlii) otmofpjjarifty Srfd^etmmg gejeigt fa 
nessed. Yesterday one of the locomotive-engines 
ben Cofomotfoe 

ran off the rail. — It was dragging six carriages 
abtveifyen ©djtene/rf. sief)en^ 

at the time. None of the passengers were injured. — 
gut SRetfenbe befc^dttgen 

The company have suspended the service , until 

(jing.J etnftelien SDienji i». 

the necessary repairs have been made. — A 

Stusbefferung 
phosphorus- match- manufactory took fire 
c$emtf$ 3un^oIj/?/. gct&rif/. in Sranb gercu 

2 1 

the night before last and burnt with intense 
fytxi& tforgeftern Mttg 

fury. — The thieves had brought along with them 
2Butf> mitbnngen 

a long ladder > which they deposited along the 

meberfegeit Icings 
walls of the building. 
©ebdufce 

Exercise XXX. 

2 3 1 

An unfortunate event occurred a_few days since. 

3ufatt jutragen^ ftentg wx 

His proposal obtained the most flattering applause. 

SJorf^fojj txfaitn® fd&meid&etyaf* Seifcitf 

The body of Cardinal Duke d'Isoard has been la- 



176 VERBS. 

tely embalmed. — The coffin was wadded 

etn&alfctmtren ©arg mit 33aumtt>offe 

internally and covered with red satin. 

ctuSfiopfen ttwenttg itfcerjtefjen^ Sltlaf tw. 

Over this is a coffin of lead \ and over this a third 

SMrf ' 
of oak 1 , also covered with red satin. — The bru- 

tal ruffian would have strangled him but for 

menfcpcf) Dtduber erfcrojfeftt ofjne 

the timely intereference of a waggoner 3 who 

jeitftdj Dastmf^enfunft gulnmantt 

was passing (near) the house and heard the 

ttorfceifommen an 
poor man's cries. — The rascal escaped at the 

©efd;m £d)urfe entfommen^ jur 

time, but has since been arrested. — It is known 

etnfangen^ befamtt 

to my readers that a memorial from merchants in- 

£efer SSorftettung 

terested * in the trade with China ? was recently 

presented to Lord Palmerstone, praying** that the 

nctd;fu$en 



l 23(et, bletetn, of lead; ®olb, golden; (Bitter, fitter n; 
jluipfer, fityfern, of copper; «§ol$, fyclgern, of wood; dicfye, 
eicfyen, of oak; 33ud?e, budjen, of beech; ^etbe, fetben, of 
silk; SBoUe, Pollen, of wool etc. etc. 

* Exerc. XXVIII., obs. 3, scil. „who are." 

** Exerc. XVIIf., obs. 2. 



VERBS. I?? 

English Government would adopt measures for 

ergreifen $fa£regel 
protecting *** their interests in that country. — A 
(eftyfigen 

deputation to whom that memorial is entrusted 
deputation amzxtvcmm 

had an interview with Lord P. — Many of the 

Urtterretuttg 
queen's soldiers taken 2 by the Carlists^ 

gefangett tte^meti ^ 
were set at liberty by the interference of the French 

fegentn 23ernuttetimg 

Ambassador. — The king came to Paris yesterday 
and held a council of Ministers ^ which broke up 
aWtmfierratfj aufke&cn & 

at four o'clock. — At five his Majesty returned to 
urn Uffr/. jurucffcfcrett 

St. Cloud. — He wrote to his friends: I have 
prevailed upon Lord D. to allow me to remain here 
tewcgen 

for a month; they knew, that I defied 

wc^renb £ro£tueten<3 

them all. — I have told youf before, that Iff 

(jiatJ) fdjon fri'^er 

*** Exerc. VI.j obs. 1. 

2 Exerc. XXVIII., obs. 3 Note II.: must be rendered; 
SSiele ber, fcoti ten Garltften gefangen genommenen Sofijaten 

ber ^ontgin ic. , thus placing the less important before 
the more important words, and the dat. before the ace. 
V. also Exerc. X. obs. 2 and 5. 

7 Exerc. IX. , obs. 3. 

tt Exerc. XVI. obs. 3. 



178 VERBS. 

have been received with open arms. That demon- 

stration of affection must have given you great 
rung 3wteigung 

satisfaction. — I was fighting the battle of libe- 

Stampfm. Sibe* 
rality against prejudice. — Mr. F. on arriving j ft 
xatitat Boxnvthciln, aU anfommen 

at a fine lawn saw a gentleman and lady sit— 
cm ©rctsplctg 

ting§ on the edge of a reservoir. — The lady 

Sicmb Siffiafferkfjafter m. 
was quietly reading a book, the gentleman was 

ruing in 

throwing little pebbles into the water, — This be- 

i?tefel bet 

ing Iff his practice when he does not throw 

@eVDOpn|)ett juwerfen 

crumbs of bread to the fishes. §§ — The inaugu- 
Srotfrume feinted* 

ration of an equestrian statue of Maximilian I. Elec- 
fmng Sieiterfiatue ^ur* 

tor 3 of Bavaria took place at Munich on the 12th 
fuvft ftctft ftnben 

inst. in the presence of His Majesty the 3 king, 
b- 2»- §§§ 

ftf Exerc. XXVII., obs. 1. 
§ Exerc. XIX. , obs. 2. 
§§ Exerc. X., obs. 2. 

§§§ i. e. biefes SJtonate. 

3 Nouns in Apposition must correspond in case and 
number, e. g, WlaximilianS bes erjien, jturfitrften *hwi SJaiern, 



VERBS. 179 

the minister of the interior M. Abel delivered an 

fatten ^ 
appropriate oration; at the conclusion of which the 
angemeffen dtcbtf. bet @$lu§ 
king said : we are now paying a debt which has 

entridjten Btyutbf. 
been due 7* from Bavaria for nearly two centu- 
f^ulben fettbetna^ Sau- 

ries. 
punbert 



V. REFLECTIVE AND RECIPROCAL VERBS.* 

I. In German almost every verb may be made re- 
flective or reciprocal^ producing thereby as well 
a change in the nature as in the meaning of 
the verb; as may be seen by the following 
examples ; 

Active. Reflective. 

anne^men, to accept, but fidj cmneljmett, to espouse, ad- 
vocate, etc. l 
bebtenen, „ serve, „ „ bebtenen, „ make use of. 2 

-j-* Exerc. VII., obs. 4. 



* V. Pers. Prons. P. 41 , R. 7 and examps. 

J 3d) nefytne Sfyvett ^BorfcI^Iag an, I accept your proposal ; 
3d) neljme mid) 3f)re3 33orfd)lag,3 an, I advocate your pro- 
posal. 

2 £)u bebtenji £>emen §errn gut, thou servest thy master 
well. £)n bebienft SDJd) fd)ted)tev 2lusbritde, thou makes t use 
of bad expressions, 



180 


VERBS. 




Active. 


Reflective. 


bef(agen, 


to pity^, but fid) beflagen, 


to complain 




etc. 




of. 3 


benelnnen, 


„ take away „ 


„ benetaen, 


w behave. * 


befdjttietett, 


yj load, add „ 


,} befcr)n?eren, 


„ complain 9 




a load, press 




lodge a com- 




down etc. 




plaint etc. 5 


begte^en, 


„ occupy ^ im- 
port etc. but 


„ Be^te^en f 


„ refer to. 6 


erimtetii, 


yy remind „ 


„ erinnern, 


„ recollect. 7 


tyerausneljmen 


t „ take out „ 


„ Ijeraugnclj* 
men, 


„ presume. 


fctytagen, 


„ Deat «• 


„ fcfelagen, 


„ fight a duel. 


fcerrccfynen, 


w render an ac- 
count of, but 


„ ^erred)nen, 


jy miscalculate. 


tunfteUen, 


„ present, „ 


„ fcorjleUen, 


yy fancy, ima- 




introduce 




gine. 


toeiiben, 


n turn » 


M toenben, 
(an Semanb). 


yy apply to. 



3 (£r beflagte femes JJreunbeS (sctytcffal, obme ficr) itber fern 
etgetie^ ju befiagen, lie pitied his friend's fate without com- 
plaining of his own. 

4 ($$ benimmt berSadje rudjts an tavern ffiertt), it deterio- 
rates the matter in nothing. 33etbe ^arteten fyaben fid) gut 
benommen, both parties have behaved well. 

5 3)tefe SBaare ift §u feljr nut Slbvjaben befcr)toert, the duty 
on these goods is too heavy. SSir miiffen ung beSfialb bet 
ber St-egterong befdjtoeren, complaints ought on that account 
to be made to the government. 

6 3fyr fyabt eitre tteue SBofymutg be^ogen, you are occupy- 
ing your new appartments. 3§r fyabt eufy auf micfy be^ogen, 
you have referred to me. 

7 ^ergeffen @ie nifyt, mitf) morgen baran $u erinnern, do 
not forget to remind me of it to morrow. @te erinnern 
fidt> f @ie fjaben es fcfyon etnmal gefagt, you recollect, you 
said so once before. 



181 



Active, Reflective. 

ttertoenben, tomakeuseof,but jttfjsetfrenben, to apply for. 



aerfugen , 
tterfammeln, 



dispose of, 
order 
assemble 
draw back , 



Neuter, 



betragett, 

benfen, 

$anfen, 



„ i?er|ugen, „ proceed to. 

(fright) 
„ serfammelit, „ meet. 
» ^uru<f Jtcljen, „ withdraw, 
retract. 

Reflective. 



to amount to, but ftc^> betragett, to behave. 



„ think, 
„ scold, 



betifett, 
janfen, 



„ imagine. 
„quarrelwith 
altercate. 



Impersonal. 

eg bmtft ltitr j 

„ Mnty. jit appears to me. 

„ efelt micr), I loathe. 



Reflective. 

ftdj bunfett, j to fancy, im- 
„ bdudjten, I agine. 
„ efeltx (&or w feel disgus- 

etroaS) ted at. 

II. Some verbs are never used without the reflec- 
tive pronoun; they are distinguished in Dic- 
tionaries, by jtcfj or the word reflect, such are; 

jtdj cmmafjen, 
balgetx , 
bebattfen , 
beeileti , 



to arrogate, presume. 

„ romp, wrestle, wrangle. 

„ thank. 

,, hasten. 



beetfern, 
bemuljett , 
bejfreben, 
befi'eipen , 
bejletjngen , 
begebett, ttad), 
begnugett,tntt 
b el) elf en , 
befihnmern , 
belaufen, 
bemddjtigen, 



endeavour. 



resort to , set off. 

be contented with. 

put up with. 

care for. 

amount to. 

seize , take possession of. 



182 







VERBS. 


fici 


) bemeiftern, 


to master j subdue. 


tt 


befcfyeiben , 


99 be advised. 


„ 


befinnen , 


„ consider, think of. 


N 


bucf en , 


„ stoop. 


tt 


befrerben, 


„ pay addresses to, apply for. 


tr 


embtlben , 


„ fancy, imagine, be conceited. 


tt 


einlaffen , 


„ embark, venture. 


tr 


entbloben , 


„ make bold. 


it 


entbrecfyen , ) 


„ abstain from, forbear. 


tt 


entfyalten , ( 




tt 


entfdfylagen , 


„ to get rid of. 


„ 


entfcfyliefjen , 


„ resolve. 


„ 


entfe^en , 


„ be shocked at, shudder. 


tt 


entjtnnen , 


„ recollect. 


it 


erbarmen , 


» pity* commiserate. 


tt 


eretgnen , 


„ happen. 


tt 


etgeben, 


„ surrender, acquiesce, yield. 


tt 


erf dlten , 


„ take a cold. 


tt 


erfunbigcn , 


„ inquire after. 


it 


ertterben, 


„ acquire. 


H 


fteuen , 


„ rejoice. 


it 


furd^ten f 


v be afraid of. 


tf 


gebetben, ' 


„ assume particular looks, ge- 
sticulate. 


ft 


gettauen , 


„ dare, venture, presume. 


tt 


grdmen , 


„ to grieve. 


tt 


Ijdrmen , 


„ fret, grieve. 


tt 


ndfyern , 


„ approach. 


tt 


tterbeugen , 


„ bow. 


tt 


*>er£flidjten , 


„ engage. 


tt 


t>erfd)tocren , 


„ conspire, plot. 


tt 


ttontetytnen , 


„ intend, resolve. 


tt 


tteigent , 


„ refuse. 


tt 


ftriberfe&en , 


„ oppose, resist 


tt 


ttmnbern , 


„ wonder at. 



VERBS. 183 

Exercise XXXI. 

To how much do you think my travelling ex- 
cmf 
penses amounted. — You have mentioned it before^ 

ftc$6elaufen 
but I do not * recollect * it now. It is singular, of late 

fonberbar fett tU 

I 2 cannot** at all depend on my memory. 

ntger 3tit gar fity x>erlaffen auf @ebacf)tnt# 

I will tell you what sum. — Stay ; I dare say I 

warten tt)afjrf$eintt($ 
shall recollect it after I have considered a bit. It 

ft$ ertnnem ftdj befmrten tt>emg 

is not *** a large sum f considering the time 

ttenn man beritcEftc^ttgen 
you have been travelling. — Next month I 2 shall 

auf D^etfen jugebrac^t £aben 

set off for Rome, in order to settle a difference 

xiafy fcetfegen ©tretttgfeit 

that has arisen between two well known parties. 

fetti entfle^en fcefannt $erfon 



* Exerc. XXII. , obs. 1. 

1 The refl. pron. stands immediately after the verb, un- 
less by some moving cause the latter goes tho the end of 
the sentence. 

2 The order being indirect the inflected part of the verb 
stands before, and the refl. pron. after the Nom. 

** Exerc. XXI., obs. 1. 
*** Exerc. I. , obs. 7. 
t Exerc. XVIII. , obs. 2. 



184 



How has 2 it happened that you did not ft know 

fo ft$ eretgnen 

2 . 3 . l 

anything 3 of it before. I can easily imagine the 

fruper Uifyt ft$ *>orfMen 4 

difficulty of your mission 5 , I hope you will not 

©4)ttuertgf tit Stuftrag m. fern 

get into difficulties; if you should fff I beg you 

ftd) sustepen 

will address my friend B. and refer to 

ft<§ tt>ent>en an ft$ bejiepen auf 

2 3 4 1 

the letter § I wrote him about six weeks ago§§. 

ungefdfjr 
The worst §§§ with one of these friends is, that 

fcpmm 
he has always fancied f* he never could do 

ftd) einbtfben 
wrong. — He , ought , to make up his mind , to 
Unrest n. ftc^> entfd;liegen 



ff Exerc. XXII., obs 1. Note. 

3 Thing is not translated, when used adverbially, or 
standing in connection with an adj. or adv. as, anything, 
tttoa$) not any thing, nidjtg; something, etwctS; all things, 
every thing, alle^ u\ 

4 ftcfy is changed into mix, because this verb governs the 
dative, P. 41, R. 7. 

5 Literally, @>enbuitg. 
777 Exerc. III., obs. 1. 
§ Exerc. X., obs. 3. 

§§ Exerc. XXIII. *** , also Exerc. X., obs. 5. 

§§S V. Gender of substs. N. Gend. R. 5 and P. 17 Note. 

-p' Exerc. XVI. , obs. 6 , Note etc. 



VERBS. 185 

acknowledge his wrong. He would never yield 
emgeftefjen ftdf) ^er^e&en 

to such an idea ; for cringing is what he 

fcteSDemiitfngmtg 
hates above all things 3 , and he would never cringe 

to any man. 

mitifjtgen *>or 

Exercise XXXII. 

Please (to) go * to my chest of drawers and 
gefdtftgft* Commote 

take two silk pocket-handkerchiefs out. 

£erau3ttel)men ©etbe** £af$entud) n. 
He takes too much liberty in animad- 

ft$ Jjerau&tefjmett ta* 

verting *** upon my friend's conduct. He expresses 
betn ftd) 

his sentiments on this measure with much cor- 
ctusfprecfjen iiber Wagreget/. fytxfr 

diality. You pronounce these words with amazing 
licfyfett cntgfpvedjen erftcmnlicf) 

facility. They had beaten the enemies and were 
Setcfyttgfett fdKagett 

proceeding farther up the country ? when they 
ft$ kgeben tief in 

were stopped by fresh troops > unexpectedly is- 
auf^alten 

* Exerc. II. j obs. 10 and 6. 
** Exerc. XXX., obs. t. 
*** Exerc. VI., obs. 1. 

13 



186 VERBS. 

suing f from the neighbouring forests. — Their 

henafyhavt 
quarrel rose so high, that nothing less would sa- 
©treit be* 

tisfy them than to fight a duel. When do you 
friebigen ft$ fc^Iagen 

mean to render an account; of the moneys you 
gebenfen ( tterrecfynen ) " ®cli>n. 

received during my absence. I beg your pardon if 

1 2 3 TT 

the sum is not quite correct, but I see I have mis- 
gctna rtc^tig ftcf> 

calculated. I may wellfff imagine fff your 
*>erre$nen fornten ft$ tforjMett Qdat.J 

surprize , when you discovered, the person § 
Ueberrafc^ung aU entbecfen ba# 

introduced § to you, to be §§ an old acquaintance. 
xwftetfen 33efamtter 

He disposes of nearly all his l property for chari- 
tterwenben gcmj 3Sermogen^. ju milb* 

table purposes. I will apply for you to the 
tf)dttg Smdm. ftd) »era>enben 

governors of the charitable institution that these §§§ 
aSorfte^er ttttfb ©tifttutfl bamtt 



f Exerc. XVIII. , obs. 2. 
jf Exerc. X. 5. 
fft Exerc. IX. 3. 
§ Exerc. XXVIII., obs. 3, Note 2. 
§§ Exerc. XIV., obs. 4. 

1 Exerc. XIV. , obs. 2 , equally applicable to the poss. 
pron. 
§§§ This part of the sentence may be rendered, either 



VERBS. 187 

poor helpless orphans may be received §§§ into 

IrilffoS 223atfe/l aufnelnnen 

the asylum. — After a great number of years 

Slttftali tang 3?ei£e 

spent in the service of his country, he retired 
jufr ringen Siettft m. SSaterlanb ftd) %u* 

to his estates , to devote the remainder 
xu&iitytn auf ®utn. ttuimten 9?ejlw. 

of his days to the affections of his family and the 

cultivation of the sciences. It must be interesting 

~£datj 
to know, how much the capitals amount to al- 

auf ftcPetaufen 

ready employed f* in the laying down of railroads. 
x>ern>enben cmlegen ©fenfcafm 

I will endeavour to get you the particulars of 
fid) bemitljen $erf$affen CdatJ kuStunfts. iifcer 
what 2 interests you so much. — Have the kind- 
ness to put up for a day or two with these rooms, 
in a couple of days a family will leave, when I 
shall be able to accommodate you with a fine suit 
of apartments. 



according to, Exerc. XV., obs. 2, Potential ; or Exerc. XVI. 
obs. 3. 

f* Exerc. XXVIII., obs. 3. 

2 „What u is often a contraction for ,,that which;" 
and must be rendered in Germ, by ba^entcje ftelcf)e$, or 
its abbreviated bctS tt>a$; except it stand as a relative- 
absolute (v. Rel. abs. and obs. 12, P. 53, also examples 
P. 54). 

13. 



188 VERBS. 

Exercise XXXIII. 

We have assumed the authority of* deciding 

fi$ anmagcn ©matt enifcfjetben 
tn this matter, convinced that sooner or later they 

©a^e/. friif) fpat 

would** have been obliged to have recourse to 
ft$genotfngtfel)en ft$ ttenben cm 
a court of justice, when their expenses would have 

©ert<$tSf>of unb bcmn Unfofkn 
amounted to an enormous sum. Passion*** so 
ft$ betctufen auf ungeijeuer ber 3orn 

completely overpowered him^ that he was unable 

ttoftig ftcf? bemetftent Q en O 
to utter - a single word. They have resorted to a 
Ipemvbringen ft$ begeben m 1 3 

watering place ; in order to restore their 

S3ab ttueberf?evjMen 

health which has much suffered. I shall not be sat- 

tetbeu ft$ be* 

isfied with this answer, but will make farther in- 
gnugen fewer (£r* 

quiries respecting the whole affair. — Be 
funbtgung rucfft$ttt$ Q en 5lngelegen^ettfajfen 
advised by me, and you will, I am convinced 
ftcf) befdjeiben son e^ubeqeugen 

quite alter your opinion. Professor P. * applied 
dnbern ftd) ttemenben 

* Exerc. VI. , obs. 1. 

** Exerc. XXV. , obs. 1 and (Subj. option'). 

*** Exerc. V., obs. 2. 

1 The article is frequently used before a proper noun 



VERBS. 189 



for the chair of Philosophy at the Univer- 
Cef rffu^t Q en tyWtf^W an 



sity of H., vacated f by the death of 1 Dr. M. 

erfettgen C9 en 

They embarked into tou many speculations ^ and 

ft$ emfaffen in 
it was but natural that they should not be suc- 

bct£er e3 £datj glitf* 

cessful. Accordingly they embarked and arrived a 
fen bemgemdg ftcf) einfdjtffen 

few days after at Alexandria. It is impossible for 

ju SUexcmbrten 
me to describe to you, how much I have been 
(dat.~) fto) 



of person 5 but more especially so if preceded by an 
epithet. 

Note I. Proper names of countries of the fern. gend. 
have always the article; bte (Sdjtoeij, He Surfet etc. Also 
those that have an adj. placed before them; ba3 fretc 
Slmertfa , ba$ ftol$e (Spattien. 

Note II. The article is also placed before common 
nouns expressive of things unique in their kind; ber $tm* 
mel, bte <§cUe; ber 33li§, ber Conner 5 ba3 Men, ber £ob jc. 
Or when a common noun is used emphatically j ber Sftenfd) 
ift fterbltdj, man is mortal; bte Steltgion erfyebt bte 2ftenftf;ert 
itber fie felbft; bte Srreltgton erntebrtgt fie mite* bte £fytere. 
Religion raises men above themselves ; irreligion sinks 
them beneath brutes. 3)et 3Beitt totrb btefes Saljr fefyr gut 
toerben, wine will be very good this year. 

f Exerc. XXVIII. , obs. 3 . Note II. 



190 VERBS. 

shocked by the account. — How often has it not 
entfe^en iifcer yi<xti)xi$t 

happened that appearances have deceived 
ji$ eretgnen 1 Slufc^ein m. (sing.') tdufcfyen 

him. Pray inquire whether the mail for 

ftdj erfunbtgen bod) ob 
London has already left. I congratulate you^ I 

fern abge^en ®lMx»fmftym Qdai.) 

heartily rejoice at the success ofyourunder- 
fcon Jpetjen ft$ freuen iifcer Srfolg m. 
taking. He felt remorse and took pity on 
©ettHjfenSWfjjp/. ftd> erbarmen itber 
his brother's helpless situation. A singular accident 

jttflfo$ Sage 3ufaK 

happened to the army. There were abun- 

ft$ eretgnen in §ttxn. fu^befmbenetne SWen* 
dance of bee-hives in the valley; great numbers 
ge SBtenenftocf m. fe£r *>iet 

eating ff of the honey were taken with violent 

ergreifen son f>efttg 

2 1 

vomiting attended with raving fits : so that 
@rfcre$en kglettett »cn SBSa^nftim Sfafattro. 
those who were least ill, seemed like drunken 2 
Wentger franl fc^einen betrinf en 
men 3 and the rest furiously mad or dying 3 ; 
ixMQpl. rafenb totf C in fO 



ft Exerc. XVIII. , obs. 2. 

2 P. 21, R. 2} but standing without article , the plural 
is formed according to decl. I. of adjs. 

3 i. e. to be dying. Neuter verbs 3 indicating a certain 






VERBS. 191 

however none of them died, and they recovered 

gene fen 
the 4 next day, about the same hour it had taken 
urn cttg ergreifen 

them. 



VI. IMPERSONAL VERBS. 

I. They are mostly the same as in English; as, 

eg regnet, it rains; eg fdmeit, it snows; eg $a* 
gelt, it hails; eg frtert , it freezes. 

II. Many transitive and intransitive verbs, are in 
peculiar phrases, frequently used impersonally; 
as, eg fti$t, it pricks; eg trdgt fid) ju, it hap- 
pens; eg frdnft mtd), I am vexed at it; eg fdngt 
ftd) mdjtg an, nothing- can be done; eg fd)ldft 
fid) , fdprt ftd) gut in biefem 28ctgen , one may 
sleep , ride comfortably in this carriage. 

III. Many impers. verbs are, or may be used with 
the objective case of the pers. pron., as, 

eg Intngert mid;, I feel hungry; eg buxftit 
mid), I am thirsty; eg xtxxtt mid) f I repent it; 



state of beings mostly omit in both languages the auxil- 
iary and are turned in Engl, into a Part. Pres. This form 
however is seldom used in Germ._, and the Inf. preferred* 
4 Substantives expressive of a positive relation of time, 
are stated with the ace. case. 



192 



VKRBS. 



e3 friert mu$, I am chilly; ee freuet mt$, I 
am glad. 

Note I. Jn £Ae tatter ctass e6 is often omitted, 
and the second pronoun placed before the verb; as, 

mid) friert, micfy bitrjiet, rmcr/ ^ungert *c. 
IV. Both transitive and intransitive verbs are some- 
times made passively impersonal^ to show that 
there is or has been something carrying on 
among a certain number of persons ; as ? 

@g umrbe fo Diet gegeffen unb getrunfen, ge* 
fungen unb gelad;t, bag t$ foajjrent) ber erften 
SSocfje an mdjtS (Srnfittd^eS benfen fonnte, there 
was so much eating and drinking, so much 
singing and laughing, that for the first week 
I could think of nothing serious. 

Exercise XXXIV. 

There were continual gales while we were on 



ee kftdnbtg ftiirmen 

the Atlantic ; ' it thundered and lightened some- 

atlcmtifc^ 3J?eer ju* 

times for a 1 whole day together. — It is a pity ** 

wtiUn ben* in etnem fort fcfyabe 

1 la English the indef., but in Germ, the def. article 
must be used before nouns stating a division of time, 
measure or weight ; e. g., 
28ie »tel bqafyien 8ic ben SRonat fur 3(jr £ogt3, how much 

do you pay a month for your Iodgiug. 
@ie fojxcn brei ®ult>en bets ©titcf , ba3 «§iwbert, ba3 £ai^ 
ftnb ic. , they cost three florins a piece, a hundred, 
a thousand etc. 
* Exerc. XXXIII. , obs. 4. 
»t 



VERBS. 193 

it did not hail also — why it did hail but I for- 

cmdj 
got to tell you. — I must feel indignant if you 

eg eg*** emporetr*** 

put so little faith in my words 7. It is 

fc^enfen ©lauben (Vfaf.) 

seldom found that so many perfections are 
fetten treffen*** SBottfommen^eit 

united in one person. The question is not as to 
sereimgen gragett*** 

whether sufficient capital can be raised for such 

oh Jnnlctngftd) pi. f erpeben 

an undertaking, but whether it is at all practicable. 
fonbern aad) aw\tyvi>av 

Things are easily proposed, but everything 
eg aUe$ ftd§> laffen hityt t>orf$lagen eg atfeg 
is not so readily executed. — I am vexed 

tafrenjtd) aug fuf^ren eg*** drgern 

that I had not sooner notice of it. — The stars 

$enntnt§ eg 

glitter 2 , the moon shines faintly the breeze is 
funfeln eg 9Kont>*n.fc$euten matt eg Cuft 



*** V. R. III. 

f V. Substs. with difft. plur. P, 24. 

2 In the elevated, solemn, poetical and descriptive style,, 
the verb is frequently made impersonal, though followed 
by its nom. with which it agrees in number. It is the 
same in some optative and imperative sentences ; as, (Sg 
lebe bit jlctugui, long live the queen.— (*a ftevBe fcer ffies* 
rcttfjjer, let the traitor die. 



194 VERBS. 

fanning , the leaves rustle softly in the foliage ; 
we£en eg raufdjen fanft Zauhn. 

what a delightful evening!— The trumpets and 

$errltc$ ©rommetett 

kettle-drums were hushed in silence — a sweet 

^cwfen ( f4)rt)etcjen ) ffig 

melody of harps and flutes began , and instead 
©eton Jg>arfe/. grote 

of a dreaded lion } a gentle lamb crouched f f f to 

grumrng fanft Sammrc. fftf)f$mtegen ju 

the feet of the trembling man. — He dreamt that 

£ datj eg trdumt 
he should be victorious, but that his life must pay 

ftegretcf) 
for the victory. They were presented to the king, 

wrjletfen 
but fear deprived 2 them of speech. There was 
gurc|)t§egtaubt (j&at~) @prad;e§ eg Herbert 
a great deal of talking, but little done. Why is the 
" fe£r mel " " fpredjen 

drum beating — there is a fire — the garrison 
eg trommeln ferennen 33efa£ung 

is called out. 

itnter tie SBaffen 



77 Poetically — commonly £unn^ete. 

777 Exerc. VIII. , obs. 3. 

§ Exerc. XXXIII. 9 obs. 1 , Note 2. 



VERBS. 195 

VII. NEUTER VERBS. 

I. The conjugation of the simple tenses of neuter 
verbs, differs in nothing from that of the active, 
except in their compound tenses, which some- 
times take Ijctbett, sometimes fettt, as an aux- 
iliary. 

II. English neuter verbs being almost uniformly 
in their comp. tenses conjugated with the verb 
„to have/' and the student's propensity natu- 
rally inclining to render them by the corre- 
sponding auxiliary in German: it would be 
useless to enumerate ■ — as most grammarians 
have hitherto done — a perplexing variety of 
rules on the employment of the verb £abett , 
since it will only be necessary to state those 
cases, where the verb fettt must he employed. 

III. @ettt is to be employed 

1. Whenever the neuter verb expresses a 
change or transition from one state to another, 
as : aufwadjen , to awake ; fterbett , to die ; 
f$meljen, to melt; fctutett, to rot; gettefett, to 
get well ; erfrctttfett , to be taken ill etc. 

2. Whenever they show a directed motion 
attended with change of locality, as : Ctbfal)rett, 
to start, to set off; abfaftm, to fall off; ctltS* 
rettett, to take a ride; begegttett, to meet; ge* 
f>ett, to go; retfen, to travel; fc^tetc^ett, to 
sneak , to prowl etc. * 



1 SBletben, to remain; begegtten, to meet; gelingen, to 
succeed ; gefc^efyen , to happen ? — though not correspond- 



196 VERBS. 

IV. Some neuter verbs may also be used transi- 
tively ; and are then of course conjugated with 

|mben; as, 

dx fwt geettt (nut fetner 9?eife) , he has been 
in a hurry (with his journey) ; but we must say, 

(£r tft geetlt (nct$ fcer ©tabt), he has hastened 
to town. 

3d) Jjafce ben $w$$ nub metn 33ruber fjert ben 
©4)tmme( gerttten, I was riding- the bay horse, 
and my brother the gray ; but 

®te fmb gerttten nafy ber ©tabt, they have 
rode to town. 

V. Every active verb receives the neuter form 
by means of fetn, when its Part. Past is taken 
as a predicate ; as , 

£)er 9J?cmn tft gefef)rt, the man is learned. 
£te grew tft tt)ol)l unterrtc^tet, the woman is 
well informed. 

T)a$ £aus tft gebaitt, the house is built. 
£)a£ 33ucf) tft gebntcft, the book is printed. 



ing with the above definitions, are nevertheless conjuga- 
ted with fetn ; 

£Bo ift cr geblteben? where does he stay? 
(Ex ift ^u <§aufe geblteben, he has stayed at home. 
SSon feitten 9tetd)tt)umern ift iimx nidjts ati bte (£rinnerung 
geblteben, of his riches, he has nothing left, but the 
recoUection. 
2ft cm irollte i>tcle SSerctnberungen twneljmen, after e3 ift alte6 
fcetm Sllten geblieben, they intended great changes, but 
every thing was left as of old. 



VERBS. 197 

These predicates may also be turned into 
attributive adjectives 2 ; 

din geleprter STOamu 

Sine ttoftf untmifytetc grew* 
In translating such phrases from the English, 
care must be had not to mistake the passive 
for the neuter form ; for 3 

27i£ ?n*m is praised, may mean ber SPtatttt 
n>irb gefobi (is being praised) or, bet WldtiXt 
ift getobt (is praised). 

In speaking of things , there can seldom be 
a doubt , since phrases of this kind are, in 
English , always connected with the Part 
Press . a; 

The book is printing > bag Surf) ttUtb gebrudfc. 

The house is building, bag $aug toirb gebaut* 

Exercise XXXV. 

You will find no more swamps in that neighbour- 
hood, for the standing waters have mostly eva- 
der* 
porated. More than three hundred storks assem- 
bunften @tor<$ m. ft<$ »er* 

bled in a field close to a neighbouring village ; 
fammeln 

but when some of the peasants came there the next 
morning, they had all disappeared. I have come 
tterfcfjnrinben aWommen 

off my road, can you not direct me. This years 
son jurecfytwetfett peurtg 

- Compare Exerc. XXVIII. , obs. 3, Note 2. 



198 VERBS. 

harvest has been good, corn * has come down in 

@rnte gruc^t ( abfc^tagen 

price. They had long poles, with which they 

) ©tcmge/: 

struck the fruit from the trees. Those hayricks 

ctfcfcfylagen Dbftrc. £eufdjofrer 

have probably been burnt because the hay had 

wxhntmn 

not sufficiently dried. If they had exposed it more 

trocfnen au3fe£ett 

to the air, it would have dried better and it could ## 

Sufi/. 

not have ignited. — He is well adapted for such 

ft$ entjihtben pajjen 

an office , for he has much travelled. You will not 

©tetfe 
find him here, he has travelled to France. Great 
contention has arisen between the parties. He 
©treitm. entftel^en 

would have hastened away, if I had not stopped 

forteifen 
him. You have succeeded in*** convincing 

Qdat.J gettngen (impers.J 
me, and I am glad to own my error. The time 

ftc^freuen emgefteljen 
has approached, when all such abuses will be 
I)ercmnal)en 9fttprau$ 



* Exerc. XXXIII., obs. I., Note II. 
** Exerc. XXV., obs. 1. 
*** Exerc. VI., obs. 1. 



VERBS. 199 

done away with. He has dropped down. He has 

t ctfcfdmffen ~) meberfatfen 

dropped the things. They have been riding all 

fatten laffen 

the morning. They have rode into the country 5 he 

auf 
has rode after him. If that bay mare had been well 

nad^retten 
managed, she would have trotted well. She had 
6ef>anfcetn 

trotted as far as the fifteenth milestone, and 
f$on ( MS ) jum ^etlenjetger 

was then obliged to give up the race. I have often 

remten 
swum during this summer; they had swum after 
him but could not overtake him. 
ein^oten 

Exercise XXXVI. 

They had marched all day long, without a draught 

Xxnnt m. 
of water ; the troops have marched through our 
city. The police-officers came too late, for the 

^oltjetbtener 
thieves had already run away. There was a noise 

bason remten 
as if the thunder had been rolling. The cottages 

Spixttef. 
at the foot of the mountain were dashed to pieces 

jerfc^meftern 
by the immense fragments of rock that had rolled 
ungeijeuer gelfenjlutf 



200 VERBS. 

down. The troopes have moved into their encamp- 

Innctb riicfen ttt 

ments. The allied troops have joined them. He has 

fto£ert £u 
jumped over the ditch ; the fountain has played all 
fpringen gontatne fprtngen 

day long. They had danced for many hours before 
they thought of returning home. — They are 

bctran nadj £aufe 

the same couple that have danced from the room 
into the hall. You are astonished that he limps; he 

fyinhn 
has limped from his infancy. He has hobbled into 

feit Stnb|>ett fjinfett 

the next street. The vessel is stranded. They are 

fttcmfcert 
making great efforts. — I am mistaken , it is being 

Stnftrengung 
saved. Now it is saved. He has fallen round his * 
retten 
neck and wept for joy. It would have fallen down, 

ft> emeu 
if I had not held it. His friends have dealt hard 

tterfctljvett 
with him; he has been on a journey, and has spent 

tterretfett 
all his money in travelling, and they would not** 
give him any ** more. Having *** hurried through 

* V. Poss. Prons. P. 45. 

** P. 58, 1. 5. 

*** Exerc. XXVII. , obs. i. 



VERBS. 201 

the town > he had not much time to see what was 
passing there. They had now passed into a narrow 
JDorgepen atifaitgen mg 

street leading* f towards the hotel, when they heard 
behind them the clatter of hoofs. When they had 

£uffdj(ag 
walked out in the still evenings of summer and 

augge£en an ©ommerabenb 

then returned to their humble cottage, there was 

in befdjeiben 

no pleasure to equal ! theirs. The poor woman 

g(et$foinmen 

had sunk upon the ground utterly overpowered by 

53oben gcinjltcty ubertx>dlttgt 
her feelings. 
@efii£t 

Exercise XXXVII. 

I have just come from your garden and perceived 
that your best flowers have done blooming. A 

Jn'tfrfcf) tferbftiljcn 

great many have withered from the want of 
uerwetfen cms ~ SWangef an 
rain, many others have perished from want 
3tegen ju ®runbe gepen 

of care during my absence. She used to be very 

Sorgfaft 
delicate, but since her residence on the continent 
fcf)tt>d<f)(tcf) Hufentyaft 



f Exerc. XVIII. , obs. 2. 
1 !%•/£ could equal etc. 

14 



202 VERBS. 

she has grown very strong. Her children , except 

n>erben 
the eldest boy, have grown very thin; the boy 

magcr 
has certainly grown tall and strong. Your children 

tuber JE$at 
are very small, they seem as if they would never 
grow ; you are mistaken , they have lately 

fett fturjem 
grown a good deal. Fray* can you tell me 

$tcmlt$ met m$t * 

what has become of your friend captain ** S. — I 

CMS 
cannot ***. The last time 1 heard from him, 
which may now be a full twelvemonth ; he 

fd&on gcmj 3at)r 

informed me that he had just returned from 
untemcfyten gerctbe 

America and had got on board again to proceed 
an Sorb gepen na$ ft$ fcege&en 
to China. He had not proceeded very far in his 

fommen 
story when he bluntly told him he did not be- 
Srjaltfung gerabeju 

lieve a word of it. He was in a great rage and 

fepr aufgekcui)t 



* Pray in colloquial discourse is seldom rendred in 
German; the verb in such phrases is frequently used ne- 
gatively ; sometimes also bod) is substituted. 

** Exerc. XXX. , obs. 3 and XXXIIL , obs. 1. 

&** Exerc. III., obs. 1. 



VERBS. 203 

had turned very pale. 1 understand his brother 

werten bfa§ l)oxt 

has removed to P. He would f have removed to 
jte^en rtac^> 

some other place, but his wife's relations have all 
etn Ort fein 

property there. It is surprizing to see how soon 
fregitiert fd;neft 

that young boy had climbed up that tree. They 

ffettern auf 
had not advanced above a few hundred yards , 

wxxMm eintge 

when they were obliged to save themselves by 

retten 
flight. That general had fallen and his army had 
§Iu$t fatten £eer 

been routed chiefly through the artifices 

jernidjten pauptfa$Itc$ 2lrgltfl/*.sm#. 

of one of his favourites. It is evident he has 

augenf$etnft$ 
fallen a sacrifice to his credulity. — He had es- 
?et<$tgldu6tgfett cnU 

caped so many dangers, but his fate was sealed 
rumen £dat.) iooon. ftegeln 

and he has perished by the hands of a flatterer. 
uniergejjen 



f Exerc, XXV., obs. 1. 



14 



204 



VERBS. 



GOVERNMENT OF VERBS 



The verbs govern 
I. the Genitive ; 
II. the Dative ; 

III. the Accusative; 

IV. the Accusative and Genitive ; 
V. the Accusative and Dative ; 

VI. certain prepositions. 
The Genitive is required 
a D by ^ e following verbs, 



acfyten, l 


to mind. 


mtgbranctyen, 


2 to make a bad 


bebntfen, >. \ 
brancfyen, j 


„ want. 


pjlegen, 2 


use of. 
„ devote one- 


benfen, 3 j 
gebenfen, i 


„ think of. 


fcfyonen, 2 


self to. 6 
„ spare. 


entbefyvcn, 2 


„ miss. * 


fern, 7 


» be. 


ertocifynen, 


? , mention. 


jlerben, 7 


„ die. 


gebvandfyen, 2 


„ use. 


toerben, 7 


» Set. 


geniefjen, 2 


'» enjoy. 


fjpottcn, 8 


„ deride. 


barren, 


„ wait an- 


sergeffen, 2 


„ forget. 




xiously. 


toafyrnefymen, 


2 „ perceive. 


ladjen, 5 


„ laugh at. 


ratten, 9 


^ wait. 



1 In this sense used in a few phrases only. But acfyten, 
to respect j governs the ace. 

2 The Ace. preferred in colloquial discourse. 

3 More frequently with the prep. an. 
* To do without, to dispense with. 

5 More usually with ttber. 

6 To nurse, cherish, take care of. 

7 Only in a few peculiar phrases ; as, bc6 £obe$ — , gn^ 
ten Wluti)e$ fefyn, to be struck dead, —to be of good cheer. 
(§inz$ ^lo^licfyen £obe3 ftetben, to die suddenly. £)e$ £enfel£ 
ttevben, to get deucedly vexed. 

8 When signifying to mock at, it is mostly used with 
the prep, itber (with the ace). 

9 More generally with cmf. 



205 



6) by verbs * in connection with the following 
adjectives, 



bet>itvftig, , { 




mdcfytig , 


master of. 


bendttjigt, i 
bejiiffen , 


in want of. 

intent upon. 


miibe, 

fan, 


( tired of. 


befugt, 


entitled to. 


fdjuibig , 


guilty of. 


eiugebetif, l0 


mindful of. 


tijeityaft, 


sharing iu. 


fd^'g, 


capable of. 


iiberbruffig , 


weary of. 


ftotj , 


glad of. 


unfa M g , 


incapable of. 


getoafyt, 


aware of. 


oerbttd^en, M 


grown pale. 


a,ennfj, l0 


certain of. 


unttmrbig, 


unworthy of. 


ansdrtig , 


expecting. 


tterlitftig, 


forfeited. 


funbig, ,0 


acquainted 


serf defy tig , 


suspected of. 




with. 


twit, 


full of. 


letug, 


quit of. 


toettty ** 


worth. 


lo$, 


rid of. 


ftmrbtg , 


worthy of. 


cj by verbs connected 


with nouns 


indicative of 


consecutive time , place and manner ; as , 


be$ I2 SftovgettS lefen, 


to read of a 


, morning. 


bes *ftatfjt$ rulj 


«i 


to rest at ni 


ght. 


SD^outa^^ ©efellfcfyaft empfatu 


to receive company on 


gen. 




mondays. 




allct- Drteu, 




every where 




fotgenbcr ©ejialt, 


following manner. 


eiienben £aufe$ 


f 


with hasty s 


;tep. 


geraben 2£ege$ 


t 


straight waj 


'S. 


feines (£radjten$, 


to his opinion. 


metnes SBiffenS 


, 


to my know 


ledge. 


ftetjenben gufte* 


*. 


on one's leg: 


5. 



* These principally are, fein, toerbcn, fcfyctnen, fommeit, 
gefyen. 

10 Also with the negative un; as, unemgebettf, mifdljig etc. 

11 Only used with, beS SobeS — to have died. 
** V. P. 210, Obs. 26. 

12 Also without the art. V. also Adverbs R. 3 



206 VERBS. 

II. The Dative by 

aj the following intransitive verbs. 



abgefyen, 


to want. 


banfen, 


to thank. 


ab rat I; en, 


„ dissuade. 


btenen, 


„ serve. 


abneln, 


„ bear 


broken, 


99 threathen. 




some resem, 


efein, I3 


99 loath. 




blance. 


einleu$teii, 


„ be obvious. 


angefyoren, 


„ belong to. 


e in ft el* en, 


i9 answer for. 


anljtitigen, 


99 adhere to. 


entfallen, 


,, fall from. 


anftefyen , 


„ suit. 


entftiefyen, 


\ 


antuwten, 


„ answer. 


entfafjren, 


1 


auf fallen , 


M surprise. 


entgcljen, 


f 


antiegen, 


„ urge. 


entlaufen , 


\ 99 escape from 


auf (i elf en, 


„ help up. 


entfpiingen, 




auflauern , 


„ lie in wait 


enttceicfyen, 


1 




for. 


eutnnfdjen, 




aufpaffeu, 


„ watch for. 


entfagen, 


99 renounce. 


auftoatten , 


9% wait upon. 


entered) en, 


99 answer. F * 


auSfyelfen , 


99 assist. 


entftcfjen , 


„ arise. 


auoiveicfyen , 


„ make way 


enttoadjfen, 


„grow from. 




for. 


erlauben, 


99 allow. 


befeljlen, 


„ command. 


evfd)einen, 


,. appear. 


begeanen, 


„ meet 9 hap- 


erttarten, ,5 


99 expect. 




pen. 


evtocifen, 


„ show to. 


beljagen, 


„ feel pleased. 


eninebevn , 


99 reply. 


betfommeu, 


„ get at. 


fefylen, 


„ be wanting. 


beivfticfyten, 


1 


feljlfdjlagen, 


„ fail. 


beiftimmen, 


1 „ agree with. 


pud) en - 


99 curse. 


bettreten , 


folgen, 


„ follow. 


beifiefyen, 


„ assist. 


fvbb,nen, 


99 minister. ,6 


Heibtn, 


to remain. 


gcbufjren, 


„ be due. 



13 When used impersonally- 9 it requires the Ace. ns 9 t& 
efelt mid) box ber ©petfe, I am disgusted at that food. 

14 As, expectations. 

T5 In the sense of to wait for. it req. the x\cc. 
16 As, to passions. 



20? 



gefallen, 

gelwrctyen, 

gepren, 

an gel; or en , 

gelingen , 

giiufen, 

geratfyen f 

gebeiljen, 

getrogeit, 

geretcfeen, 

ge(cf>ef)en , 

gejiaiten, 

gqiemeu, 

Uemen, 

glaubeu, 

gletdjen, 

(jiilbigen, 

f often, 

lacfyeln, 

lendjten, 

(ofytten , 

mangeln, 

mif fallen , 



to please. 
w obey. 

j „ belong to. 

17 ^ succeed. 

^ suffice. 
„ reach to, 
„ happen to. 
?3 permit, 

I . 

j ^ be proper. 

55 believe. 
„ resemble. 
55 do homage. 
5, cost. 
^ smile. 
55 give light. 
^ reward. 
55 be deficient 

in. 
^ displease. 



mtjgglficfen , | 
mijjlmgen , I 

nadjafymen , 

nacfygefcen, IC 

nu|cn, 20 

paffen, 

rati) en , 

fagen, 2r 

fcfeaben, 

fdjemeh, 

fdjmecfen, T7 

fdjmeitfjcht, 

fcfy woven , 

ftenern, 

ftaueii , 

tro|en, 

unteriiegen, 

oerbieten, 

oevgcbcn , 

serjeifyen, 

perfaaen, 

uerficfyem , 

yorarbeiten, 

ttorfreugen, 



to fail. 

55 imitate. 
,5 yield. 
„ be of use, 
55 fit. 
55 advise, 
55 tell. 
» injure. 
55 appear. 
55 taste, 
55 flatter. 
? 5 swear. 
55 put a stop to 
55 trust. 
,5 defy. 
550vercomeby 
.5 forbid. 

5, pardon. 

55 deny. 
,5 assure. 

55 prepare. 
.j prevent. 



V. Exerc. IX. obs. 2. 



implies means to a certain effect, as: (i$ ^xzi&jt mtrjum 
befonbern SSergttugen, bet* Ueberbrtnger riefev angcneljmen 93ot- 
fcnaft ju fein, I feel a particular pleasure in being the mes- 
senger of such agreeable intelligence. 

19 And most other verbs with nacr). 

i0 !tftnt$en, to make use of, to use, is active and governs 
the Ace. In this sense , benn|en is mostly made use of. 

2r When signifying to say, to mention it requires the 
Ace, as; Sagen (Etc e3 ntdjt ixuebcr, do not say it again; 
Sagen ®ie tnir toaS gibt t$ *ftene£? tell me what is the news? 



208 


VERBS. 




tforfommeit, 


to appear. 


gu^eftcl;e:i , 


to grant. 


roel)veti , 


„ defend. 


gul; oven , 


glisten to. 


wtifyen , 


„ give way. 


jmmttfyen, 


„ demand. 2 - 


rctoerfafyren, 


„ happen to. 


juvufen , 


„ call out to. 


ttuberjpvedjeii, 


„ contradict. 


gnfagett, 


„ suit. 


wiser jfrfyen, 


. . 


juftogeu , 


„ happen to. 


totberfkeben, 


„ resist. 


$ufei)en, 


„ look at. 


irtllfafyren, 


„ comply 


juttinfcn, 


„ pledge, 




with. 




drink to. 


nnnfen, 


„ beckon. 


ju&orfommeu, 


„ anticipate. 


wofylweUeu, 


9i mean well. 


jutmttfen, 


„ beckon to. 



Note. Many other intransitive verbs compounded with 
ab, an, cmf, bet, em, tntgegetr, nacfy, untcr, soot: and $u go- 
vern this case , being in most instances required by the 
prepositions. 

bj The following impersonal verbs, 

(£$ aljr.et mix, 
befcmmt mtr, 
fdltt mix bet, 
fdttt miv ein, 
bducfyt mix, ^ 
tunft miv, 
efett mtr ttor, 
entfdUt mtr , 
entgcfyet mix, 
feljlt mtr, 
gebrtdjt mtr, 
gelutgt mtr, 
ajlt mtr Qleici), 
glitcft mtr, 
grant mir »ov, 
grd'uelt mtr r>or, 
Fcmmt mtr nicl>t an auf, 



I forebode. 

it agrees with me. 

it occurs to me, 

it seems to me. 

I am loath. 

I forget. 

it escapes from. 

I am in want of, I miss. 

I am in want. 

I succeed. 

it is the same to me. 

I succeed. 

I am horrified at. 
I do not mind for. 



11 In the sense of to impose on. 

23 More generally used with the Ace. 





VERBS. 


209 


(£3 fcmmt $u 


i jldjeu, 


it stands me. 




„ fdjcmbert 


mtr , 


I shudder at. 




„ fcr/uunbcl: 


r mtr, 


I feel giddy. 




„ fcfy humeri 


:, e3 fd^n?ebt mir 


it is glimmering; hovering 


001' ben 


Slugen, 


before my eyes. 


r, tl;ut mrr 


left), 


I am sorry. 




„ trdumt i( 


>nt, 


he dreams. 




„ nmrmt tfj 


m, 


it annoys him. 


O By 


verbs * connected with the following 


adjectives 


? 






abgeneigt, 


disinclined. 


emleucfytcnb, 


clear. 


d^nltdj, 


like. 


cintrdgitdi , 


productive. 


angeboren, 


innate. 


eiitbeijtltd), 


dispensible. 


awgeljihrtg, 


belonging. 


ergeben, 


devoted. 


angelegen, 


concerned for 


er tragi id), 


tolerable. 


an g em e (Ten , 


suitable. 


ertomtfdjjt, 


desirable. 


angeneinn, 


agreeable. 


fetl , 


saleable. 


anljdngig , 


attached. 


feints 


hostile. 


anficptg, 


offensive. 


fret, 


free. 


drgerftcfy , 


vexatious. 


fremb , 


strange. 


bange, 


afraid. \ 


freunfclid) , 


kind. 


bebent(tcr), 


critical. 


geijorfam , 


obedient. 


fcegreijlid) , 


conceivable. 


gelegcn, 


opportune. 


befyaglidj, 


comfortable. 


geneigt, 


inclined. 


befynljM), 


serviceable. 


getoadtfen, 


competent. 


befannt; 


known. 


getiwgen, 


favourable. 


beliebtg, 


agreeable. 


gletdj, 


equal to. 


bequem, 


convenient. 


gleicr)giiitig , 


indifferent. 


befdjtuerlidj , 


troublesome. 


gndbtg, 


gracious. 


beimrjjt, 


coucious. 


gihtfitg , 


favourable. 


batifbar, 24 


grateful. 


gut , 


good. 


bier, ltd), 


serviceable. 


ijcilfam, 


wholesome 


etgen, 


1 i- 




for. 


ctgeurtmmltcr) 


j peculiar. 


r)inberlid), 


disturbing. 



Mostly the same as noticed P. 205 
And others in bar. 



210 


VKRBS. 




Ijeifc, 


hot. 


imauefte!)lict) , 


unbearable. 


Ijolb, 


favourable. 


unbefcbabet, 


without det- 


Hot, 


plain. 




riment. 


laftig, 


troublesome. 


unsergetUid), 


not to be for- 


leidjt, 


easy. 




gotten. 


left, 


sorry. 


unserfyofft, 


unexpectedly 


lie*, 


dear. 


tterantrcortltcl), 


, responsible. 


fait, 


cold. 


Derbunben, 


obliged. 


mogltd) , 


possible. 


yerbcrblid), 


injurious. 


nad)tf)ei(tg, 


injurious. 


tterbrtefrlidj , 


vexatious. 


nalje, 


near. 


aerljafjt, 


hateful. 


nStljtg, , 


I 


tfetjMnbltcfy, 


intelligible. 


notbttenbtg, i 


necessary. 


uettoanbt, 


related. 


uu|ltcb, 


useful. 


m$etbltcf), 


pardonable. 


petnlid) , 


painful. 


fcimfyeilbaft, 


advantageous 


tecfyt, 


right. 


ft arm, 


warm. 


fcfydblicfy, 


injurious. 


ftertl], 26 


dear. 


fcf)meict)eU;aft, 


flattering. 


ttncfytia, 


important. 


ftf)mer$tyaft, 


painful. 


tptberltc^, 


disgusting. 


fcfytecfltd), 


terrible. 


hubevtodrttg, 


adverse. 


fdjulbtg, 25 


owing. 


ttibrtg , 


contrary to. 


fcfitoer, 


difficult. 


unlif ommeu , 


welcome. 


fdjnnnbltdj , 


giddy. 


toofyl, 


well. 


feltfam , 


strange. 


ttumberbar, 


strange. 


treu , 


faithful. 


jugangfc'cf}, 


accessible. 


iibei, 


sick; ill. 


^u get ban , 


attached. 


itberXegen , 


superior. 


jutragltd) , 


beneficial. 


itbrig, 


over, remain- 
ing. 


§tt>ctfelf)aft, 


doubtful. 



- b When meaning „gnilty op' it governs the Gen. 

28 In this sense it requires the Dat. \ in all others the 
Gen., except it stand in connection with a number speci- 
fying the value of a thing: when it governs the Ace. case. 
V. Exerc. IV. obs. 1. 



VERBS. 211 

III. The Accusative by 

a) all transitive verbs, and the auxiliary Ijaben ; 
6J most refl. verbs ; 

c) neut. verbs when used transitively (P. 196, 
R. IV.) ; 

d) neut. verbs in some peculiar phrases ; as , 
einen ©ctng gejjen, to go on some errand; einen 
(cmgen ©a)Iaf fd)(afen; etn 35eifpict nacfjafjmen; 

«_) neut. verbs used reflectively ; as, iti) gef>e, 
ftefje, ftge mtd) rnube etc; er fcfyrei&t ftd) fcftnb, 
fmftet ftd) ju Stobe 5 

/9 many impers. verbs when used actively (im- 
pers. verbs , R. III. and Note I.) ; 

g) Substantives expressive of a positive relation 
of time ; as (in dating letters or documents), 
ben jefmten 9J?drj , the tenth of March ; i&) 
werbe biefen yiafymitta$ $u 3#nen fomnten, I 
shall come to you this afternoon (Exerc. 
XXXIII., obs. 4); 

h) eg gie&t , when signifying eg ifi ; as : eg giebt 
einen ®ott, there is a god; eg giebt fetnen 
SJJenfdjen , ben id) me|r ad;te ; there is no 
man I esteem more ; 

i) some elliptical or poetical phrases; as: bag 
@d;tt)ert in ber £anb, sword in hand, i. e. 
nut bem©4)tt>ert etc.; ben£>oW) im ©ewcmbe, 
having the dagger beneath his dress ; 

k) the following adjs. when used with substs. 
denoting dimension or value ; 

breit, broad, wide; bicf, thick; grot?, large; 
|)0d), high; tang, long; writ , far; fcf)ft>er, 
heavy; tynty , worth (v. obs. 26). 



212 



IV. The Accusative and Genitive by 

aj the following verbs, taking the person (or 
first objecf) in the Ace. ? and thing (or sec- 
ond object) in the Gen. 27 ; 



anflagen, 28 


to accuse of. 


entlaffen, 


j to dismiss 


belefyren, " 


» advise, in- 


entfegen, 


j from. 




struct. 


iiberfufyveti, 


( • . 


bevaubzn, 30 


,. strip of , 


ubeilvetfen , 


j yy convict. 




rob. 


uberfyeben, 


„ relieve from 


befcfyulbigen, 




itbeqeugen, 


3f y, convince. 


be^itcfyttgen, 


j „ accuse. 


sevweifen, 


„ banish. 


entbtnben, 


j 9 y relieve, 


uevftdjern, 


yy assure. 


cntlaben, 


i disburden. 


ttmrbtgen , 


„ honour with 


entfyeben, 


f y dispense 


geifjen, 


yy accuse, im- 




from. 




peach. 



b) many reflective verbs ; the refl. pron. repre- 
senting the person (or first object), and the 
Gen. the thing (second objecf) ;■ as, 
ffd) annejjmen 32 ft(| bebtenen 33 ft$ befletgtgen 



27 Person and thing, are here as elsewhere to be un- 
derstood only as grammatical expressions^ and not to 
imply any reference to the former as an animate and the 
latter as an inanimate object. 

28 (£r flctgte itjn einc^ fd&toeren £krbred>eng an, he accused 
him of a heavy crime. 

* 9 (It belefyrte jid; cines SBeffetn, he advised (bethought) 
himself better Con this or that subject}. 

30 Seiner SGBurbcn bevanbt toerben, to be stripped of one's 
honours. 

3r In most cases the second object is joined to this verb 
by means of the preposition tton. 

33 (5r mrnmt jtdj Dei Slvmen unb Unglitcfltcfyen an, he takes 
the part of the poor and unfortunate. (See also P. 179 
Obs. ly Ex. 2). 

33 (£t bebtent ftd? ber SWittel, bie ifym $u ®cbote jiefjen, he 



VERBS. 213 

ftd; frege&en „ entjjalten fufi erwe^ren 

„ bemdcf)ttgcn „ entfd;lagen „ freuen ss 
„ bemetftern „ entfmnen f/ riifittien 

Tf befc^etben „ ertnnern 34 „ fdwmen* 
„ 6efmnen „ erbarmen 35 

V. The Accusative und Dative by 

a) most transitive verbs governing two cases , 
where the person (or first object)^ for whose 
advantage or disadvantage a thing is done, 
is placed in the Dat. , and the thing (or se- 
cond object) in the Ace. case. e. g. 

3$ ttunfdje 3#nen eine gute yiwfyt, I wish 
you a good night. 

(£r gett>al)rte miv bie S3ttte, he granted me 
the favour. 

Set&en @ie miv 3£t SBorteibuc^, lend me 
your dictionary. 

Note. In many instances the construction is the same 
in English especially when the cases stand reversed; as. 
You may show it to me ; <Ste fimnen e3 mix $etgen. 
Do not tell it to him , fagen <£te e3 ifym nid^t. 
He dedicated his work to the queen , cr ftfrmete fcin 
Set? ber Jtomgjn. 

Such verbs are , 



makes use of the means at his command. (Also P. 179, 
Obs. 2, Ex. 2). 

34 Also with an and the Ace. of sec. object; id) erumere 
i^n an fein SSerfptedjen. 

S3 Also with iiber and Ace. of sec. object. 

* Most of these verbs occur in the lists of retl. and 
recip. verbs P. 179 and seq. 



214 


VERBS. 




abforbern, 


to demand 


flageii , 


to complain. 




from. 


focfyert, 


99 cook. 


abfdjlagcn, 


„ refuse. 


letf?en, 


„ lend. 


abfpvecfycn , 


„ deny. 


leijien , 


„ afford. 


beridjten, 


w report. 


ftefern , 


„ furnish. 


bqafyten, 


»P»y. 


mac^en, 


„ make. 


bieten , 


„ offer. 


netjmen, 


„ take. 


borcjcn , 


„ borrow. 


rauben , 


„rob. 


bnngen, 


„ bring. 


reidjen , 


„ reach. 


em^fcijlcn , 


„ recommend. 


retten, 


„ save. 


erlaffen, 


„ remit. 


fenben, 


„ send. 


eqabfen, 


„ relate. 


fagcn, 


99 sa y- 


geben, 


99 give. 


fdjettfen, 


„ present. 


gebieten , 


„ command. 


fdjttfett, 


„ send. 


geloben, 


„vow. 


Betfpredjen, 


„ promise. 


geftatten , 


„ permit. 


fcerutfadjen, 


„ cause. 


gett>al)ten, 


„ grant. 


ftetfyen, 


„ consecrate 


glauben , 


„put faith in. 


toibmen, 


„ devote. 


gonnen, . 


„ not to 


ttmnfcfyen, 


„ wish. 




grudge. 


Setgen, 


„ show. 


feolen, 


.. fetch. 


etc. etc. 





Cv. also P. 45 Rs. 1 and 2.) 
VI. Verbs require certain prepositions. 
1. Sin (with the dat.) 

a) By the verbs 

ftd) ergcgen an etwaz, to delight in something, 
tetben an etvoa$, to suffer from something, 
jlerfren an ettt)a£, to die from some (certain) cause, 

*>erjtt>etfeltt,j 

eg fejjft mtr an et\x>a$, 

eg mangel* mtr an etwag, 

. c ,,, . , 3 I certain thing J , 

eg gebrtc^t mtr an efttxts, 1 & ; 

eg Itegt an mtr, it lies with me (it is my doing, 

my fault). 



an etwag , to despair of a thing. 

/ I am in want of (a 



VERBS. 



215 



6) By verbs * connected with the following 
adjectives , 
d^n(icf) , similar to f fetn , little in 

arm , poor in franf / ill of 

gtetcf> , equal in leer, void of 

grog , great in ret$ , rich in 

c) By fmben or futbett, when connected with 
the substantives j 
greube, joy @d)u£, protection 

©efaUen , pleasure Xxo\t , comfort 
«uji, delight 

2. ?Jfa (with the Ace.) 

by the verbs 
cmbmben , 
binben, i 
benf en **; to think of 
gett>o£nen, to accustom to 

3. 2tof (with the Dat.) by 

fceru^en, to depend on fcefleljen, to insist upon 

4. 2luf (with the Ace.) , by 

cmfommen, to depend on ftrf) t>erlaffen, to rely upon 
eiferfuc^tig , jealous ^erjtc^ten , to renounce 

ftof l , proud ftarten f , to w^ait for 

5. 2Iu£ or in (with the Dat.) by 
beftefien, to consist of. 

6. 33et (or sometimes in , with the Dat.) by 
befjarren. bletbett, to persevere in. 



to tie to 



glaubett f to believe in 






ertnnew,| 



to remind of 



maljnen , 
ftd?tt>enben,toapplyto 



* V. P. 205 *. 
** V. P. 204, obs. 3. 
*** v. P. 213, obs .34. 
t V. P. 204, obs. 9. 



216 



VERBS. 



giir (with the Ace.) may be used, by many 
of the adjs. which in connection with certain 
verbs require the Dat. Also in familiar dis- 
course after some of the verbs governing the 



Dat. * 
8. Uekr (with the Ace.) by 

jid) evbarmen,** to take pity flaxen, 
on. 

„ erftaunen, i „ be aston- 

„ is imtern, i ished at. 

„ freuen, ** „ rejoice at. 
frol)lo(fett. ,, glory at. 



ftdj beffogeit, 

lacfyen, *** 
lacfyeln, t 
fpotten, tt 

fpcttein, 



to complain 

of. 
„ laugh at. 
„ smile at. 

„ mock at. 



9. SSor (with the Dat.) by 

beben, 
bev^eu, 
ftd) efeln, 
etfcfyiecfen, 
jtd) entfe|en, 

fid) futdjten, 
graueit (impers.) 
jtdj fjuien, 

„ fefydmen, 

„ freuen, 

„ fcetbercjen, 

„ loerfleKen, 
jittern. 



to tremble at. 
„ shelter from. 
„ be disgusted at. 
„ be frightened at. 
„ be startled at. 
„ flee from. 
„ be afraid of. 
„ be horrified at. 
„ beware. 
,, be ashamed of. 
„ be abashed. 
„ conceal from. 
„ dissemble. 
„ tremble at. 



* In most instances it is the same in English; as, 

(§6 ift (eincm Otuf natyttyilxQ , or fat feuieu dluf — it is 
injurious to, or for his reputation. 

(£$ i|l mix, or fitv micfy jefjv unbequem, it is very incon- 
venient to , or for me. 

** V. P. 213, obs. 35. 

*** y. p. 204, obs. 5. 

t More frequently with the dat. Sometimes also with $u. 

tt V". P. 204, obs. 8. 



PROMISCUOUS EXERCISES. 2 17 

Also fterben, when corresponding to ^to die 
with," as, wx $mtgcr , Ratte, SXn^fl , greuta 
etc. fterben. 

PROMISCUOUS EXERCISES. 

Note. The numbers above the line show the order of words. 

The numbers below the line refer to the page in 
the Grammar, where the particular rule will 
be found. 

The number between two words^ shows that these 
and the following words go together , till in- 
terrupted by an intervening rule or the next 
number in order. 

An isolated number 1, shows the sentence to open 
with the word over which it stands, 

SEMIRAMIS. 

Semiramis was a woman of a manly spirit. 
28etb nut @eele 

She * had reluctantly obeyed her husband, and 
ungem ge$wr$en 207 Wlann 

* Ought to agree with the noun it relates to (P. 104). 
iJowever j to comply with this rule in every instance where 
the words 2Beib, QJidtcfyen, graulem, occur, does not seem 
very practicable (except in the rel. pron.), especially 
when it becomes necessary to refer frequently to the 
antedecent noun. The use of the Fern. Personal and Pos- 
sessive Pronouns in such cases is certainly more expres- 
sive; and writers, who are carried on more by their 
feelings than by the exact observance of rules that take 
their origin in absurdity or neglect , alike offensive to 
etymology and to nature: not uufrequently fall into this 
pardonable — nay preferable — error, both in prose and 
poetry. Thus ScfytUet in one of his poems (£as 2Mbdjen 
am bet : gvembe), in twenty four lines, disregards, no 
less than six times , this rule of Grammar. 

15 



218 promiscuous exercises. 

Avas now to be governed by a son To 

117 ftd) faffeti inf. ,65 wn tyx 

this she was averse ; yet she could not hope 

\\id)t tooffen unt> 9I 
that a courageous and warlike people would be 

ftd) 
subjected to a woman. Nevertheless she discovered 
utUfWerfen 3nbe£ ftnben Ql 

some 2 confidants among ] the friends of her hus- 
band, with whom she agreed to pass herself 

jtdj tterafereben au&jefeen 
off for Ninyas. She an as of the same height, had 

188 fo grog n>te er 

nearly the figure, countenance, and the manly voice 

2Bud;S m. ©ejidjt 
of Ninyas. But to deceive the people the easier, 

tlnb 96 nod? 

she introduced a garb which covered the arms, 

Xvad)t 
feet, breast and hair, which is still the custom 
f^pl.J *me ffc 97 ncd))eiAt vjetvofmftd) 
in most eastern countries. In this attire she 

9Ror<jenlant> 
presented herself to the people in the place of 
QiassiveJ f ftatt ) 

Ninyas, whom they concealed among the 

. 3)er3ungftng man tvrftecfcn l04 
women and girls where he felt quite at his 

97 ftcf> beftnbcn goitj 
ease; and the people obeyed her as they had 
xoopl, 



PROMISCUOUS EXERCrSKS. 219 

formerly done to her husband. The first thing 
guwr ^' 63 16 wai 

she did was the restoration and embellishment 

jperfteflim^ Sfasjtcrttitg 

of Babylon, It is scarcely credible what has been 
i>en ungfctubftd; man 125 

recorded of (he magnificence of this 

ades erjdbfen (pres.^J tyvatyt 

City. After she had superintended the building 
cutortmen {past. party* 33au m. 
of it, she travelled about her country and 

104 um^er in 

procured also for other towns the necessary con- 

nctptg (>/.) 

venience and splendour. At the same time 

fcbmftdfenb, ©tctnj m. ( sugtetc^ 9 ' ) 

she endeavoured to sound the minds of the people; 

fuc^en erforfc^en ©emtttb 
and finding them all inclined to her, she entered 

,6Q q7 net^en 3g aufftreten in 

a large assembly of the people, and told them that 

SBoIfc&erfammfunq entbecfen J ' 2697 

she was the widow of the former king, and not 

CpresJ 
his sonNinyas. You love me, said she and honour 
reffen fpuec^en *>eretjren 

me. If the name is the occasion of that, you now 

C ma$en 1 fo 95 

know that I am not called Ninyas but Semiramis. 
fyetffcn fonbern 

* Scil. fyatte, which in the Pluperf. is often omitted, 

15. 



220 PROMISCUOUS EXERCISES. 

> i 

If it is on account of the sex, you know that I am 

( macfyen ) 95 

not a man, but a woman. If it is in consequence of 

28etb C madjen ) 

3 1 4 2 

deeds, it is again myself who have always 
trie fo Mummer ify 53 97 

performed them, whatever my name or person be! 
tpun icfy mag fyci$a\ ofcer fetn, wer t($ HriH 

Those who were ignorant of f the secret, were 
astonished ; but they were sensible of her great 

fuftfen 
merit, and all proclaimed her unanimously their 
2Bert£ m. au^rufen eimmUfng jur 

queen. 

From that time, she no longer concealed her 
an mef;r tterljelrten 

sex, nor did her people diminish in their faith 
after ( nifyt weniger treu 

towards her. Once, as she was sitting to 

breiben 206 } ©rtjl eben 01 0l imb ftci> 

have* her hair platted, they came and informed 
iajfen 45 Q)l.J flecfyteu a(3 man anjetgen 



Y To be ignorant of something, urn ettvae nicfyt wiffeii. 

* To have, to get, to order, to command, to desire, 
to cause, to make, to suffer, to allow, and to permit, 
accompanying the Inf. or Past Part, of another verb, and 
standing in the sense of, to let , must be translated by 
laffen, with the following verb in the Infinitive (P. 165) 
e. g. 

I will get it copied, id; will c$ abfdjveifren faffen. 



PROMISCUOUS EXERCISES. 221 

i 

her, that a - dangerous insurrection had broken A out * .. 
206 eg 2lufrui;r {perf. subj.') 

With her hair flowing she threw herself in the 

(«/•/.) fterabfttegenb ftiirjen 
midst of the rebels , commanded silence and all 
unttx Slufruprev gefeteten ©tttte d atteo 

obeyed. In commemoration of this insurrection , 
3um an 

2 

almost * solely put 3 down by her personal ap- 
faft nitr jliffen 173 ©egen* 

pearance they erected her a statue in the same 
waxt f- man 213 

attitude 2 she had shown herself 4 to the 

Stettung itnb tt>ie 

rebels, with l her flowing hair. 



I will order it to be bought, id) lmll ee faufeu lajfett. 

He commanded the ringleaders to be shot, ev liefj t>ie 
Ocdtel^fittyver etfdjiejjen. 

He desired the petitioners to be admitted, ev ltcfj tie 
33ittfteiler oor jicfy ftmtmen. 

They caused him to be examined, fie liepen iijn m1)0fen. 

We made him read the letter, mix liejkn tfyn ten SBrief 
lefeu. 

Why did you suffer him to do it, trantm liejjen ®ie ibn 
e3 tt)im. 

He allowed him to escape, ei liefj ifyn entfommen. 

* P, 195 III. 



222 PROMISCUOUS EXERCISES. 

CRGESUS. 

Cyrus had comdemned Croesus to the stake ; 

©djeiterfwtfe 

fire being set to the pile of wood around 
ati man any'tnben 
him. and the flames already reaching him 

erflretfen l69 ber ttngfucfftcfje 

he was heard to exclaim, Solon! Solon! Wherc- 

525 fdjreien tykx* 

upon Cyrus commanded the flames to be extin- 

auf befe^ten 

guished , and to bring the unhappy king into his 
fuljmi ni er 

presence, that he might learn the cause of this 

erfajjren 
exclamation. Croesus having recovered from 

nad)t>em I09 fid) evl;oIcn 

his terror, related at the request of 

311 erjcif;ten beginnen auf 3Mtte 

the conqueror as follows. 
$otgcnfres 

2 1 2 3 

There came once a wise man out ofGreecetome 
named ' Solon. I showed him all my irea- 
mit s )lamen $ei$en laflen 2 ! ' 

sures, and was vain enough to hope he would be 

164 ev , 

surprised * at my great wealth and call me the 
jiaunen fiber SWcfytfmm (>/.) (;et§en 



* Siibj. of Future-Infinitive. 



PROMISCUOUS EXERCISES 223 

happiest of men. — As he remained silent 5 
ailt ftber f$u>etgen 

and paid no more attention to them than if they 
hut cuifefjen bae 8ffe$ ) t$ 

had been as sand and pebbles, I said to him, Solon, 
[imp.subj.y Miefefitetn lu4 -" 

you have travelled all about the world and have 
bu bcrumrcifeii ] •* io wdt in 
seen many men; tell me whom do you consider 

\c i " 7 bafrcn ffn 

the happiest? Solon answered: a citizen of Athens, 

Jltr-en 
Tellus. I was amazed that he preferred a common 

fid) ftitnbera ]lfj 

citizen to me, and continued to ask. why he con- 
wcitcx fragen bai-- 

sidered him happy? lie said. Tellus lived at 
ten ber ffit glucffeltg fpredjcii 

Athens wlien that City was in its most flourishing 

DtC 
condition. lie had chiidern, and grand childem, 

3ufianb ftuibrdfint 

and had not lost any; he enjoyed a sufficient com- 
me etn ( fetn genugenbes 

pctence that satisfied all liis wants, and in this 
iHusfonimcn jjafceii ) 

manner, happy and contented, he attained an ad- 

getangen ju 
vanccd age and died in a victorious engagement 
be* ,€ rvefren " 



?24 PROMISCUOUS EXERCISES. 

for his native country , which out of gratitude 

aSaferfanb tmbbtefeS aue 
erected him a monument in commemoration of his 
Fefeen ( 2)enfma( ) 

deeds. But after him, whom do you consider 

ber fur 

the happiest man *? Two Grecian youths, ans- 
wered he, Cleobis and Biton; they were very well 
off *, and possessed so much dexterity and strength 
of body that they both carried off at the same 

Zeibm. ,42 bcttton tvagen ( ju- 

time the prize at one of our Olympic games, 
gW#) tyvti* m. in ^ampffpief n. 

Moreover they entertained such tender affection 
£)abet fwben fo em tnmg Stebe 

for their aged mother, that the latter being de- 
ju gretfe t>a§ aid bicfe woU 

sirous of attending a sacrifice in the temple of 
ten fasten ju 

Juno, and the oxen having gone astray, they 

ausMetben 
both harnessed themselves 2 to the cart, and drew 

fpannen an Sffiagen 

their mother to the temple. The Greeks stand- 
Ms ju ^IS 109 um£er* 
ing 2 around were astonished, the men extoll- 
flepen (imp.} h cwunb cm (pres. part.') evfye* 
ing the virtue of the youths, and the women 
ben (imp.) 

* fo frtemiid) fcmtttclt fetn. 



PROMISCUOUS EXERCISES. £60 

prizing the woman happy, who had given birth to * 

fettg 
such sons, the happy mother was so much af- 

xty* 
fected that she prayed at the altar of the goddess 
ren t>or jur 

to ffive her children that which she thought 
)ie moge was 97 fatten 

most suitable for them. After the repast 
fttv 33efte }G berfelbe. Unb ,04 9! 9ft$l$eit 
the youths laid themselves down in the temple to 

2 13 3 12 

sleep and never woke again. But the Greeks 

ntdji erttac^en l0fl 
erected columns, in commemoration of their deed 

tfmen G^renfctule ju ©enfmctl 
and their beautiful death. On hearing this, con- 

%tt\$ 169 
tinued Crcesus, I could no longer withhold my indig- 

fatten Ver- 

nation and said, Solon ? thou 2 despisest my hap- 
bruf} fonbern 91 ©fitcf- 

piness so ' much that thon wilt not 2 even 
feltgfett 9T cmd; mcfyt etnmal 

compare me with 3 these youths? And Solon 

3 2 I 

answered , ! Crcesus man must long ** behold 
mtr l89 fe£en 

many things which he has no desire of behold- 
tneleS wao ~ r\id)t itumfc^en ~ 96 



* to give birth to _. gebaren. 
** 3n cincv lamicn 3eit, 



226 PROMISCUOUS EXEIICISES. 

ing, aiid undergo many sufferings he would 

teiben tuefes ,wae 97 mocjeu 

willingly escape. Croesus ! thou art the possessor 

geme afctt>enben. ein £>evr 

of much wealthy and the ruler of many nations; 

©liter aSoff n 

but I would not 2 call thee happy till I know 

(future) et?er ate tag 

thou hast had a happy end. There are many 

aud) (subj.) 44 geben 

who with every superfluity are not happy ; and 
bet all Uefcerflugw. 

2 1 

others again who with moderate wealth en- 

mtttefma§tg 3?et$tlnun (plO ge* 

joy the greatest happiness. For he who feels no 

me#en ' 204 ^od) 2 tx>er nur 

want, can enjoy more health in J peaceful lowiness, 

fetn gefunfc ftil( s Jtiebrigfeit 

suffer less evil, possess more bodily strength, 

93ofeS' ffraft 

and more spiritual gifts, can educate his childern 

3 2 :» i 

better; and if then he meet a J good end, then 

v.od) funjufommen 
he is what thou seekest for — a happy man. 

gliicffeltg Wlamx 

■l 2 I 

The Gods heap their benefits on many, but be- 

iifccrpufen mit 

fore they are aware of it they are despoiled of 

el)e man (eg fid) wvfcfociO (ncfmien fie tbnen allee 



PROMISCUOUS EXERCISES* 227 

everv thing, and cast lower than they had 
l;trm)eg ) flitrjen fie tief biefet&en 

before been raised. 
5itoov erpljeti 

Thus spake the sage, related Crcesus ; but I 

3 1 ,. 2 

despised him, and never allowed * him to be 

me nneter 22 ° 
admitted again into my presence. From that ** 
time every thing went wrong with me. My eldest 

an 184 ,04 fibei 2 ' 2i0 

son was dumb; my second was killed by a 

mtr umbringen 

friend; all cities , countries, nations and riches 

have I lost, and myself am now in thy power, 

id) felbfi jiegt ®e\valt 

Now r thou knowest why 1 cried Solon ; do now 

<n ma^en 

with me what seems good to thee ! 



ALCIBfADES. 



The 3 life of Alcibiades will offer an * example 

gefcen 
of the thougtless inconstancy of the Athenians. 
von (et$tflmu<) 2Banfe(mutf) 2Jtf)ener 

He was of distinguished and rich parents, strong 

wrnefwi 



* To allow to be admitted into one's presence , jemanb 
»-or )i§ laffen. 
** P. 49 R. 2. 



228 PROMISCUOUS EXERCISES. 

and handsome. He " obeyed his l masters willingly 

20 7 

and learnt every thing with the greatest desire of 

aiirt letyaft SBtfjbe* 

knowledge. It was his greatest pleasure * to deceive 

gterbe dffen 

the Athenians by insignificant trifles. He once I 

&tetmgfett 
bought a dog for a thousand pieces of silver, which 

91 urn ©tffeerjlficf n. 

soon became the general talk of the town. He 

©iabtijefprdd) 2) a 
cut its tail; and the mutilated tail 

abfjauen bem £mnbe 45 nun afrgeljauen 

became the universal talk, and Alcibiades felt 

9 1 

amused. 

A single man, Socrates, took such an interest 
in Alcibiades, that he often wept on his bosom 
an 97 btcfer 

when his noble master reproached him for 

97 jum SBormurf madjen 213 

his vanity and thoughtlessness. 

When the war between Athens and Sparta broke 

out, he went into the 2 field with ! Socrates; they 

jteljen in'S beibc 

slept in the same tent, took their repasts together, 

etn ejfen mit einanber 



It is one's pleasure, feme Smite baran fyaben. 



PROMISCUOUS KXEHCISES. 229 

and fought side bv side. In the battle of Potidjea 

nefren eincmbev 
Alcibiades was wounded, and fell to the ground, 

The enemy pressed on towards ■ him ; Socrates 
(pi.') Oerctn gegen 

however protected him with his shield and kept 
bod) beden abtvtyxm 

the agressors off. In another engagement, near 
Sinbrtngenbe £reffen bet 

Delium, the Athenians were completely beaten, 
and Alcibiades saw Socrates being pursued 

rote ,69 ,6 ° 197 t>erfclgen 

by the enemy. He turned round, threw himself 
wr\ (pi) fity fliirjen atfetti 

2 1 

in the midst of the enemy , killed many, dispersed 
unter mitten (pi.) 

the rest and saved the 2 life of Socrates. He 

213 

i 
was afterwards obliged to leave Athens and to 

fydtev miiffen ftct; 

flee to a Persian governor, who was going to 

pc^tenju ©tattfjatter rotten efeeu 

i 
send a 3 fleet to assist the 2 Spartans. Alcibiades 

213 ju^uffe 213 208 

3 2 

however succeeded in frustrating (his scheme. 



eSgeKngt 208104 *>emte(n 96 
1 
fufjreti 



and led himself the Persian fleet against the 



230 PROMISCUOUS KXEilC'ISKS. 

Spartans. But the Persian governor for his own 

urn ftct> ftd)er 
security judged it safest to cause him to be taken 
$ufteflen fur rat^fam fatten 22<} ,54 
prisoner. He escaped , and was received with joy 
gefangen cntflte^en aufnejnnctt cuts* 

and enthusiasm by the Athenians ; and under his 

fdjwetfeitbe greube 

command the Spartans were entirely defeated. 

cutf'e £aupi fctjfagen 
A single battle which was fought against the 

jiebod) 
will of Alcibiades was lost, and he was banish- 

serloren geljen 
ed a second time. The Athenians at last were 
defeated by land and by sea, and compelled to 
fc^fagen $u Saffet ftd) 

surrender on any terms, 
unbebtngt bem ©teger $u unterwerfen. 

The 5 conquerors, however not feeling themselves 

6 1 

( feme 3 ©ic^erfiettbafetn* 
secure as l long as Alcibiades should continue to 

4 

fur ) fo inbe§ 

live, were longing for his death, and for that 
; e3 aerlcmgcn fte na$ urn tyx 

purpose , set 5 Are , to his 3 house 

3wetf ju erretcben fte in 33rcmb fe^en 

in 4 the night. Alcibiades awoke, wrapped him- 
wafnrenb 

* imp erf. 



PROMISCUOUS EXERCISES. t6l 

self up in his cloak , and sword in hand 

mtted^ert 189 ,89 
rushed * through the flames into the open air. 
fpvingen er in$ ftrete 

The cowardly incendiaries fled ; but from a 
SDforb&remter cntffie&en beef) cuts fcte 
secure distance shot at him with their arrows. 
ftctyer gerne fte auf 

and killed him. 



SOCRATES. 



When in a single city ; nay in a whole country, 

fa 

immorality reigns, it requires a great degree of 

bcfe Sitten * 5 J>etf> 

constancy to remain good and virtuous. Yet this 

gefitgfeft 

is by no means impossible ; and never is virtue 2 

aberfeineewegs t 208 

so completely destitute of esteem and affection 

gait;K$ e3 feftfi 208 an iHebe 

among other men. 
bet 

The 3 life of Socrates, one of the most noble 

l 1 8 

2 l 

and sensible of men, will prove this. He was the 
aerfianbtg bewcifcn 



* Present tense; which in German is frequently done? 
in the animated historical stvle. 



232 PROMISCUOUS KXEHCISES. 

son of a sculptor, and learnt this art with his father: 

33tlt>£auer bet 

4 1 

but 2 did not at the same time negleet martial 3 
aber au$ x>erfdumen 

exercise; and as we have already seen, herepeat- 
1S9 (plJ me mcl^re* 

edly fought with courage and valour for his 
mate £apferfett 

native city. However neither sculpture nor 
$aierftabt bo# ,89 ©tfbfcauerei 

warfare were adapted to his genius; it was 
i80 $rieg3bienft cmmeffen 9tagung 

his favourite occupation to 2 instruct and to accom- 
ftebfi unterrtc^ten ( biU 

plish the minds of young l men who pleased him 
ben ) " 3ungltng 20e 

by their beauty and natural disposition ; and he * 
Shtldgen beg ©cifie^ 

•2 I 

willingly devoted his time to them without letting 

gem 154 

himself be paid for it. 

165 

I 

His 2 instruction was not so formal a one as 
%\xfy Untevritfjt formlid; Untemct)* 

with us ; but he possessed a remarkable skill 
6ei fonbevn ganjauggejeuijnct 

i 
in interrogating , and whilst he was engaged in J 

bag gxagen intern ° 7 jufammen fetn 

friendly conversation with 2 young men, he 
freunbfdjaftttd; Umgcmg 



PROMISCUOUS EXERCISES. 233 

knew how to direct them by fit questions, that 

t>erjie£cn e£ ba^tnbrtngen pajfenb 

2 

they were 3 compelled to acknowledge in * their 

muffen feftft geftcfyen 

answers how much they were ignorant of, how 

no$ m'$t imffen ■ 



, * 



erroneous, much of that was, which they thought 
irrtg DteteS batten 

to be 4 true, and how much they neglected to 
fur fe^r 

improve the noble qualities of their hearts, and 
bie 23ereblung (sing^) 

2 1 

the exercise of good works. He spoke all this with 

bci£ @ute fctgen 

such force and affection that they willingly listened 
®raft #er$K$fett wan florae tyxtn 
to him ; and his life was so pure and irreproach- 
2 unlabel* 

able, that all those whom 5 he deemed worthy 
£aft bie ttertl? acfyten 

3 I 

of his conversation, highly esteemed him and 4 

Umgcmg m. fyofyafytm 

loved him. 
tieh geuunnen 

He lived just in the time of universal 

ctber 
demoralisation in Athens; and although the Grecian 
@ittem>erberbnijj ttriett>o£t 



- Subj. P. 118, 1. 

16 



234 PROMISCUOUS EXERCISES. 

i 

priests in 2 the name of their Gods declared him 

the wisest of men, the 3 number of his friends 

fur 2lnjaf)f 

i 
was n but small , and many a one whom he had 

boc^> manner 

won over, as for instance Alcibiades, was 
ftdj fc^on geimmten, tt>te ■ 88 

again torn from him by ambition. The number of 

entrei^en 2IS ©S>rfu<$t 
his delracters and enemies on the other hand was 

9?etber ( bagegen ) 

very great. 



TELESILLA. 

Telesilla, a lyric poetess of Argos, rendered 
2)tct;ter 15 macf)en 

her country illustrious by her writings, and saved 

aSaterlanb Uxtymt ®tf)tiftf. 

2 it by 1 her courage. The city of Argos was on 
fte auf 

the point of falling into the hands of the Lacedse- 
(dat^ m 

monians ; it had lost six thousand men, among 

fcerettS 67 tt>or* 

whom the flower of its youth. 
unter $ent 3ugenb war. 

3 

Telesilla collected the women most 2 proper to l 
serfammetn flef^tdt gu 

second her designs, furnished them with arms, 
5lu^fu^rung(^w.)2So^akn t>erfe^en 2Baffen 



PROMISCUOUS EXERCISES. 235 

which she provided from the temples or houses 
ftd) serfd)affen in s ]3ti* 

of individuals ; placed herself with them on 

t>ctt£auS befieigen fobamt 

the walls , and finally repulsed the enemy who,* 

$urucff$Iagen 
from fear of being reproached either with victory 
or defeat * retired from before the city. 

unb betyatb abjiepen 
The most signal honours were rendered to 

#0$ (5f;renbeseugung ju ££etf werben 
these female warriors, some of whom fell in the 

^rteger 15 
contest ; and a statue was erected in gratitude to 
ftatnpf au$ 

Telesilla, and placed in the temple of Venus, 
cmfjletten 



MATERNAL AFFECTION. 

Mary, Countess of Orkney, was both deaf and 

taub* 
dumb; she was married in the year 1753, by signs. 
ftumm unb 
Shortly after the birth of her first child, the nurse, 

5lmme 
with considerable astonishment, saw the 

nifyt gettng gett>af)ren xoit 



* toeidje* ben <Sie$ e&eti fo fefyr aU erne Olteberla^e fcfyeute, 

16. 



236 PROMISCUOUS EXERCISES. 

mother cautiously approach the 

mit t>er grofiten 25orft$f fnnfd;Iet$en (t#n/i.) jur 

cradle in which the infant was sleeping, evidently 

ctugenfdjetnfid) 
full of some deep design. 

ber Stuefitljrung einee gefjetmntf^often SSorpa- 
The Countess 3 having perfectly 
bens befd)ctfttgt. 169 ttoflfommen 

assured herself that the child really slept, 
itberjeugen fcblummern 

raised an immense stone which she had con- 
aufnefmien ungebeuer tfer* 

cealed under her shawl, and, to 3 the horror of 
bergen ©4)cm>f ©d)reden 

the nurse, (who was an Irishwoman, and like all 

3r(ctnber 15 
persons of the lower orders in her country, and 

meter ^(affe (jgen.~) 
indeed in most countries, was fully impressed 
etn feber Cym.) C *>on eittem 

with an idea of the peculiar cunning and malig- 

feften ©Icmben bev befonbern 3Serfct>Iagen^eit unb 

i 
nity of „dumbies/*) lifted 

33oe^ett ber £aubfimnmen burc^brungen mar) Ijeben m * 

2 

it with an apparent intent to fling it 

bte £>6£e uwerfennbar niebewerfen 

down vehemently. Before the nurse could in- 

nut £>efttgiett @£e nod) ein* 

terpose, the Countess had flung the stone, — not 

fdjreiten 



PROMISCUOUS EXERCISES. 237 

i 

however , as the servant had apprehended, at the 

fcocf) Setb befurdtfen auf 

child, but on the floor, where, of course, it made 

fonbern Soben naturltd) nieberfaf* 

a great noise. The child immediately awoke, 

ten nut taut ©etofe ewad^en 

and cried. The Countess, who had looked with 

weinert lauerti 

maternal eagerness to the result of her experiment 
33eforgntg auf (Srfjolg 3?erfu$ 01: 

fell on 2 her knees in J a transport of joy. 

nun C freubctrunfen ); benn 

She had discovered that her child possessed the 

ftcb fiberjeugen {pres. subj^) 

sense which was wanting in herself. She exhi- 
©tnn abgeben 206 ge* 

bited on many other occasions simiiiar proofs of 
ben Ux d^n(td) 33en>et$ 

intelligence, but none so interesting. 
©o)arfftnn; j'ebocb ber ruprenber mare. 



HUMANITY. 



Queen Caroline, wife of George (he 

£>a man 213 ©emajrttn " 17S 

2 1 

Second, being informed that her eldest 

tyaken ,25 £tnterbrtngen 97 
daughter (afterwards Princess of Orange), was 

nad^erig Dramett babm 



238 PROMISCUOUS EXERCISES. 

5 

accustomed , at going to rest, to employ 
bte ©enwfmfjeft toemi fid) jur dlvfyt begeben ju lajfen 



2 



one of the Ladies of the court in reading aloud 



a 



son £ofbame wrlefen 

to l her till 3 she should drop asleep; and that on 2 

ftd? einfcfyfafen 0«fi/.) 8 bet 

one occasion the ' Princess 3 suffered the 4 

fte ungefunbert 

7 

lady, who was indisposed, to continue the 5 fati- 
wwcf)f fortfegen er* 

6 

guing duty until, she fell down in a 

miiben33ef$afttgung fo tange, btg tterben of)n* 

swoon, determined to inculcate on her daughter 
mddjrtg, befdjftefjen fte betbrtngen ~CdaiJ 

a lesson of humanity. The next 

uwergegft'cbe Sefjre ber 9D?enf$ftd;fett. barctuf fofgenb 
night, the 2 Queen, when 3 in bed, 

fee frf)on ju war, 

sent for the 4 Princess, and commanded her to 
rufen faffen gebieten 213 

read aloud. After some time her Royal Highness 

£o!?ett 
began to be tired of standing, and paused, 

mute jle£en etnc ^attfe tnadjett 

in hopes of receiving an order to be 

(*/«/. *.)£offnung {def.artj ftcb 

seated. ,,Proceed/ ; said her Majesty. In a 

fe§en. %lnx wetter 2)od>na4) 

short time a second pause seemed to plead 

Kein 2Beife ^aufe baS SBerlangen 



PROMISCUOUS EXERCISES. 239 

for rest. „Read on/ 4 said the 
auetrttcfen nadfj etnem ®t#e jitlefen 

2 3 1 2 

Queen again. The Princess again stopped and again 

tinljaltm abexmaU 
received an order to proceed, till at length, faint 
fortfa&ren erfcf)cpft 

and breathless, she was forced to complain., .Then", 3 
at$em(o£ jwingen Slffo 

L 2 

said this excellent parent, „if you thus 5 feel 

©cutter bit fofefjr empfmben 
the pain A of this exercise for one evening 

t>as Unattgenejwe gbtftrengung ma^renb 
only, what must your attendants feel who do 

Same fetbeti tyuh mftjfeti 
it every night? Hence learn my 

btefes 9Woge bid) biefes 6ele$rcn 

daughter, never to indulge your own ease 

frojmen bte 206 33equemii(Jjfeif 
while you suffer your attendants to endure 

jugefeen t onnen Umgebung jujtefjen 213 
unnecessary fatigue. 
Gmnubung 



FEMALE COURAGE. 



During the siege of Gibraltar, in 1782, the Count 
d'Artois came to St, Roch, to visit the place and 

beftd;ttgen 

works. — While his Highness was 3 inspect- 
Sefhmg*tt>erfe in Slnfcbetn 



240 PK03ILSCUOUS EXERCISES. 

ing the 2 lines, in l company with the Duke de 

nepmen 33egtcttung QgenJ 

Crillon, they both alighted with their suite, and 

cibftetgen nebft ©efotge 
all lay flat upon the ground , to avoid the 

fid) fegcn 23oben 96 entgef)en 206 

effects of a bomb that fell near a part of the 
ftofgen fctnfaKen btcfrt an 

barracks where a Frenchwoman had a canteen. 
Sfaferne s. SrcttrjofCe) s Jtfavfebenterbube 

This woman, who had two children on her arm 
at the time, rushed forth with them, and 
C gerabe ) pcrfcet fturjen nadjbem 

having seated herself, with the utmost sang-froid, 

109 Kaltblutfgfett 

on the bomb-shell, she put out the match, thus 

anSloftfjeti Cunte unb 

2 1 

extricating from danger all that were 

abmnben 149 * bte broljenbe ©efa^r 
around her, many of whom witnessed 

biefer nut anfeljen {pluperf^) 
this courageous and devoted act. His Highness 

gefdjmtf 
rewarded this intrepid female by bestowing on 

unerfitrocfen SBetfe tnbem au£fe$en J69 
her a pension of three francs a day, and en- 
213 ®nabengef)a(t ]92 »er* 

gaged to promote her husband after the siege; 
fpredjen beforbern Sefagerung 

* The Nom. is already mentioned before „put out". 



PROMISCUOUS EXERCISES. 241 

while the duke de Crillon, imitating the 2 generous 
example of the prince, ensured to her likewise a 

g]ffu$em ebenn>ojjt 

daily payment of five francs. 

®e$aUtn. 



FILIAL AFFECTION. 

I. 

■i i 

Who has not heard, and who has not shed tears 

at hearing, of [ that beautiful and in— 

oXi er er^dMen Ijoren 169 

3 

teresting girl of 2 only eight years of age , who 

C aci)ticu)rtg ) 

went every morning to the Place de la Revolution 

nac^bte 
to mourn and lament the death of her mother, who 
96 fcetrauern bewetnen 2J7 

was executed there ? This child took many 

fnnrttfjlen bort ftcbbettenen 2I2 grogt 

precautions to escape observation ; but 
23orftcJ)t {sing?) 96 ftcf) entjiejjen 213 fcennod; 

her manner was at length noticed by some woman 
enbfto) etn SBetb 

who sold fruit near the spot. Being 

£5bft m ber 9fd^e ba fctegrautteSfeine 

3 2 1 

asked the cause of her tears, „Ah . she said, 

urn 
my poor mother, whom I loved so well, died 



242 PROMISCUOUS EXERCISES. 

where I now stand ; but oh ! do not, I ■ beg of 

you, tell any 3 one that you saw me cry, for 
40 B-4- 57 written 

2 J 

that, perhaps, would cause the death of my brother 

fonrtett 
and my sisters." After this guileless answer, 

unfcefcmgen 
which greatly affected her audience, she hastily 
tief erftyuttew 3^orer etttgft 

2 1 

retired, and was never seen there again. It 
Jmweg&egefcen ( 

was afterwards known that this early victim of 
©pdter erfujjr man ) affjufruf) 

4 

filial affection died in a few 8 weeks bowed J 

ttad;f?er meter- 
down by 2 a grief which she could not cast 
fceugen Summer 2I2 fttf> er* 

off. 

totfyvm 2[1 



ii. 

Another child was the happy means of saving 
her father's life. He was a Creole of St. Domingo, 
and was guilty of no other crime than 

f otttten bef$utbtgt werben 5 8 
that of being rich and preserving the inheritance 

tut ©ejtfc {gen.') 
i 
of his forefathers. At 2 that time when the con- 



PROMISCUOUS EXERCISES. 243 

tagious example of the French revolution had 
spread as far as the New World, the horrible 
ttorbringen and) big in grdfjtidj 

practice was adopted of 3 assembling in 2 
aSerfa^ren 125 ftcfe bebtenen 212 96 jufammenbrtttgen 
groups the ] unfortunate victims who were or- 
£>aufen t>er* 

dered to be executed, and 4 then firing indis- 
urtjjetfen jum £obe aWbann 96 ojjne 

criminately upon them with cannons, loaded 
Untcrfdneb uttter 109 3T2 

with grape-shot. 
ftartcttfcfyen 
The eyes of the Creole had been blindfolded, 
45 aerbinben 

and he stood among a crowd of other unfortunate 
beings , expecting every instant the signal of death. 

149 

When, however, the 3 order to "discharge the b 

@ben alo man abfeuern 

2 I 

artillery was about to 4 be given, a little girl 
©efcp<3 tm-SJegriff 125 

rushed forward, with a loud cry of „My father! 
J)etbet ftiirjen ber 3fef 

oh my father ! " and making her way through the 
ftdfj bajjnen 217 etn 
victims, threw her little arms about her parent's 
8d)(acf)topfer ber Setter 

neck, and waited for the moment of dying with 
ertoarfen w 



244 PROMISCUOUS EXERCISES. 

him. In vain were all threats or entreaties; neither 

ttergebeng (Srmctfnmng 

the representations of her danger, nor the com- 
mands of her father could intimidate her. In reply 

abfdf)recfen (2luf t>ef* 
to the latter, she earnestly repeated, „Oh, my 
fen 33ttten ) nut ernft 33tirf 
father, let me die with you." What power has 

fcu 40 fcotf) 

virtue over the most ferocious minds ! This unex- 

©emittb 
pected accident disconcerted the commander 
SSorfctttctufjer gaffuttgbrtngen (mitptmSSRoxk* 

3 i 

of the massacre : — doubtless he was a father 
befe£f 33eauftrctgtetO ojjne 3tt>eifcf 

2 

too ! The voice of admiration, and exclamations 
of pity, which he heard from all sides, touched 
his heart, and under some specious pretext, the 
Creole was delivered from the expected punish- 

tvo&enD 
ment, and, accompanied by his child, re-conducted 
to prison: whence he soon afterwards obtained 
cuts n>el* C befrett 

his release. After that happy escape, he was 
werfcen )?angenarf) (Srrettuug 

often accustomed to relate, with feelings of tender 

pfkgen 
emotion, the heroic action of his little girl, then 

3todjter 
onlv ten years of age. 



I* 



245 



APPENDIX. 



GENDER OF SUBSTANTIVES. 
Exceptions of masculine terminations. 



I. e I. The following are 


? eminine : 




hk Sldjfet, 


shoulder Die Dteffel , 


nettle 


„ 2topel, 


lamb 


,MuteV, 


vermicelli 


„ Simfel, 


blackbird 


, Staged , 


rasp 


n angel , 


hook 


, Otaffel , 


rattle 


* Slfcel, 


magpie 


, Kegel, 


rule 


,, SBucfet, 


knob, boss 


, Sdjad&tel, 


box 


„ SDeidjfel, 


pole Cto a car- 


, ©djaufel, 


shovel 




riage) 


, ©djaufei, 


swing 


„ SDroffel f 


thrush 


, ©d;inbel f 


shingle 


r. (SM&Cl, 


acorn 


, Sdjuffel, 


dish 


* gacfel, 


torch 


, Semmel, 


roll, bread 


r/ Seffet, 


fetter 


, @tdjel, 


sickle 


„ @abel, 


fork 


, ©ptnbel, 


spindle 


„ ®ei£et, 


scourge * 


, @taffel, 


step of a stair* 


„ ©urgel, 


throat 




case 


„ <§ummel, 


drone 


, ©to^el, 


stubble 


„ tfartoffel, 


potatoe 


, ©triegel, 


curry-comb 


„ Muo>d, 


ball 


, Safel, 


table 


„ jhippel, 


dome; cupola 


, trommel, 


drum 


„ Mangel, 


j mangle 


, SBatyel, 


quail 


n Sftange, 


, SBaffel, 


kind of cake 


n muffiti, 


shell , conch 


, UBinbel , 


child's napkin 


„ SKabel, 


needle 


f SBurjel, 


root 



* ©etfjel, hostage is mas. 



246 



APPENDIX. 
MASCULINE TERMINATIONS. 



II. These are neuter. 



bag 2)Mttet , 


means 


bag ©iegel, 


seal 


„ (Saipttel, 


chapter 


n SBtefel, 


ferret, weasel 


,, ©egel, 


sail 






III. en. 


The following 


are neuter ; 




bag 5Umofen , 


, alms 


bag £el;en, 


fief 


„ SBecfcn, 


basin 


u 2Ba:p:pen, 


coat of arms 


„ gitllett, 


colt 


„ Seidjen, 


mark, sign 


„ ^tffen , 


pillow, cushion 






IV. ex. 


The following 


are feminine 


3 


bie 5lber, 


vein 


bit Mapptt , 


clapper 


„ Siujler, 


oyster 


ff £auer, 


lurking, lurch 


„ Gutter, 


butter 


„ Seber, 


liver 


„ 2)auer, 


space of time 


„ Seier, 


lyre 


„ (Sifter, 


mag-pie 


,, better, 


ladder 


* Safer, 


fiber 


/, Sftauer, 


wall 


f , geber, 


pen 


„ Matter, . 


adder 


„ geter, 


solemnization 


r, Dtter, 


otter 


„ goiter, 


rack, torture 


„ (Shelter , 


barn 


„ J&atfter , 


halter 


„ ©cfyieuber 


, sling 


„ hammer, 


small room 


„ (Bfyulut , 


shoulder 


„ belter, 


wine,press 


„ Xrauer, 


mourning 


» liefer, 


pine 


„ SBmtyer, 


eye-lash 


„ fflammtx 


, fastening, 


„ Sitter, 


a kind of gui- 




cramp 




tar 


V. These are neut. 






ba$ Sitter, 


age 


bag gutter , 


food ; lining 


„ 93auer, 


cage 




(of a dress) 


„ (Siter, 


matter (pus) 


„ (Sitter, 


railing- 


„ duter, 


dug 


„ JHafter , 


fathom 


„ genftet;, 


window 


„ £ager, 


an object to 


„ geuer, 


fire 




rest or slep 


„ guber, 


a (waggon) 




on ; a mili- 




load; cask 




tary camp 




of certain 


„ Rafter, 


vice 




capacity 


„ Seber, 


leather 



APPEXDIX. 
FEMININE TERMINATIONS. 



247 



ba$£ubev, carrion 

u fSHalitt, a dry measure 

„ SReffer, knife 

„ Sftieber , boddice 

„ Rafter , pattern 

„ ^Joiner, bolster, cushion 



bo&d&ber, oar, helm 

u ttfer, bank, shore 

» CLDaffer , water 

„ SBetter, weather 

n 3Bunber , wonder 

„ Simmer i room 



Exceptions of feminine terminations. 

VI. eu The folio wing are mas. 



ber SBrci , pap 
„ ^tapagei, parrot 

VII. aft. 

mas. 

fcer^aft, sap Juice 
„ ©djafi, handle 



bag ®i , egg, is neuter. 



neat. 

ba$«§aft, hold, hasp, clasp 
„ *petfd)afr, seal (for impression) 



VIII. alt. These are mas. 

ber ©afolt, basalt bet «&alt, 

M ©el) alt , salary 

IX. aeH 

mas. 
bet 9Betbad)t, suspicion 

X. uncj. 

ber S)ung, manure 

XI. utfy. 



hold 



ber Sprung , leap , bound 



mas, 

ber Tlmij , courage 

Note. 2Bctb , woman,' grdulein , young lady: Sftctbd&eu, 



248 



APPENDIX. 
NEUTER TERMINATIONS. 



Exceptions of neuter terminations etc. 

XII. Of metals , are mas. 

ber (Stafyl, steel bev 3mf, zinc 

bet Xonxbad, pinchbeck 

XIII. Of countries etc. are fern. 
Those ending in et, as; 



bie 23erberct, 


Barbary 


bte XvLvhi , 


Turke3 r etc. 


also. 








bte ©dfivoet^ , 


Switzerland 


bte jttimm , 


Crimea 


n *fol& 


Palatinate 


„ SMolbau, 


Moldavia 


„ mxt, 


Marche(a dis- 


„ SBetterau, 


a country in 




trict of 




the Grand- 




Germany) 




Duchy of 
Hessia 



and the following are mas. 
ber ®au , ancient name for districts of Germany ; 
ber Sftfyemgcut , a country in Nassau, near the banks of the 

Rhine. 

XIV. Of reiteratives are mas. 



bev ©ebraucfy , use 
„ ©ebanfe, thought 
„ ©efyorfam, obedience 
„ ©enuf, enjoyment 
„ ®enttf), smell 

XV. and these fern. 
bte ($ebulb , patience 

„ ®eMl)r , impost, tax 
„ ©efafyr , danger 

XVI. nif. The following are fern. 



t> et* ©efang , song, singing 
„ ©efci)macf , taste 
„ ©eftcutf, offensive 
smell 
„ ©efcrinn, gain 



bte®cfcfyitf)te, history 
„ ($e[d)toulft, swelling 



bteSBebrdngmjj, grievance, 
oppression 
„ $8etvubnt#, affliction 
„ 33efitmmer~ concern 

ntfi 
„ SBeforgrig, apprehension 
„ SSetocmtwif, juncture 



bte (Impfdttg; conception 

ntf, 

„ (ftlaubntfj, permission 

„ gdutttijj, putrefaction 

„ gmfiernijj, darkness 

„ ^enntntf, knowledge 

„ 2Btlbui$, wilderness 



APPENDIX. 
NEUTER TERMINATIONS. 



249 



XVII. t&unu The following are mas. 

bet 3rrttutm , error ret Sfteidjrfium , riches 

XVIII. far. 

mas. fern. 

bet @enfal« broker on 'change rie £ruBfal, affliction 

XIX. Substantives of two genders^ 

Note. Words marked thus * have also different plu- 
rals : F. Gram. P. 23. 



bet*Sttnb, 


volume 




rae 53ant , 


tie ^ ribbon 


„ *Q3auer, 


peasant 




r , Sonet , 


cage 


n »u<fei, 


hump 




bte 23uctet, 


stud^ boss 


„ £3unr , 


union 




badSBiatb, 


trussj sheaf 


„ *(^or, 


choir 




„ dbcx , 


chorus 


n drbe, 


heir 




„ (Me, 


inheritance 


He Qxhxixxu 


perception 




■ ■ (Meant; 


decision in 


mfj, 






nife 


court 


«, ©ift, 


dowry 




.. @tfr, 


poison 


ter-ftaq, 


Herciuian fo- 


r , §aq, 


resin 




rest 








„ £ette , 


pagan 




bte ©e&e , 


heath 


m ©«*| 


hat 




„ §«t, 


guard 5 also 
down,pasture 


„ &tefer, 


jaw 




r , liefer , 


pine 


„ .ftaper, 


privateer 




r , jlarer, 


caper 


„ jhmte i 


customer 




,, jfttnbe , 


intelligence 


„ Setter , 


conductor 




,, Setter , 


ladder 


„ SHangel, 


want 




r( 2ttangel, 


mangle 


bte SPIarf , 


a certain standard 


raeSPlatf, 


marrow 




weight tc 


i deter- 








mine the v 


alue of 








gold or 


silver. 








Also the name of 








a district. 








betSRatfdj > 


march 




he SQSatfdj , 


marsh 


„ 2flajt p 


mast 




„ 9Raft, 


fattening food 
for cattle 



IT 



250 


APPENDIX. 






DECLENSIONS. 




bev * 2ttenfd), 


man 


bag SWenfd) , 


a female of 
low habits 


« aReffet, 


one who mea- 
sures 


„ SMeffer, 


knife 


„ *9to9r, 


moor^a native 
of Mauritania 


„ TMjx, 


fen, bog 


„ ?M, 


parcel 


,, $acf, 


rabble , 


„ Pletf , 


rice 


„ Sgeis, 


twig 


„ *@$Uk, 


shield 


„ @d)ttb, 


sign-board 


„ @djtoutji, 


bombast 


bte ©cfyttmiji , 


swelling 


r, @ee, 


lake 


„ @ee, 


sea 


„ ©proffe, 


sprout , off- 


„ ©projfe, 


step of a lad- 




spring- 




der 


„ *6ttf* f 


peg, bodkin 


bag ®tift , 


ecclesiastical 
foundation 


bte ©tenet , 


tax 


„ ©tetter, 


rudder, helm 


bet 3$e8 , 


volume, part 


„ Sftcit l , 


share 


„ *-3#et. 


fool 


» %f)OX, 


gate 


„ SSerbienji, 


gain, earning 


„ ?lkrbtettfi, 


i merit 


„ SSortoanb, 


pretence , 
subterfuge 


bte 23ortt)anb , 


, partition wall 


bieSBeijv, 


defence , 

weapon 


bag SBc^r , 


wear (weir) 


bet 3eug , 


woven stuffs 


„ 3eug, 


material to be 
made up into 
something; 








also stuff, 
figuratively. 




Declensions. 





XX. Exceptions of DecL I. 
The folloAving nouns of R. I. are declined and 
form their pi. like decl. II. (pi. er)* 



1 The compounds of this word, as, 9intfjeil , 9tad)tf)eil, 
SDovtfyeil, are always masculine. 



APPENDIX. 
DECLENSIONS. 



25 i 



Note. Those marked * do not admit of a change of 
vowel in the plural. 



ber®eift, 


spirit 


t>er Dxt , 


place 


„ ®ott, 


god (heathen) 


„ fftatfo, 


brink, border 


„ Ztib , 


body 


n 2Mb, 


forest 


,, Sftann, 


man 


„ SBitrm, 


worm 


These like decl. IV. (pi. en.) 




btr Q3dr , 


bear 


ber SRenfdj , 


man Chumau 


,, l$l)vi)t, 


christian 




species) 


n *3>ont, 


thorn 


„ Tlotjx, 


moor 


. gets, 


rock 


„ *ftatr, 


fool 


» giirft, 


prince, sove- 


„ *Ddjg, 


ox, bull 




reign 


» 5Prin§ , 


prince 


« ®etf, 


fop , absurd 


„ *$faEni, 


psalm 




person 


, t Sdjmeta , 


pain, grief 


„ *Ottf, 


count 




(sing. decl. I.) 


n ©clb, 


hero 


„ Strang , 


sycophant 


» £etr, 


master, Mr. , 


,-, 8tral)l r 


beam j ray 




lord 




(sing. decl. I.) 


„ §trt, 


shepherd 


i» £pa§, 


sparrow 


„ £eu(poet.] 


> lion 


„ £§or, 


fool 


n *2Rajl, 


mast (siug. 
decl. I.) 






The follow 


like decl. II 


, (pi. er). 


ba$ ©ewanb, 


garment 


ba$ ©efcfjjledjt, 


race, sex, ge- 


,, ®emad), 


chamber 




neration 


M ©emutt?, 


temper, mind 


„ @eft$t, 


face 






,, ©efpenji , 


spectre 



These like decl. IV. 
fcer ©efell, journeyman (to a trade) bet @eitof , associate 

These (of R. 3) like decl. II. 
bag ^ofpital , j fca3 tSavital , capital (iu ar- 

„ epM, \ ll0Sl,ital chitecture) 

CV. Gr. P. 24.) 

Note, ©er %i)U , tea — is monosyllabic in the nam. sing, 
but dissyll.fin the gen. and dat.sing. and throughout the 
pi. number; without any other addition than ti for the 
dat. pL 



252 



APPENDIX. 
DECLENSIONS 



XXI. Exceptions of decl. II. 

The following substantives (R. 1) are declined 
and form their pi. like decl. I (pi. e). 

Note. Those marked * do not admit of a change of 
vowel for the pi. 



basket, 


garden-bed 


tag Sfcefc, 


net 


„ Sled) , 


tin plate 


„ $aar, 


pair,, couple 


„ *Soot, 


boat 


„ $ferb , 


horse 


„ *.ffltob-# 


bread 


r, -?fttttb, 


pound 


n ©tug, 


thing 


,i *$Ult, 


desk 


« «*». 


ore , metal 


„ S^ec^t , 


right, law 


n Seft, 


festival 


„ 9tei$, 


empire 


„ * gio§ , 


raft 


„ Selj, 


deer 


„ *£aar, 


hair 


„ *|bf, 


steed, horse 


„ £eer, 


army 


n *©$af, 


sheep 


,, ©rffci 


number of a 


„ <SeW> 


ship 




publication 


„ *©d>od, 


score(twenty) 


r, *3a|t, 


year 


„ Seil, 


rope 


w * 3otf> , 


yoke 


„ <3ieb, 


sieve 


„ Mme , 


knee 


h @*>iet, 


game, play 


„ £r*U$# 


cross 


„ StiUE, 


pieee 


„ *£oo* f 


lot 


n £f)tet, 


animal 


,, got*. 


half an ounce 


„ 2£erf, 


work 


„ *Wa^, 


measure 9 


„ *SBr<uf, 


wreck 


„ 3Reer, 


sea 


„ Belt, 


tent, awning 



These form their plural only after decl. IV. 
(n or en). 

ba$*3lug,5iuge eye bag&emb, shirt 

„ Sett, bed „ §erj (gen. heart 

„ dd, corner tee <§er$eti$) 

„ (£nb, Qfttbe end bag £>ijr , ear 

XXII. Exceptions of decl. III. 
The following substantives (R. 1) form their 
plural only after decl. IV. (n or en). 
berSaier, a Bavarian ber3utt>e(, jewel 

„ * Salter , peasant „ SRudfel , muscle 



* 



APPENDIX. 
DECLENSIONS. 



253 



m ^antoffcl , slipper bet Srtefci , boot 

„ Stacfyel, dart, sting » better, cousin 

XXIII. Exceptions of del. IV. 

The following substantives (R. 1) ; used former- 
ly to terminate with n in their nom. sing, as if be- 
longing to decl. III. (R. 1 ) ; modern writers have 
dropped the rt ; the consequence of which is , that 
in the gen. , dat. and ace. sing, they are declined 
like Secfen (decl. III.) and that their plur. termi- 
nates like the present declension. 
bergriebeOO, peace berDiame(n), name 

„ gunfe (n), spark „ (SameQi), seed 

r, @ebanfe(n) thought „ <Sd)abeOOf injury 

„ ©lanbeOO, belief „ mitt (n), will 

„ £aufe (n), heap 
These (R. 3) are declined like decl. I. 
bcr 5l^^arat , apparatus bet" ealat, salad 

„ ^rdparat, preparation „ Sractat , treaty 

XXIV. Exceptions of decl. V. 

The following substantives form their plural only 
after decl. II. and change their vowel. 



bte 2tet , 


hatchet 


tie j\luft, 


abyss 


„ SBcmf, 


bench (v. Or. 


,, &raft, 


power 




P. 23) 


„ Stub , 


cow 


„ %$xaut, 


affianced , 


„ Jtniift, 


art 




bride 


u 2au* , 


louse 


„ 33runft , 


rut (of deer) 


„ Soft, 


air 


„ JBruft, 


breast 


„ Wlafy, 


power 


„ gouft; 


fist 


„ Wla^, 


maid (ser- 


., grutfjt , 


fruit 




vant) 


,, ®an$ , 


goose 


,, Wlan$, 


mouse 


„ ©ruft, 


vault 


„ 9tafy, 


night 


,, §anfc , 


hand 


„ Wafyt, 


seam 


f , £aut, 


skin 


„ 91u§ , 


nut 


„ JUnntmp , 


knowledge 


r , Ban, 


sow 



254 


APPENDIX. 




CHANGE 


OF 


VOWEL. 


bie ©cfynur , 


string 




bie 3unft , guild 


„ ©tabt, 


town, city 




„ Bufammenfunft , meeting , 


„ 2Banb, 


wall 




interview, and other com- 


„ 3Bilbnig P 


wilderness 




pounds with fun ft, as,, (fitu 


„ SBurjl, 


sausage 




fitnfte, revenues. 



The following form their plur. only like decl. III. 
(pi. no affix). 

bie Gutter , mother bad grduiein , young lady 

„ Xofyttx , daughter 

Change of vowel. 



XXV. Declension I. 

The following substantives do not admit a change 



a) 








bee 8lal , 


eel 


bet <§unb , 


dog 


„ $aav , 


eagle 


„ Jtobolb, goblin, and other 


„ Sift, 


act 


words w 


ithbolb, as,Xrmt- 


„ Slmbo*, 


anvil 


fenbolb. 




„ amoatt , 


attorney 


„ 8a$*» 


salmon, dried 


„ 9lrm, 


arm 


„ £aufr , 


sound 


„ 2)acftg, 


badger 


„ Seicfynam , 


corpse 


„ 2)a$t, 


I ■ i 


„ 2Ronb , 


moon 


„ Stogt, 


>wick 


„ *Pfab , 


path 


- Sold), 


dagger 


„ $ol, 


pole (N. or S.) 


„ (Stbam , 


son in law 


„ 5Jun!t , 


point 


m Sorft, 


forest 


„ ©aim, 


salmon, fresh 


„ @ema$l, 


spouse 


„ ©cfcaft, 


handle, shaft 


„ ©rab, 


degree 


„ ©taat, 


starling, 


, ®uvt, 


girth 


„ ©tOff, 


stuff, matter 


„ «§atm, 


halm 


„ Sag , 


day 


„ <£>ero!b , 


herald 


„ Scroti, 


throne 


» £er$og, 


duke 


„ SBerluj* , 


loss 


„ £orjl, 


aerie 


„ SJetfudj, 


trial 


,, $Uf, 


hoof 







APPENDIX. 255 

CHANGE OF VOWEL. 

6) Those marked thus * Appendix XX. 

c) Those in t§, of which however few have any pi. 

d~) Most words of foreign origin of more than one 
syll. coming within the rules of this decl. 

e) A few nouns in @e, being derivatives of verbs, 
as, bag ®efit$, the request They are for the 
most part abstract nouns having no plur. 

XXVI. Decl. II. 

The only exceptions of change of vowel in this 
decl. are the monosyll. neut. nouns which form their 
plural irregularly and are to be found marked thus * 
Appendix XXL 

XXVII. Decl. III. 

The following substantives are the only ones 
that do admit of a change of vowel in this decl. 



berSlcfer, 


field (arable) 


bev Sftcmget, 


defect (when 


, Styfet, 


apple 


meaning wa?it, it admits 


„ 23rubet, 


brother 


of no pi.) 




„ ©arten, 


garden 


., Sflantei, 


cloak 


„ £ammel, 


rani 


„ 9?aa,ei , 


nail 


„ «§anbel, d 


ispute; in which 


„ Dfen, 


stove^ oven 


sense it 


is never used but 


„ ^adjter , 


farmer 


in the pi. Also £tebe6l)anbel, 


„ (Battel, 


saddle 


intrigues (amours). 


„ (Etfjttaget, 


brother in law 


bag Softer , 


convent 


„ SBater, 


father 






„ SSogel, 


bird 



XXVIII. Decl. V. 

The only nouns of this decl. admitting of the 
change of vowel are the exceptions enumerated 
Appendix XXIV, 



256 



APPENDIX. 



Adjectives. 



XXIX. The following- adjectives do not admit 
the change of vowel in the comparative und super- 



lative 


degrees. 






barfd) , 


harsh 


lofe, 


loose 


blag, 


pale 


morfdj , 


rotten (of 


bunt, 


gay (of colour) 




wood etc.) 


fabe, 


inspid 


naft, 


naked 


faff*, 


false 


plump , 


rude, awk- 


fladj*, 


flat; smooth 




ward 


ftoij, 


glad 


vafd) , 


brisk 


getabe , 


straight 


rot), 


raw- 


Qefunb , 


healthy 


fanft, 


soft 


filatt, 


smooth 


Wiaff, 


loose 


w, 


hollow 


fcfyianf , 


slender 


Ijolb, 


kind, favour- 


W»ff» 


steep, rough 




able 


fal*r 


proud 


m, 


bald 


jlumpf, 


blunt, dull 


farg, 


parsimonious 


toll, 


mad 


flax, 


clear 


*>ott, 


full 


fnapp , 


narrow 


toaljr , 


true 


Idjm, 


lame 


§a^m, 


tame 



* Changes in derivatives 5 as, oberflacfylidj, superficially. 



LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 

I iiiii iiiii mil 



Jill illil ill 
003 225 093 2 



